2019 Kia Soul Owner's Manual

Kia, THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle. As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out.

This manual applies to all trims of this vehicle and includes images, descriptions, and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, some material in this manual may not be applicable to your specific Kia vehicle. Some images are shown for illustration only and may show features that differ from those on your vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia! Foreword

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech- discontinue or change specifications or design at any time nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace- without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac- have questions, always check with your Kia dealer. tion. We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring Because subsequent owners require this important information pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle. as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold. This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle. We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle. © 2018 Kia MOTORS AMERICA, Inc. Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment whole or in part without the written consent of Kia Motors described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, America, Inc. may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. Printed in Korea

i Introduction 1

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4 table of contents Audio system 5 Driving your vehicle 6

What to do in an emergency 7

Maintenance 8

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects 9

Index I

ii Introduction

How to use this manual ...... 1-2 1 Fuel requirements ...... 1-3 • Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol...... 1-3 • Do not use methanol ...... 1-5 • Fuel Additives ...... 1-5 Vehicle handling instructions ...... 1-6 Vehicle Break-In Process ...... 1-6 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders. . 1-7 Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest The general layout of the manual is You will find various types of safety possible driving pleasure from your provided in the Table of Contents. instructions in this manual. These vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can Use the index when looking for a instructions were prepared to assist you in many ways. We strong- specific area or subject; it has an enhance your personal safety. ly recommend that you read the alphabetical listing of all located in Carefully read and follow ALL proce- entire manual. In order to minimize the back of this manual. dures and recommendations provid- the chance of death or injury, you Sections: This manual has eight sec- ed in these instructions. must read the WARNING and CAU- tions plus an index. Each section TION sections in the manual. begins with a brief list of contents so Illustrations complement the words you can tell at a glance if that section WARNING in this manual to best explain how to has the information you want. A WARNING indicates a situation enjoy your vehicle. By reading your in which harm, serious bodily manual, you will learn about fea- injury or death could result if the tures, important safety information, warning is ignored. and driving tips under various road conditions. CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored.

✽ NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided.

21 Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new Kia vehicle is designed to use Tighten the cap until it clicks one ✽ NOTICE only unleaded fuel having a pump time, otherwise the fuel cap open Never use any fuel containing octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 warning indicator light (or LCD methanol. Discontinue use of any (Research Octane Number 91) or high- display) will illuminate. methanol containing product which er. (Do not use methanol blended fuels) may inhibit proper drivability. Gasoline containing alcohol and Your new vehicle is designed to obtain methanol maximum performance with UNLEAD- Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust ethanol (also known as grain alco- emissions and spark plug fouling. hol), and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol (also known as Never add any fuel system cleaning wood alcohol) are being marketed agents to the fuel tank other than what along with or instead of leaded or has been specified. (Consult an unleaded gasoline. authorized Kia dealer for details.) Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol may be used in your vehicle. Do not use gasohol containing more than 15 WARNING - Refueling percent ethanol, and do not use • Do not "top off" after the noz- gasoline or gasohol containing any zle automatically shuts off. methanol. Ethanol provides less Attempts to force more fuel energy than gasoline and it attracts into the tank can cause fuel water, and it is thus likely to reduce overflow onto you and the your fuel efficiency and could lower ground causing a risk of fire. your MPG results. Methanol may cause drivability problems and dam- • Always check that the fuel cap age to the fuel system, engine control is installed securely to pre- system and emission control system. vent fuel spillage, especially in the event of an accident.

13 Introduction

Discontinue using gasohol of any ✽ NOTICE Other fuels kind if drivability problems occur. Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si), Vehicle damage or drivability prob- does not cover damage to the fuel MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene lems may not be covered by the system or any performance prob- (Fe), and Other metalic additives, manufacturer's warranty if they result lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel. may cause vehicle and engine dam- from the use of: age or cause misfiring, poor acceler- 1. Gasoline or gasohol containing ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt- methanol. ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion, 2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. life cycle reduction, etc. 3. Gasohol containing more than 15 Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp percent ethanol. (MIL) may illuminate. "E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 ✽ NOTICE percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Damage to the fuel system or per- Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati- formance problem caused by the use ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85” of these fuels may not be covered by may result in poor engine perform- your New Vehicle Limited ance and damage to your vehicle's Warranty. engine and fuel system. Kia recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.

41 Introduction

Gasoline containing MMT Fuel Additives Operation in foreign countries Some gasoline contains harmful Kia recommends that you use good If you are going to drive your vehicle manganese-based fuel additives quality gasolines treated with deter- in another country, be sure to: such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadi- gent additives such as TOP TIER • Observe all regulations regarding enyl Manganese Tricarbonyl). Detergent Gasoline, which helps registration and insurance. prevent deposit formation in the Kia does not recommend the use of • Determine that acceptable fuel is gasoline containing MMT. engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance per- available. This type of fuel can reduce vehicle formance of the Emission Control performance and affect your emis- System. For more information on sion control system. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, The malfunction indicator lamp on please go to the website (www.top- the cluster may come on. tiergas.com). For Customers who do not use TOP Do not use methanol TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, Fuels containing methanol (wood and have problems starting or the alcohol) should not be used in your engine does not run smoothly, addi- vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce tives that you can buy separately vehicle performance and damage may be added to the gasoline. If components of the fuel system, TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not engine control system and emission available, one bottle of additive control system. added to the fuel tank at 7,500 miles or every engine oil change is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

15 Introduction

VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE BREAK-IN INSTRUCTIONS PROCESS As with other vehicles of this type, No special break-in period is need- failure to operate this vehicle cor- ed. By following a few simple precau- rectly may result in loss of control, tions for the first 600 miles (1,000 an accident or vehicle rollover. km) you may add to the perform- Specific design characteristics (high- ance, economy and life of your vehi- er ground clearance, track, etc.) give cle. this vehicle a higher center of gravity • Do not race the engine. than other types of vehicles. It is not designed for cornering at the same • While driving, keep your engine speeds as a conventional 2-wheel speed (rpm, or revolutions per drive sedans or sports coupe. Avoid minute) between 2,000 rpm and sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. 4,000 rpm. Failure to operate this vehicle cor- • Do not maintain a single speed for rectly may result in loss of control, an long periods of time, either fast or accident or vehicle rollover. Be sure slow. Varying engine speed is need- to read the “Reducing the risk of a ed to properly break-in the engine. rollover” driving guidelines, in • Avoid hard stops, except in emer- chapter 6 of this manual. gencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly. • Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.

61 Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an These data can help provide a bet- To read data recorded by an EDR, event data recorder (EDR). The ter understanding of the circum- special equipment is required, and main purpose of an EDR is to stances in which crashes and access to the vehicle or the EDR is record, in certain crash or near injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data needed. In addition to the vehicle crash-like situations, such as an are recorded by your vehicle only manufacturer, other parties, such air bag deployment or hitting a if a non-trivial crash situation as law enforcement, that have the road obstacle, data that will assist occurs; no data are recorded by special equipment, can read the in understanding how a vehicle's the EDR under normal driving con- information if they have access to systems performed. The EDR is ditions and no personal data (e.g., the vehicle or the EDR. designed to record data related to name, gender, age, and crash loca- Your rights with respect to the vehicle dynamics and safety sys- tion) are recorded. However, other information discussed above may tems for a short period of time, parties, such as law enforcement, vary from state to state. In some typically 30 seconds or less. The could combine the EDR data with states, such information is consid- EDR in this vehicle is designed to the type of personally identifying ered private, is exclusively owned record such data as: data routinely acquired during a by the owner of the motor vehicle, * How various systems in your crash investigation. and is not retrievable or usable by vehicle were operating; another person or entity. * Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened; * How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, * How fast the vehicle was traveling.

17 Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview ...... 2-2 Interior overview ...... 2-4 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 2 Engine compartment ...... 2-6 Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

■ Front view

1. Hood ...... 4-29 2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) ..4-89 Head lamp (Maintenance)...... 8-78 3. Front fog lamp (Features of your vehicle)...... 4-92 Front fog lamp (Maintenance)...... 8-84 4. Wheel and tire (Maintenance) ...... 8-47 Wheel and tire (Specification) ...... 9-5 5. Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-45 6. Panorama sunroof ...... 4-34 7. Front windshield wiper blades (Features of your vehicle)...... 4-93 Front windshield wiper blades (Maintenance)...... 8-40 8. Windows ...... 4-24

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OPS016005N

22 Your vehicle at a glance

■ Rear view

1. Door locks...... 4-16 2. Fuel filler lid ...... 4-31 3. Rear combination lamp (Maintenance)...... 8-78 4. High mounted stop lamp (Maintenance)...... 8-90 5. Rear window wiper blade ...... 4-95 6. Liftgate...... 4-22 7. Antenna ...... 5-2 8. Rearview camera ...... 4-87

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OPS016006N

23 Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Inside door handle ...... 4-17 2. Power window switch ...... 4-24 3. Central Door lock/unlock switch...... 4-18 4. Power window lock button...... 4-28 5. Outside rearview mirror control...... 4-46 6. Outside rearview mirror folding...... 4-46 7. Fuel filler lid open lever...... 4-31 8. Instrument panel illumination control switch ...... 4-49 9. BSD On/Off button ...... 6-94 10. LDWS On/OFF button...... 6-88 11. Steering wheel heater On/Off Button..4-41 12. ESC Off button...... 6-43 13. Speaker lights ...... 5-4 14. Steering wheel ...... 4-39 15. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever...... 4-40 16. Inner fuse panel ...... 8-67 17. Hood release lever...... 4-29 18. Transaxle shift lever ...... 6-14, 6-19, 6-26 19. Seat...... 3-4

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OPS016004N

42 Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Audio remote control buttons ...... 5-12, 5-52 2. Driver’s front air bag ...... 3-56 3. Horn...... 4-41 4. Cruise control button ...... 6-65 5. Instrument cluster ...... 4-48 6. Lighting control lever...... 4-89 7.Wiper and washer control lever...... 4-93 8. Ignition switch or Engine start/stop button...... 6-6, 6-9 9. Audio ...... 5-10, 5-49 10. Hazard warning flasher...... 7-2 11. Climate control system...... 4-103, 4-114 12. Front seat warmer/ Seat air ventilation...... 4-137, 4-139 13. Power outlet...... 4-141 14. Center console storage box...... 4-133 15. Glove box...... 4-134 16. Passenger’s front air bag...... 3-56 17. Parking brake...... 6-39 18. Drive mode button ...... 6-86

❈The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OPS013003N

25 Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Gasoline 1.6 GDI

1. Engine oil filler cap...... 8-29 2. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...... 8-35 3. Engine oil dipstick ...... 8-27 4. Engine coolant reservoir ...... 8-30 5. Radiator cap...... 8-31 6. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir...... 8-33 ■ Gasoline 1.6 T-GDI 7. Positive battery terminal...... 8-44 8. Negative battery terminal ...... 8-44 9. Fuse box...... 8-62 10. Air cleaner ...... 8-36

❈ The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OPS076113/OPS076133

62 Your vehicle at a glance

■ Nu 2.0L GDI

1. Engine oil filler cap...... 8-29 2. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...... 8-35 3. Engine oil dipstick ...... 8-27 4. Engine coolant reservoir ...... 8-30 5. Radiator cap...... 8-31 6. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir...... 8-33 7. Positive battery terminal...... 8-44 8. Negative battery terminal ...... 8-44 9. Fuel box ...... 8-62 10. Air cleaner ...... 8-36

❈ The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OPS076002N

27 Safety features of your vehicle

Important safety precautions ...... 3-2 • SRS components and functions ...... 3-46 • Always wear your seat belt...... 3-2 • Occupant Detection System (ODS) ...... 3-49 • Restrain all children ...... 3-2 • Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-56 • Air bag hazards ...... 3-2 • Side air bag ...... 3-59 • Driver distraction ...... 3-2 • Curtain air bag ...... 3-61 • Control your speed ...... 3-3 • SRS Care ...... 3-67 • Keep your vehicle in safe condition ...... 3-3 • Adding equipment to or modifying your 3 Seats...... 3-4 air bag-equipped vehicle...... 3-68 • Front seat adjustment - manual...... 3-7 • Air bag warning label ...... 3-68 • Front seat adjustment - power...... 3-8 • Seatback pocket...... 3-13 • Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-13 Seat belts ...... 3-18 • Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-18 • Pre-tensioner seat belt...... 3-26 • Seat belt precautions ...... 3-28 • Care of seat belts ...... 3-30 Child restraint system (CRS) ...... 3-31 • Children always in the rear ...... 3-31 • Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-32 • Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 3-35 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system ...... 3-42 • How does the air bag system operate ...... 3-43 • Air bag warning light ...... 3-45 Safety features of your vehicle

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS You will find many safety precautions Always wear your seat belt Air bag hazards and recommendations throughout A seat belt is your best protection in While air bags can save lives, they this section, and throughout this man- all types of accidents. Air bags are can also cause serious or fatal ual.The safety precautions in this sec- designed to supplement seat belts, injuries to occupants who sit too tion are among the most important. not replace them. So even though close to them, or who are not prop- your vehicle is equipped with air erly restrained. Infants, young chil- bags, ALWAYS make sure you and dren, and shorter adults are at the your passengers wear your seat greatest risk of being injured by an belts, and wear them properly. inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual. Restrain all children All children under age 13 should ride Driver distraction in your vehicle properly restrained in Driver distraction presents a serious a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and potentially deadly danger, espe- and small children should be cially for inexperienced drivers. restrained in an appropriate child Safety should be the first concern restraint. Larger children should use when behind the wheel and drivers a booster seat with the lap/shoulder need to be aware of the wide array of belt until they can use the seat belt potential distractions, such as drowsi- properly without a booster seat. ness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using cellular phones. Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction or getting into an accident:

23 Safety features of your vehicle

• ALWAYS set up your mobile Control your speed Keep your vehicle in safe con- devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, Excessive speed is a major factor in dition navigation units, etc.) when your crash injuries and deaths. Generally, Having a tire blowout or a mechani- vehicle is parked or safely stopped. the higher the speed, the greater the cal failure can be extremely haz- • ONLY use your mobile device risk, but serious injuries can also ardous. To reduce the possibility of when allowed by laws and when occur at lower speeds. Never drive such problems, check your tire pres- conditions permit safe use. NEVER faster than is safe for current condi- sures and condition frequently, and text or email while driving. Most tions, regardless of the maximum perform all regularly scheduled states have laws prohibiting drivers speed posted. maintenance. from texting. Some states and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones. • NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.

33 Safety features of your vehicle

SEATS Front seat (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle (3) Seat cushion height Manual seat (Driver’s seat) (4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat) (5) Headrest

Rear seats (6) Seatback folding Power seat (7) Headrest

OPS036001N

43 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver respon- WARNING - Driver’s seat objects sibility for passengers • Never attempt to adjust the Do not place anything in the dri- seat while the vehicle is mov- ver's foot well or under the front ing. This could result in loss seats. Loose objects in the dri- of control of your vehicle. ver's foot area could interfere with • Do not allow anything to inter- the operation of the foot pedals. fere with the normal position of the seatback. Storing items against the seatback could WARNING - Uprighting result in serious or fatal injury seat in a sudden stop or collision. Do not press the release lever • Sit as far back as possible from on a manual seatback without 1KMN3662 the steering wheel while still holding and controlling the maintaining comfortable con- The driver must advise the pas- seatback. The seatback will trol of the your vehicle. A dis- senger to keep the seatback in spring upright possibly impact- tance of at least 10" from your an upright position whenever ing you or other passengers. chest to the steering wheel is the vehicle is in motion. If a seat recommended. Failure to do so is reclined during an accident, can result in airbag inflation the restraint system's ability to injuries to the driver. WARNING - Seat cushion restrain will be greatly reduced. Occupants should never sit on aftermarket seat cushions or sit- WARNING - Rear seat- ting cushions. The passenger's backs hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an Always lock the rear seatback accident or a sudden stop. before driving. Failure to do so could result in passengers or objects being thrown forward injuring vehicle occupants.

35 Safety features of your vehicle

Feature of Seat Leather (Continued) WARNING - Luggage and • Leather is made from the outer • Do not place your hand near Cargo skin of an animal, which goes the seat bottom or seat track Do not stack pile or stack lug- through a special process to be while adjusting the seat. Your gage or cargo higher than the available for use. Since it is a nat- hand could get caught in the seatback in the cargo area. In an ural substance, each part differs in seat mechanism. accident the cargo could strike thickness or density. and injury a passenger. If Wrinkles may appear as a natural objects are large, heavy or must result of stretching and shrinking be piled, they must be secured WARNING - Small depending on the temperature and in the cargo area. Objects humidity. Use extreme caution when pick- • The seat is made of stretchable ing up small objects trapped fabric to improve comfort. WARNING - Unexpected under the seats or between the Seat Movement seat and the center console. • The parts contacting the body are After adjusting a manual seat, Your hands might be cut or curved and the side supporting always check that it is locked by injured by the sharp edges of area is high which provides driving shifting your weight to the front the seats mechanism. comfort and stability. and back. Sudden or unexpect- • Wrinkles may appear naturally ed movement of the driver's from usage. It is not a fault of the seat could cause you to lose WARNING - Cargo Area product. control of the vehicle. Do not allow passengers to ride in the cargo area under any cir- WARNING - Seat cumstance. The cargo area is adjustment solely for the purpose of trans- • Do not adjust the seat while porting luggage or cargo. wearing seat belts. Moving the seat forward will cause strong pressure on the abdomen. (Continued) 63 Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - manual Seatback angle CAUTION Forward and backward • Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside your back pants pocket may damage the seat fabric. • Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather. • Jeans or clothes which contain bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric and cause damage OPS033003 or discoloration. OPS033002 To recline the seatback: To move the seat forward or back- 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the ✽ NOTICE ward: seatback recline lever. Wrinkles or abrasions which appear 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment 2. Carefully lean back on the seat naturally from usage are not cov- lever up and hold it. and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire. ered by warranty. 2. Slide the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. 3. Release the lever and make sure (The lever MUST return to its orig- the seat is locked in place. inal position for the seatback to Adjust the seat before driving, and lock.) make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.

37 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat height (for driver’s seat) Front seat adjustment - power (if equipped) CAUTION - Power seat adjustments The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on The power seating controls the outside of the seat cushion. function by electronic motor. Before driving, adjust the seat to the Excessive operation may cause proper position so you can easily con- damage to the electrical equip- trol the steering wheel, pedals and ment. switches on the instrument panel. CAUTION - Power Seating WARNING - Unattended Do not operate two or more children OPS033004 power seat control switches at Do not leave children unattend- the same time. Doing so may To change the height of the seat, ed in the vehicle. Children might damage the power seat motor or push the lever upwards or down- operate features of the vehicle electrical components. wards. that could injure them. • To lower the seat cushion, push the lever down several times. When in operation, the power seat- • To raise the seat cushion, pull the consumes a large amount of electri- lever up several times. cal power. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, don’t adjust the power seat longer than necessary while the engine is not running.

83 Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward Seatback angle Seat height (for driver’s seat)

OPS033005 OPS033006 OPS036061L Push the control switch forward or Push the control switch forward or Pull the front portion of the control backward to move the seat to the backward to move the seatback to switch up to raise or press down to desired position. Release the switch the desired angle. Release the lower the front part of the seat cush- once the seat reaches the desired switch once the seat reaches the ion. Pull the rear portion of the con- position. desired position. trol switch up to raise or press down to lower the seat cushion. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

39 Safety features of your vehicle

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat) Headrest (for front seat) Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes. Also, adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended.

WARNING - Headrest removal/adjustment • Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed. OPS033008 OPS034058N Headrests can provide critical The depth of the lumbar support can The driver's and front passenger's neck and head support in a be adjusted by pressing the button seats are equipped with a headrest crash. fore and after. If equipped, the loca- for the occupant's safety and comfort. • Do not adjust the headrest tion of the lumbar support can be The headrest not only provides com- height while the vehicle is in adjusted up and down by pressing fort for the driver and front passenger, motion. Driver may lose con- the button up and down. but also helps protect the head and trol of the vehicle. neck in the event of a rear collision. For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should be CAUTION adjusted so the middle of the headrest Excessive pulling or pushing is at the same height of the center of may damage the headrest. gravity of an occupant's head.

3 10 Safety features of your vehicle

■ Type A

OPS033047L ■ Type B OPS033010 OYFH034205 Adjusting the height up and down ✽ NOTICE To raise the headrest, pull it up to the If you recline the seatback towards desired position (1). To lower the the front with the headrest and seat headrest, push and hold the release cushion raised, the headrest may button (2) on the headrest support come in contact with the sunvisor or and lower the headrest to the desired other parts of the vehicle. position (3).

OPS033049L Removal and installation To remove the headrest: 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the recline lever or switch (1). 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. 3. Press the headrest release button (3) while pulling the headrest up (4).

311 Safety features of your vehicle

■ Type A WARNING - Headrest WARNING - Headrest Removal Reinstallation NEVER allow anyone to ride in a To reduce the risk of injury to seat with the headrest removed. the head or neck, always make Headrests can provide critical sure the headrest is locked into neck and head support in a position and adjusted properly crash. after reinstalling.

OPS033048L ■ Type B

OPS033050L To reinstall the headrest : 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). 2. Recline the seatback (4) with the recline lever or switch (3). 3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height.

3 12 Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback pocket (if equipped) Rear seat adjustment WARNING - Objects Folding the rear seat Objects carried on the folded The rear seatbacks can be folded to down seatback should not extend facilitate carrying long items or to higher than the top of the front increase the luggage capacity of the seatbacks.This could allow cargo vehicle. to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops. WARNING - Folded Seatback The purpose of the fold-down rear seatbacks is to allow you to OPS033016 carry longer objects than could not otherwise be accommodated. The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger’s • Never allow a passenger to sit seatbacks. on top of the folded down seatback while the car is moving. This is not a proper seat- WARNING - Seatback ing position since no seat pockets belts are available for use. Do not put heavy or sharp • To reduce the risk of injury objects in the seatback pocket. caused by sliding cargo within An occupant could contact such the passenger compartment objects in a crash. Heavy objects of the vehicle, objects carried in the front passenger seatback on the folded down seatback could also interfere with the should not extend higher than airbag sensing system. the top of the front seats.

313 Safety features of your vehicle

2. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward. 3. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position.

OPS033017

OPS033018 4.Pull on the seatback folding lever, then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle. When you return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback. 5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull OPS033015 the seatback backward by pulling To fold down the rear seatback on the folding lever. 1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in Pull the seatback firmly until it the pocket (if equipped) between clicks into place. the rear seatback and cushion, Make sure the seatback is locked and insert the rear seat belt web- in place. bing in the guide to prevent the 6.Return the rear seat belt to the seat belt from being damaged. proper position.

3 14 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Cargo WARNING - Uprighting WARNING - Rear Do not place heavy objects in seat Seatback the rear seats, since they can- When you return the seatback To ensure maximum protection not be properly secured and to its upright position, hold the in the event of an accident or may hit vehicle occupants in a seatback and return it slowly. If sudden stop, when returning the frontal collision. the seatback is returned with- rear seat to the upright position: out holding it, the back of the • Be careful not to damage the seat could spring forward, seat belt webbing or buckle. WARNING - Cargo loading resulting in injury caused by being struck by the seatback. • Do not allow the seat belt Make sure the engine is off, the webbing or buckle to become automatic transaxle / dual clutch pinched or caught in the rear transmission is in P (Park) and seat. the parking brake is securely CAUTION - Damaging rear seat belt • Ensure the seatback is com- applied whenever loading or pletely locked into its upright buckles unloading cargo. Failure to take position by pushing on the these steps may allow the vehi- When you fold the rear seat- top of the seatback. cle to move if the shift lever is back, insert the buckle between Failure to adhere to any of inadvertently moved to another the rear seatback and cushion. these instructions could position. Doing so can prevent the buckle result in serious injury or from being damaged by the rear death in the event of a crash. seatback. ✽ NOTICE After folding the rear seat, unless the driver’s position is properly set according to the driver’s physical figure, do not fold the rear seat.

315 Safety features of your vehicle

Headrest For maximum effectiveness in case of Adjusting the height up and down an accident, the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height as the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with * the height of the top of their eyes. Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended. OPA039053 OPS033033 The rear seat(s) is equipped with To raise the headrest : headrests in all the seating positions WARNING - Headrest for the occupant's safety and comfort. removal/adjustment 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1). The headrest not only provides com- Do not operate the vehicle with fort for passengers, but also helps the headrests removed. To lower the headrest : protect the head and neck in the Headrests can provide critical 1. Push and hold the release button event of a collision. neck and head support in a (2) on the headrest support crash. 2. Lower the headrest to the desired position (3).

3 16 Safety features of your vehicle

Removal and installation Armrest (if equipped) WARNING - Headrest installation After installing the headrest, make sure that it is installed in the right direction. A headrest installed reversely could increase whiplash injury during rear impact.

OPS033034 OPS033032 To remove the headrest : To use the armrest, pull it forward from the seatback. 1. Raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) while pulling the headrest up (2).

To reinstall the headrest : 1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). 2. Adjust it to the appropriate height.

Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants.

317 Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system • For maximum restraint system pro- - Shoulder Belt Seat belts are designed to bear upon WARNING tection, the seat belts must always the bony structure of the body, and • Never wear the shoulder belt be used whenever the vehicle is should be worn low across the front under your arm or behind moving. A properly positioned of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as your back. An improperly shoulder belt should be positioned applicable; wearing the lap section of positioned shoulder belt can- midway over your shoulder across the belt across the abdominal area not protect the occupant in a your collarbone. must be avoided. crash. • Never allow children to ride in the Seat belts should be adjusted as • Always wear both the shoul- front passenger seat. See child firmly as possible, consistent with der portion and lap portion of restraint system section for further comfort, to provide the protection for the lap/shoulder belt. discussion. which they have been designed. A slack belt will greatly reduce the WARNING - Twisted seat protection afforded to the wearer. WARNING - Damaged seat belt belt Care should be taken to avoid con- Make sure your seat belt is not Replace the entire seat belt tamination of the webbing with pol- twisted when worn. A twisted assembly if any part of the web- ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic- seat belt may not properly pro- bing or hardware is damaged as ularly battery acid. Cleaning may tect you in an accident and you can no longer be sure that a safely be carried out using mild soap could even cut into your body. and water. The belt should be damaged seat belt will provide replaced if webbing becomes frayed, protection in a crash. contaminated or damaged.

3 18 Safety features of your vehicle

• No modifications or additions Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat) should be made by the user which WARNING - Seat belt will either prevent the seat belt buckle adjusting devices from operating to Do not allow foreign material remove slack, or prevent the seat (gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to belt assembly from being adjusted obstruct the seat belt buckle. to remove slack. This may prevent the seat belt • When you fasten the seat belt, be from fastening securely. careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seats. It's very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt properly. • Do not unfasten the seat belt and 1GQA2083 do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving. This The driver's seat belt warning light could result in loss of control, and and chime will activate pursuant to an accident causing death, serious the following table when the ignition injury, or property damage. switch is in "ON" position. • When fastening the seat belt, make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily.

319 Safety features of your vehicle

Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system The seat belt automatically adjusts to Vehicle Chime- with emergency locking retractor the proper length only after the lap Seat Belt Light-Blink Speed Sound belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If Unbuckled 6 seconds you lean forward in a slow, easy Buckled 6 seconds None motion, the belt will extend and let Below 3 mph 6 seconds None you move around. If there is a sud- (5 km/h) den stop or impact, however, the belt Buckled → 3 mph~ will lock into position. It will also lock 6 seconds Unbuckled 6 mph if you try to lean forward too quickly. Above 6 mph 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off If you are unable to pull out the seat (10 km/h) (11 times) belt from the retractor, firmly pull the Above 6 mph belt out and release it. Then you will (10 km/h) 6 seconds *1 be able to pull the belt out smoothly. B180A01NF-1 Unbuckled ↓ ↓ To fasten your seat belt: Below 3 mph Stop *2 (5 km/h) To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab *1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an interval of 24 seconds. If the driver's an audible "click" when the tab locks seat belt is buckled, the light will stop into the buckle. within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately. *2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately.

3 20 Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position. Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident.

WARNING - Shoulder belt positioning Never position the shoulder belt OXM039026 across your neck or face. B200A02NF Height adjustment You should place the lap belt portion as You can adjust the height of the shoul- low as possible and snugly across your der belt anchor to one of the 3 posi- WARNING - Seat belt hips, not on your waist. If the lap belt is tions for maximum comfort and safety. replacement located too high on your waist, it may increase the chance of injury in the The height of the adjusting seat belt Replace your seat belts after event of a collision. Both arms should should not be too close to your neck. being in an accident. Failure to not be under or over the belt. Rather, The shoulder portion should be replace seat belts after an acci- one should be over and the other adjusted so that it lies across your dent could leave you with dam- under, as shown in the illustration. chest and midway over your shoulder aged seat belts that will not pro- near the door and not your neck. vide protection in the event of Never wear the seat belt under the arm that is near the door. To adjust the height of the seat belt another collision. anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position. To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2).

321 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belts - Front passenger and It automatically adjusts to the proper Do NOT fold down the left portion of rear seat 3-point system with length only after the lap belt portion the rear seat back when the rear combination locking retractor of the seat belt is adjusted manually center seat belt is buckled. ALWAYS To fasten your seat belt: so that it fits snugly around your hips. UNBUCKLE the rear center seat belt before folding down the left portion of Combination retractor type seat belts When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the instal- the rear seat back. If the rear center are installed in the rear seat posi- seat belt is buckled when the left por- tions to help accommodate the lation of a child restraint system, the seat belt operation changes to allow tion of the rear seat back is folded installation of child restraint systems. down, distortion and damage to the Although a combination retractor is the belt to retract, but not to extend (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). top portion of the seat back and seat also installed in the front passenger belt garnish may result, causing the seat position, it is strongly recom- Refer to “Using a child restraint system” in this section. seat back to lock into the folded mended that children always be down position. seated in the rear seat. NEVER place any infant restraint system in ✽ NOTICE the front seat of the vehicle. Although the combination retractor This type of seat belt combines the provides the same level of protection features of both an emergency lock- for seated passengers in either emer- ing retractor seat belt and an auto- gency or automatic locking modes, matic locking retractor seat belt. To have the seated passengers use the fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the emergency locking feature for retractor and insert the metal tab into improved convenience. The auto- the buckle. There will be an audible matic locking function is intended to "click" when the tab locks into the facilitate child restraint installation. buckle. When not securing a child To convert from the automatic lock- restraint, the seat belt operates in the ing feature to the emergency locking same way as the driver's seat belt operation mode, allow the unbuck- (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). led seat belt to fully retract.

3 22 Safety features of your vehicle

Stowing the rear seat belt

B210A01NF-1 OPS033015

To release the seat belt: OPS033017 Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will The seat belt is released by pressing The rear seat belt buckles can be the release button (1) on the locking help keep the belts from being stowed in the pocket between the trapped behind or under the seats. buckle. When it is released, the belt rear seatback and cushion when not should automatically draw back into in use. After inserting the seat belt, tighten the retractor. the belt webbing by pulling it up. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then CAUTION - Seat belt guide try again. Remove the seat belt from the guides before using. If you pull on the seat belt when it is stored in the guides, it may damage the guides and/or belt webbing.

323 Safety features of your vehicle

3 Point rear center belt WARNING - Rear center seat belt Do not separate mini tongue and mini buckle even if there is not an occupant. If it is separated, It may hit the rear seat occupants in a collision or sudden stops.

ORP032074

ORP032073C 2.Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert the tongue plate (B) into the open To fasten the rear center belt end of the buckle (D) until an audi- 1.Insert the mini tongue (A) into the ble “click” is heard, indicating the open end of the anchor connector latch is locked. Make sure the belt (C) until an audible “click" is heard, is not twisted. indicating the latch is locked. Make When using the rear center seat sure the belt is not twisted. belt, the buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be used.

3 24 Safety features of your vehicle

There will be an audible “click” when To unfasten the rear center belt the tab locks in the buckle. The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips, if you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and let you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly. ORP032076K When using the rear seat center belt, When you fold the rear seatback you must lock all tongue plates and ORP032075 buckles. Press the release button on the To retract the rear center seatbelt, buckle (D) and remove the tongue insert the tongue plate or similar plate (B) from the buckle (D). small rigid device into the web release hole (C). Pull up on the seat belt web (A) and allow the webbing to retract automatically.

325 Safety features of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt (1) Retractor Pretensioner The purpose of the retractor pre- tensioner is to make sure that the shoulder belts fit in tightly against the occupant's upper body in certain frontal collisions. (2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) The purpose of the EFD is to make sure that the pelvis belts fit in tightly against the occupant's lower body in certain frontal collisions. OPS033036N/Q OXMA033101 The seat belt pre-tensioner system If the system senses excessive ten- consists mainly of the following com- Your vehicle is equipped with driver's ponents. Their locations are shown in and front passenger's pre-tensioner sion on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner system acti- the illustration: seat belts (retractor pretensioner and 1. SRS air bag warning light EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)). vates, the load limiter inside the retrac- The pre-tensioner seat belts may be tor pre-tensioner will release some of 2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly activated, when a frontal collision is the pressure on the affected seat belt. 3. SRS control module severe enough, together with the air 4. Emergency fastening device (EFD) bags. ✽ NOTICE When the vehicle stops suddenly, or When the pre-tensioner seat belts if the occupant tries to lean forward are activated, a loud noise may be too quickly, the seat belt retractor heard and fine dust, which may may lock into position. In certain appear to be smoke, may be visible frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner in the passenger compartment. will activate and pull the seat belt into These are normal operating condi- tighter contact against the occu- tions and are not hazardous. pant's body.

3 26 Safety features of your vehicle

• Both the driver's and front passen- If the pre-tensioner seat belt system ger's seat belt pre-tensioner sys- are not working properly, this warning WARNING tem may be activated not only in light will illuminate even if there is no - Hot pretensioner certain frontal collisions but also in malfunction of the SRS air bag. If the Do not touch the pre-tensioner certain side collisions or rollovers, SRS air bag warning light does not seat belt assemblies for several if the vehicle is equipped with a illuminate when the ignition switch is minutes after they have been side or curtain air bag. turned ON, or if it remains illuminated activated. When the pre-tension- • Because the sensor that activates after illuminating for approximately 6 er seat belt mechanism fires dur- the SRS air bag is connected with seconds, or if it illuminates while the ing a collision the pre-tensioner the pre-tensioner seat belt, the vehicle is being driven, have an becomes hot and can burn you. SRS air bag warning light on authorized Kia dealer inspect the pre- the instrument panel will illuminate tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag for approximately 6 seconds after system as soon as possible. ✽ NOTICE the ignition switch has been turned • Pre-tensioners are designed to Do not attempt to service or repair to the ON position, and then it operate only one time. After activa- the pre-tensioner seat belt system in should turn off. tion, pre-tensioner seat belts must any manner. Do not attempt to be replaced. All seat belts, of any inspect or replace the pre-tensioner type, should always be replaced seat belts yourself. This must be WARNING - Skin irritation after they have been worn during a done by an authorized Kia dealer. Wash all exposed skin areas collision. thoroughly after an accident in • Do not strike the pre-tensioner seat which the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies. belts were activated. The fine dust from the pre-tensioner activation may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged periods.

327 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt precautions ✽ NOTICE Larger children Infant or small child Small children are best protected Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always All 50 states have child restraint from injury in an accident when occupy the rear seat and use the laws. You should be aware of the properly restrained in the rear seat available lap/shoulder belts. The lap specific requirements in your state. by a child restraint system that portion should be fastened and snug Child and/or infant seats must be meets the requirements of the on the hips and as low as possible. properly placed and installed in the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Check if the belt fits periodically. A rear seat. For more information Standards. Before buying any child child's squirming could put the belt about the use of these restraints, restraint system, make sure that it out of position. Children are given the refer to “Child restraint system” in this has a label certifying that it meets most safety in the event of an acci- section. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. The restraint must be dent when they are restrained by a appropriate for your child's height proper restraint system in the rear and weight. Check the label on the seat. If a larger child (over age 12) child restraint for this information. must be seated in the front seat, the Refer to “Child restraint system” in child should be securely restrained this section. by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position. Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat. NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat. NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle.

3 28 Safety features of your vehicle

If the shoulder belt portion slightly Restraint of pregnant women Injured person touches the child’s neck or face, try Pregnant women should wear A seat belt should be used when an placing the child closer to the center of lap/shoulder belt assemblies when- injured person is being transported. the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still ever possible according to specific When this is necessary, you should touches their face or neck they need to recommendations by their doctors. consult a physician for recommenda- be returned to a child restraint system. The lap portion of the belt should be tions. worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE. WARNING - Small children One person per belt Do not allow small children to Two people (including children) ride in the vehicle without an WARNING - Pregnant should never attempt to use a single appropriate child restraint sys- women seat belt. This could increase the tem. If the shoulder belt comes Pregnant women must never severity of injuries in case of an acci- in contact with your child's neck place the lap portion of the seat dent. or face your child is too small to belt above or on the abdomen ride in the vehicle. In a crash the where the fetus is located. The seat belt will inflict injury to your force of the seat belt during a child's neck, throat and face. collision will crush the fetus.

329 Safety features of your vehicle

Do not lie down Care of seat belts Periodic inspection To reduce the chance of injuries in Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected the event of an accident and to disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of achieve maximum effectiveness of tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should the restraint system, all passengers that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible. should be sitting up and the front and not damaged by seat hinges, doors rear seats should be in an upright or other abuse. position when the vehicle is moving. Keep belts clean and dry A seat belt cannot provide proper Seat belts should be kept clean and protection if the person is lying down WARNING - Pinched seat dry. If belts become dirty, they can be in the rear seat or if the front and rear belt cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, seats are in a reclined position. Make sure that the webbing strong detergents or abrasives and/or buckle does not get should not be used because they caught or pinched in the rear may damage and weaken the fabric. seat when returning the rear seatback to its upright position. A caught or pinched When to replace seat belts webbing/buckle may become The entire in-use seat belt assembly damaged and could fail during a or assemblies should be replaced if collision or sudden stop. the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer.

3 30 Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS) Children Always in the Rear Children under age 13 must always Child restraint systems must be ride in the rear seats and must always properly placed and installed in the be properly restrained to minimize the rear seat. You must use a commer- WARNING - Restraint risk of injury in an accident, sudden cially available child restraint system Location stop or sudden maneuver. According that meets the requirements of the Never install a child or infant to accident statistics, children are Federal Motor Vehicle Safety seat on the front passenger's safer when properly restrained in the Standards (FMVSS). seat. A child riding in the front rear seats than in the front seat. Even Child restraint systems are generally passenger seat can be forceful- with air bags, children can be serious- designed to be secured in a vehicle ly struck by an inflating airbag ly injured or killed. Children too large seat by lap belt portion of a and seriously injured. for a child restraint must use the seat lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys- belts provided. tem in the rear seats of the vehicle. All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in WARNING - Hot Child approved child restraint devices. The Restraint laws governing the age or A child restraint system can height/weight restrictions at which become very hot if it is left in a seat belts can be used instead of closed vehicle on a sunny day. child restraints differs among states, Be sure to check the seat cover, so you should be aware of the spe- buckles and latches before cific requirements in your state, and placing a child in the restraint where you are travelling. system.

331 Safety features of your vehicle

Child restraint system (CRS) (Continued) Selecting a Child Restraint Infants and younger children must be System (CRS) • Always properly restrain your restrained in an appropriate rear-fac- child in the child restraint. When selecting a CRS for your child, ing or forward-facing CRS that has always: first been properly secured to the • If the vehicle head restraint • Make sure the CRS has a label rear seat of the vehicle. Read and prevents proper installation of certifying that it meets applicable comply with the instructions for a child seat (as described in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety installation and use provided by the the child restraint system Standards (FMVSS 213). manufacturer of the child restraint. manual), the head restraint of the respective seating posi- • Select a child restraint based on tion shall be readjusted or your child’s height and weight. The WARNING entirely removed. required label or the instructions Child Restraint Installation - • Do not use an infant carrier or for use typically provide this infor- An improperly secured child a child safety seat that mation. restraint can increase the risk "hooks" over a seatback, it • Select a child restraint that fits the of serious injury or death in an may not provide adequate vehicle seating position where it accident. Always take the fol- protection in an accident. will be used. lowing precautions when using • After an accident, have a Kia • Read and comply with the warn- a child restraint system: dealer check the child restraint ings and instructions for installation • Always follow the child system, seat belts, tether and use provided with the child restraint system manufactur- anchors and lower anchors. restraint system. er’s instructions for installation and use. (Continued)

3 32 Safety features of your vehicle

Child restraint system types WARNING - Holding WARNING - Unattended There are three main types of child Children Children restraint systems: rear-facing seats, Never hold a child in your arms Never leave children unattended forward-facing seats, and booster or lap when riding in a vehicle. in a vehicle. The car can heat up seats. They are classified according The violent forces created dur- very quickly, resulting in injuries to the child’s age, height and weight. ing a crash will tear the child to the child in the vehicle. from your arms and throw the child against the car’s interior. Always use a child restraint system which is appropriate for WARNING - Seat Belt Use your child's height and weight. Do not use one seat belt for two occupants at the same time. This will eliminate any safety benefit provided by the seat belt to the occupants.

333 Safety features of your vehicle

Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rear-facing for a longer period of time. Continue to use a rear-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It’s the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has outgrown CRS09 the rear-facing child restraint, your OUN026150 Rear-facing child seats child is ready for a forward-facing Forward-facing child restraints child restraint with a harness. A rear-facing child seat provides A forward-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface restraint for the child’s body with a against the back of the child. The harness. Keep children in a forward- harness system holds the child in facing child seat with a harness until place, and in an accident, acts to they reach the top height or weight keep the child positioned in the seat limit allowed by your child restraint’s and reduces the stress to the neck manufacturer. and spinal cord. Once your child outgrows the for- All children under age one must ward-facing child restraint, your child always ride in a rear-facing infant is ready for a booster seat. child restraint.

3 34 Safety features of your vehicle

Booster seats Installing a Child Restraint • Secure the child in the child A booster seat is a restraint designed System (CRS) restraint. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the child to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat After selecting a proper child seat for restraint according to the manufac- belt system. A booster seat positions your child, check to make sure it fits turer instructions. the seat belt so that it fits properly properly in your vehicle. Follow the over the lap of your child. instructions provided by the manu- Keep your child in a booster seat facturer when installing the child until they are big enough to sit in the seat. Note these general steps when seat without a booster and still have installing the seat to your vehicle: the seat belt fit properly. For a seat • Properly secure the child belt to fit properly, the lap belt must restraint to the vehicle. All child lie snugly across the upper thighs, restraints must be secured to the not the stomach. The shoulder belt vehicle with the lap part of a should lie snug across the shoulder lap/shoulder belt or with the and chest and not across the neck or LATCH system. face. Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and • Make sure the child restraint is must always be properly restrained firmly secured. After installing a to minimize the risk of injury. child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward and from side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A child restraint secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-to- side movement can be expected.

335 Safety features of your vehicle

Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (LATCH) System WARNING - LATCH Lower The LATCH system holds a child Anchors restraint during driving and in an Never attempt to attach a LATCH accident. This system is designed to equipped seat in the center make installation of the child restraint seating position. LATCH lower easier and reduce the possibility of anchors are only to be used in improperly installing your child the left and right rear outboard restraint. The LATCH system uses seating positions.You may dam- anchors in the vehicle and attach- age the anchors or the anchors ments on the child restraint. The may fail and break in a collision. LATCH system eliminates the need OPS034059N to use seat belts to secure the child LATCH anchors have been provided restraint to the rear seats. in the left and right outboard rear Lower anchors are metal bars built seating positions. Their locations are into the vehicle. There are two lower shown in the illustration. There are anchors for each LATCH seating no LATCH anchors provided for the position that will accommodate a center rear seating position. child restraint with lower attachments. To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments. The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.

3 36 Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system WARNING To install a LATCH-compatible child Take the following precautions restraint in either of the rear outboard when using the LATCH system: seating positions: • Read and follow all installation 1. Move the seat belt buckle away instructions provided with from the lower anchors. your child restraint system. 2. Move any other objects away from • To prevent the child from the anchors that could prevent a reaching and taking hold of secure connection between the unretracted seat belts, buckle child restraint and the lower all unused rear seat belts and OPS036042L anchors. retract the seat belt webbing The lower anchor position indicator 3. Place the child restraint on the behind the child. Children can symbols are located on the left and vehicle seat, then attach the seat be strangled if a shoulder belt right rear seat backs to identify the to the lower anchors according to becomes wrapped around their position of the lower anchors in your the instructions provided by the neck and the seat belt tightens. vehicle (see arrows in illustration). child restraint manufacturer. • NEVER attach more than one The LATCH anchors are located 4. Follow the child restraint instruc- child restraint to a single between the seatback and the seat tions for properly adjusting and anchor. This could cause the cushion of the rear seat left and right tightening the lower attachments anchor or attachment to come outboard seating positions. on the child restraint to the lower loose or break. To use the lower anchor, push the anchors. • Always have the LATCH sys- upper portion of the lower anchor tem inspected by your author- cover. ized Kia dealer after an accident. An accident can damage ❈ (1) : Lower Anchor position indicator the LATCH system and may (2) : Lower Anchor not properly secure the child restraint.

337 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Securing a child restraint seat The recommended maximum with "Tether Anchor" system WARNING weight for the LATCH system is 65 Take the following precautions lbs. (30 kg). When selecting a proper when installing the tether strap: child restraint, consider that the • Read and follow all installation maximum total weight of the child instructions provided with plus the child restraint should be your child restraint system. less than 65 lbs (30 kg). • NEVER attach more than one As a guide, the MAX child restraint child restraint to a single teth- weight should be determined by the er anchor. This could cause following calculation: the anchor or attachment to Child Restraint Weight = come loose or break. 65 - (child's total weight in lbs.) • Do not attach the tether strap OPS033019 to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not First secure the child restraint with work properly if attached to the LATCH lower anchors or the seat something else. belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether • Do not use the tether anchors strap be attached, attach and tighten for adult seat belts or har- the top tether strap to the top tether nesses, or for attaching other strap anchor. items or equipment to the vehicle. Child restraint system top tether anchorages are located on the back • Always fasten the seatbelts of the rear seatbacks. behind the child restraint seat when they are not used to secure the child seat. Failure to do so may result in child strangulation.

3 38 Safety features of your vehicle

3. Check that the child restraint is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat forward and from side-to-side.

Securing a child restraint with a lap belt or lap/shoulder belt When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. OPS036071L OLMB033044 To install the tether anchor: Automatic locking mode 1. Route the child restraint tether Since all passenger seat belts move strap over the child restraint seat- freely under normal conditions and back. Route the tether strap under only lock under extreme or emer- the head restraint and between gency conditions (emergency locking the head restraint posts, or route mode), you must manually pull the the tether strap over the top of the seat belt all the way out to shift the vehicle seatback. Make sure the retractor to the “Automatic Locking” strap is not twisted. mode to secure a child restraint. 2. Connect the tether strap hook to The “Automatic Locking” mode will the tether anchor, then tighten the help prevent the normal movement tether strap according to the child of the child in the vehicle from caus- seat manufacturer’s instructions to ing the seat belt to loosen and com- firmly secure the child restraint to promise the child restraint system. To the seat. secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.

339 Safety features of your vehicle

To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following: 1.Place the child restraint system on a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer’s instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.

OEN036101 OEN036102 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the into the buckle. Listen for the dis- seat belt all the way out. When the tinct "click" sound. shoulder portion of the seat belt is Position the release button so that fully extended, it will shift the it is easy to access in case of an retractor to the "Automatic emergency. Locking" (child restraint) mode.

3 40 Safety features of your vehicle

5. Remove as much slack from the ✽ NOTICE belt as possible by pushing down When the seat belt is allowed to on the child restraint system while retract to its fully stowed position, feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor will automatically the retractor. switch from the "Automatic 6. Push and pull on the child restraint Locking" mode to the emergency system to confirm that the seat lock mode for normal adult usage. belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6. WARNING 7. Double check that the retractor is If the retractor is not in the OEN036103 in the "Automatic Locking" mode "Automatic Locking" mode, the 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion by attempting to pull more of the child restraint can move when of the seat belt to retract and listen seat belt out of the retractor. If you your vehicle turns or stops sud- for an audible "clicking" or "ratchet- cannot, the retractor is in the denly. A child can be seriously ing" sound. This indicates that the "Automatic Locking" mode. injured or killed if the child retractor is in the "Automatic restraint is not properly anchored in the car, including manually Locking" mode. If no distinct sound If your CRS manufacturer instructs or is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4. pulling the seat belt all the way recommends you to use a tether out to shift the rectractor to the anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, "Automatic Locking" mode. refer to the previous pages for more information. To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

341 Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Passenger’s front air bag (3) Side air bag (4) Curtain air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OAM032026

3 42 Safety features of your vehicle

How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely • In order to help provide protection, operate inflate and deflate in an instant. the air bags must inflate rapidly. • Air bags are activated (able to It is virtually impossible for you to The speed of the air bag inflation is inflate if necessary) only when the see the air bags inflate during an a consequence of extremely short ignition switch is turned to the ON accident. time in which to inflate the air bag or START position. between the occupant and the It is much more likely that you will vehicle structures before the occu- • The appropriate air bags inflate simply see the deflated air bags pant impacts those structures. This instantly in the event of a serious hanging out of their storage com- speed of inflation reduces the risk frontal collision or side collision in partments after the collision. of serious or life-threatening order to help protect the occupants • In addition to inflating in serious injuries and is thus a necessary from serious physical injury. side collisions, side and/or curtain part of the air bag design. • In normal conditions, the airbag is air bags will inflate if the sensing However, air bag inflation can also designed to deploy based on the system detects a rollover. cause injuries which can include angle and intensity of the collision. • When a rollover is detected, cur- facial abrasions, bruises and bro- These two factors are crucial ele- tain air bags will remain inflated ken bones because the inflation ments for deciding whether to trans- longer to help provide protection speed also causes the air bags to mit airbag deployment signal. from ejection, especially when expand with a great deal of force. • The airbag will deploy based on used in conjunction with the seat • There are even circumstances angle and intensity of the collision. belts. under which contact with the It will not deploy in every crash or steering wheel or passenger air collision situations bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel or passenger air bag.

343 Safety features of your vehicle

Noise and smoke WARNING - Airbag infla- When inflated, the air bags make a WARNING - Hot compo- tion loud noise and leave smoke and nents Sit as far back as possible from powder in the air inside the vehicle. Do not touch the air bag storage the steering wheel while still This is normal and is a result of the area's internal components maintaining comfortable con- ignition of the air bag inflator. After immediately after airbag infla- trol of your vehicle. A distance the air bag inflates, you may feel sub- tion. The air bag related parts in of at least 10" from your chest stantial discomfort in breathing due the steering wheel, instrument to the steering wheel is recom- to the contact of your chest with both panel and the roof rails above mended. Failure to do so can the seat belt and the air bag, as well the front and rear doors are result in airbag inflation injuries as from breathing the smoke and very hot. Hot components can to the driver. powder. Open your doors and/or result in burn injuries. windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder. WARNING Though smoke and powder are non- Do not install or place any toxic, it may cause irritation to the accessories near air bag skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If deployment areas, such as the this is the case, wash and rinse with instrument panel, windows, pil- cold water immediately and consult a lars, and roof rails. Such objects doctor if the symptom persists. may become dangerous projectiles if the airbag inflates.

3 44 Safety features of your vehicle

Do not install a child restraint on Air bag warning light the front passenger’s seat. WARNING - Air bag deployment When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of a vehicle equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, install the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible. Inflation of the side and/or curtain air bags could impact the child.

W7-147 1JBH3051 The purpose of air bag warning light Never place a rear-facing child in your instrument panel is to alert restraint in the front passenger’s you of a potential problem with your seat. If the air bag deploys, it would air bag system, which could include impact the rear-facing child restraint, your side and/or curtain air bags causing serious or fatal injury. used for rollover protection. In addition, do not place front-facing child restraints in the front passenger’s seat. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child.

345 Safety features of your vehicle

When the ignition switch is turned SRS components and functions 10. PASSENGER “AIR BAG OFF” ON, the warning light should illumi- indicator (Front passenger’s seat nate for approximately 6 seconds, ,, only) then go off. Have the system 11. Occupant detection system checked by an authorized Kia dealer- (Front passenger’s seat only) ship if: 12. Driver’s and front passenger’s • The light does not turn on briefly seat belt buckle sensors when you turn the ignition ON. 13. Emergency fastening device • The light stays on after illuminating (EFD) for approximately 6 seconds. 14. Side pressure impact sensor • The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. ,, The SRSCM continually monitors all • The light blinks when the ignition OPS034060N/Q switch is in ON position. SRS components while the ignition The SRS consists of the following switch is ON to determine if a crash components: impact is severe enough to require 1. Driver's front air bag module air bag deployment or pre-tensioner 2. Passenger's front air bag module seat belt deployment. 3. Side air bag modules 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/ Rollover sensor 8. Front impact sensors 9. Side impact sensors

3 46 Safety features of your vehicle

If any of the following conditions Driver’s front air bag (1) occurs, this indicates a malfunction in the air bag system. Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible. • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. W7-147 B240B01L • The light blinks when the ignition If the air bag warning light illuminat- switch is in ON position. The front air bag modules are located for more than 6 seconds after the ed both in the center of the steering ignition is turned on, or of it illumi- wheel and in the front passenger's nates during vehicle operation, an panel above the glove box. When the SRS component may not be func- SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe tioning properly and you should have impact to the front of the vehicle, it your vehicle checked by an author- will automatically deploy the front air ized Kia dealer. bags.

347 Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag

B240B02L B240B03L B240B05L Upon deployment, tear seams mold- A fully inflated air bag, in combina- ed directly into the pad covers will tion with a properly worn seat belt, WARNING - Air bag separate under pressure from the slows the driver's or the passenger's obstructions expansion of the air bags. Further forward motion, reducing the risk of opening of the covers then allows full head and chest injury. Do not install or place any inflation of the air bags. accessories on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or on After complete inflation, the air bag the front passenger's panel immediately starts deflating, enabling above the glove box in a vehi- the driver to maintain forward visibility cle. Such objects may become and the ability to steer or operate dangerous projectiles if the air other controls. bag deploys.

3 48 Safety features of your vehicle

• The SRS can function only when Occupant Detection System WARNING - Flying objects the ignition switch is in the ON (ODS) Do not place any objects (an position. If the SRS air bag warning umbrella, bag, etc.) between the light does not illuminate, or contin- front door and the front seat. uously remains on after illuminat- Such objects may become dan- ing for about 6 seconds when the gerous projectiles if the side ignition switch is turned to the ON airbag inflates. position, or after the engine is started, comes on while driving, the SRS is not working properly. If • If an air bag deploys, there may be this occurs, have your vehicle a loud noise followed by a fine dust immediately inspected by an released in the vehicle. These con- authorized Kia dealer. ditions are normal and are not hazardous - the air bags are packed in ✽ NOTICE OPS033020 this fine powder. The dust generat- Before you replace a fuse or discon- Your vehicle is equipped with an ed during air bag deployment may occupant detection system in the cause skin or eye irritation as well nect a battery terminal, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and front passenger's seat. as aggravate asthma for some per- The occupant detection system is sons. Always wash all exposed remove the ignition switch. Never remove or replace the air bag related designed to detect the presence of a skin areas thoroughly with cold properly-seated front passenger and water and a mild soap after an fuse(s) when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Failure to heed this determine if the passenger's front air accident in which the air bags were bag should be enabled (may inflate) deployed. warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate. or not. Only the front passenger front air bag is controlled by the Occupant Detection System. Do not put anything in front of the passenger air bag indicator.

349 Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of the occu- If the front passenger seat is occu- • The ODS (Occupant Detection pant detection system pied by a person that the system System) may not function properly if • A detection device located within determines to be of appropriate size, the passenger takes actions which the front passenger seat cushion. and he/she sits properly (sitting can defeat the detection system. upright with the seatback in an These include: • An electronic system which deter- upright position, centered on the (1) Failing to sit in an upright position. mines whether the passenger air seat cushion with their seat belt on, bag systems should be activated legs comfortably extended and their (2) Leaning against the door or cen- or deactivated. feet on the floor), the PASSENGER ter console. • A indicator light located on the AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off (3) Sitting towards the sides or the instrument panel which illuminates and the front passenger's air bag will front of the seat. the words PASSENGER AIR BAG be able to inflate, if necessary, in (4) Putting legs on the dashboard or “OFF” indicating the front passen- frontal crashes. resting them on other locations ger air bag system is deactivated. You will find the PASSENGER AIR which reduce the passenger • The instrument panel air bag warn- BAG “OFF” indicator on the center weight on the front seat. ing light is interconnected with the facia panel. This system detects the (5) Improperly wearing the safety occupant detection system. conditions 1~4 in the following table belt. and activates or deactivates the front (6) Reclining the seat back. passenger air bag based on these conditions. (7) Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear or hip protection wear. Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and (8) Placing on the seat an additional restrained properly (sitting upright thick cushion. with the seat in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion, with the person’s legs comfortably extended, feet on the floor, and wearing the safety belt properly) for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt.

3 50 Safety features of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system WARNING - ODS System Indicator/Warning light Devices Riding in an improper position Condition detected by the adversely affects the Occupant "PASSENGER AIR occupant detection Front passenger Detection System and may BAG OFF" indicator SRS warning light system air bag result in the deactivation of the light front passenger airbag. It is 1. Adult or child*1 Off Off Activated important for the driver to 2. Child restraint system*2 On Off Deactivated instruct the passenger as to the 3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated proper seating instructions as contained in this manual. 4. There is a malfunction Off On Activated in the system

*1 : The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person's size to determine whether the air bag should deploy. It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS, thus allowing the air bag to deploy.To maximize safety, do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. *2 : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.

✽ NOTICE Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat. Don't place anything on or OVQ036013N attach anything such as a blanket, front seat cover or after market seat heater - Do not place heavy loads in to the front passenger seat. This can adversely affect the occupant detection the front passenger seatback system. pocket or on the front passenger seat. (Continued)

351 Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 - Do not place feet on the front - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or cen- passenger seatback. front passenger seatback. ter console. - Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat. (Continued)

1KMN3663 1KMN3665 - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash- towards the front of the seat. board. (Continued) (Continued)

3 52 Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

OQLA035100 OJFA035102 OJFA035103 - Do not use car seat acces- - Do not put an electronic - Wet Passenger Seat: sories such as thick blankets device (ex. Laptop computer, Do not spill liquid in the pas- and cushions which cover up after market DMB, navigation, senger seat. Spilled liquid on the car seat surface. satellite audio, video game the passenger seat may cause (Continued) machine, MP3, AC inverter, the air bag warning light to illu- etc.) in the front passenger minate or malfunction. If any seatback pocket or on the liquid is spilled, make sure the front passenger seat. seat has been completely dried (Continued) before driving the vehicle.

353 Safety features of your vehicle

Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is still on, ask the passen- WARNING - “AIR BAG ger to move to the rear seat. OFF” light Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front seat when the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is illuminated, because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a crash. The driver must instruct the passenger to reposi- tion himself in the seat. Failure B990A01O to properly position yourself When an adult is seated in the front may lead to air bag deactivation passenger seat, if the PASSENGER resulting in air bag non-deploy- AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn ment in a collision. If the PAS- the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indication and ask the passenger to sit tor remains illuminated after the properly (sitting upright with the seat passenger repositions them- back in an upright position, centered selves properly and the car is on the seat cushion with their seat restarted, it is recommended belt on, legs comfortably extended that passenger move to the rear and their feet on the floor). Restart seat because the passenger's the engine and have the person front air bag will not deploy. remain in that position. This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag.

3 54 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Any child age 12 and under should ride If the occupant detection system is The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” in the rear seat. Children too large for not working properly, the SRS air bag indicator illuminates for about 4 sec- child restraints should use the available warning light on the instrument panel onds after the ignition switch is lap/shoulder belts. No matter what type will illuminate because the passen- turned to the ON position or after of crash, children of all ages are safer ger's front air bag is connected with the engine is started. If the front when restrained in the rear seat. the occupant detection system. If passenger seat is occupied, the occu- there is a malfunction of the occupant pant detection sensor will then clas- ✽ NOTICE detection system, the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will not illu- sify the front passenger after several Do not modify or replace the front more seconds. minate and the passenger's front air passenger seat. Don't place anything bag will inflate in frontal impact crash- ✽ on or attach anything such as a blan- es even if there is no occupant in the NOTICE ket, front seat covers or after market front passenger's seat Air bags can only be used once - seat heater to the front passenger have an authorized Kia dealer seat. This can adversely affect the replace the air bag immediately occupant detection system. after deployment.

355 Safety features of your vehicle

Driver's and passenger's front The indication of the system's pres- air bag ence are the letters "AIR BAG" CAUTION - Seat Track embossed on the air bag pad cover Sensor Driver’s front air bag on the steering wheel and the pas- Do not place any objects under- senger's side front panel pad above neath the front seats as they the glove box. could damage the seat track position sensor or interfere with The SRS consists of air bags the occupant detection system. installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel above WARNING - Modification the glove box. Modification to the seat struc- OPS033021 The purpose of the SRS is to provide ture can cause the air bag to Passenger’s front air bag the vehicle's driver and/or the front deploy at a different level than passenger with additional protection should be provided. than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity. The SRS uses sensors to gather information about the driver's and front passenger's seat belt usage and impact severity. The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passen- OPS033022 ger's seat belts are fastened. Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating position.

3 56 Safety features of your vehicle

These sensors provide the ability to According to the impact severity and Manufacturers are required by gov- control the SRS deployment based on seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS ernment regulations to provide a whether or not the seat belts are fas- Control Module) controls the air bag contact point concerning modifica- tened, and how severe the impact is. inflation. Failure to properly wear seat tions to the vehicle for persons with belts can increase the risk or severity of disabilities, which modifications may injury in an accident. affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag The advanced SRS offers the ability system. That contact is Kia’s toll-free to control the air bag inflation with Additionally, your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in Customer Assistance center at 1- two levels. A first stage level is pro- 800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does vided for moderate-severity impacts. the front passenger's seat. The occupant detection system detects the pres- not endorse nor will it support any A second stage level is provided for changes to any part or structure of more severe impacts. ence of a passenger in the front passenger's seat and will turn off the front the vehicle that could affect the passenger's air bag under certain con- advanced air bag system, including The passenger’s front air bag is ditions. For more detail, see "Occupant the occupant detection system. designed to help reduce the injury of detection system" in this section. children sitting close to the instru- Modification to the seat structure can ment panel in low speed collisions. WARNING - Replacement / cause the air bag to deploy at a dif- Modifications However, children are safer if they ferent level than should be provided. are restrained in the rear seat. The front passenger seat, dashboard or door should not be replaced except by an authorized Kia dealer using original Kia parts designed for this vehicle and model. Any other such replacement or modification could adversely affect the operation of the occupant detection system and your advanced air bags.

357 Safety features of your vehicle

Advanced air bags are combined with Rear impact pre-tensioner seat belts to help pro- WARNING - No attaching vide enhanced occupant protection in objects frontal crashes. Front air bags are not No objects (such as crash pad intended to deploy in collisions in cover, cellular phone holder, which sufficient protection can be pro- cup holder, perfume or stickers) vided by the pre-tensioner seat belt. should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument - SRS Wiring OEP036096N WARNING Side impact panel, windshield glass, and the Do not tamper with or discon- front passenger's panel above nect SRS wiring or other com- the glove box. Such objects ponents of the SRS system. could cause harm if the vehicle Doing so could result in injury, is in a crash severe enough to due to accidental deployment of cause the air bags to deploy. the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative.

Front air bags are not intended to OVQ036018N Rollover deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. In addition, front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold.

1VQA2091

3 58 Safety features of your vehicle

Side air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat. The purpose of WARNING - Unexpected the air bag is to provide the vehicle's deployment driver and/or the front passenger with Avoid impact to the side impact additional protection than that offered airbag sensor when the ignition by the seat belt alone. switch is ON to prevent unex- • The side air bags are designed to pected deployment of the side deploy during certain side-impact col- impact air bag. lisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and point of impact. • The side and/or curtain air bags do OPS033023 not only deploy on the side of the impact but also on the opposite side. • The side and/or curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle will deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected. • The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

OPS033037 ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

359 Safety features of your vehicle

• The side air bag is supplemental to the driver's and the passenger's WARNING - Deployment WARNING - No attaching seat belt systems and is not a sub- Do not install any accessories objects stitute for them. Therefore your including seat covers, on the • Do not place any objects over seat belts must be worn at all times side or near the side impact air the air bag or between the air while the vehicle is in operation. bag as this may affect the bag and yourself. Also, do not • For best protection from the side deployment of the side air bags. attach any objects around the air bag system and to avoid being area the air bag inflates such injured by the deploying side air as the door, side door glass, bag, both front seat occupants • If seat or seat cover is damaged, front and rear pillar. have the vehicle checked and should sit in an upright position • Do not put any objects with the seat belt properly fas- repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. Inform the dealer that your vehi- between the side airbag label tened. The driver's hands should and seat cushion. It could be placed on the steering wheel at cle is equipped with side air bags and an occupant detection system. cause harm if the vehicle is in the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The a crash severe enough to passenger's arms and hands cause the air bags to deploy. should be placed on their laps. WARNING - Flying • Never place or insert any objects object into any small opening Do not place any objects (an near side airbag labels umbrella, bag, etc.) between the attached to the vehicle seats. front door and the front seat. When the air bag deploys, the Such objects may become dan- object may affect the deploy- gerous projectiles if the side ment and result in unexpected airbag inflates. accident or bodily harm. • Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.

3 60 Safety features of your vehicle

Curtain air bag They are designed to help protect ✽ NOTICE occupants in certain side impacts Never try to open or repair any com- and to help prevent them from eject- ponents of the side and curtain air ing out of the vehicle as a result of a bag system. This should only be rollover, especially when the seat- done by an authorized Kia dealer. belts are also in use. The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depend- WARNING - No attaching ing on the crash severity, angle, speed objects and point of impact. The side and/or • Do not place any objects over curtain air bags do not only deploy on the air bag. Also, do not attach the side of the impact but also on the OPS033024 any objects around the area opposite side. Also, the curtain air bags the air bag inflates such as the on both sides of the vehicle will deploy door, side door glass, front in certain rollover situations.The curtain and rear pillar, roof side rail. air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations. Do • Do not hang hard or breakable not allow the passengers to lean their objects on the clothes hanger. heads or bodies against the doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats OPS033038 equipped with side impact and/or cur- ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif- tain air bags. fer from the illustration. Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.

361 Safety features of your vehicle

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag) There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts.

1 2 3 4

OPS036025L/OPS033026/OPS036027L/OPS033028/OPS033029 (1) SRS control module/ (3) Side impact sensor Rollover sensor (4) Side pressure sensor (2) Front impact sensor ❈ The actual air bag collision sensors in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 3 62 Safety features of your vehicle

• Problems may arise if the sensor Air bag inflation conditions WARNING - Air bag installation angles are changed sensors due to the deformation of the front • Do not hit or allow any objects bumper, front end module, body or to impact the locations where front doors and/or B pillar where air bags or sensors are side collision sensors are installed. installed. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia deal- This may cause unexpected er. air bag deployment, which could result in serious per- • Installing bumper guards (or side sonal injury or death. step or running board) or replacing a bumper (or front door module) • If the installation location or with non-genuine parts may angle of the sensors is altered adversely affect your vehicle’s col- 1VQA2084 in any way, the air bags may lision and air bag deployment per- Front air bags deploy when they should not formance. or they may not deploy when Front air bags are designed to inflate they should. in a frontal collision depending on Therefore, do not try to per- the speed or angles of the impact of form maintenance on or the front collision. around the air bag sensors. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.

363 Safety features of your vehicle

Side air bags (side and/or curtain air Even where side and/or curtain air bags) are designed to inflate when bags would not provide impact pro- an impact is detected by side colli- tection in a rollover, however, they sion sensors depending on the will deploy to prevent ejection of strength, speed or angles of impact occupants, especially those who are resulting from a side impact collision. restrained with seat belts. Also, the side and curtain air bags are If the vehicle chassis is impacted by designed to inflate when a rollover is bumps or objects on unimproved detected by a rollover sensor. roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on OVQ036018N Although the front air bags (driver’s and front passenger’s air bags) are surfaces not designed for vehicle designed to inflate in frontal colli- traffic to prevent unintended air bag sions, they also may inflate in other deployment. types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions. They may inflate in other types of collisions where a side force is OPS033039 detected by the sensors. Side air bag ❈ and/or curtain air bags may also The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif- inflate where rollover sensors indi- fer from the illustration. cate the possibility of a rollover Side and/or curtain air bags occurring (even if none actually occurs) or in other situations, including when the vehicle is tilted while being towed.

3 64 Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

OUN036087 OVQ036018N

1VQA2086 • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because • In certain low-speed collisions the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of air bags may not deploy. The air force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side bags are designed not to deploy in inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment such cases because they may not to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu- provide benefits beyond the pro- pant protection. tection of the seat belts in such collisions.

365 Safety features of your vehicle

1VQA2089 1VQA2090 1VQA2091 • In an angled collision, the force of • Just before impact, drivers often • Front air bags may not inflate in all impact may direct the occupants in brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents where the a direction where the air bags lowers the front portion of the vehi- SRSCM indicates that the front air would not be able to provide any cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- bag deployment would not provide additional benefit, and thus the cle with a higher ground clearance. additional occupant protection. sensors may not deploy any air Air bags may not inflate in this bags. "under-ride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “under-ride” collisions.

3 66 Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care For cleaning the air bag pad covers, The SRS is virtually maintenance- use only a soft, dry cloth or one which free and so there are no parts you can has been moistened with plain water. safely service by yourself. If the SRS Solvents or cleaners could adversely air bag warning light does not illumi- affect the air bag covers and proper nate, or continuously remains on, have deployment of the system. your vehicle immediately inspected by If components of the air bag system an authorized Kia dealer. must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. An Any work on the SRS system, such authorized Kia dealer knows these 1VQA2092 as removing, installing, repairing, or precautions and can give you the any work on the steering wheel, the • Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- necessary information. Failure to fol- front passenger’s panel, front seats low these precautions and proce- cle collides with objects such as util- and roof rails must be performed by ity poles or trees, where the point of dures could increase the risk of per- an authorized Kia dealer. Improper sonal injury. impact is concentrated to one area handling of the SRS system may and the full force of the impact is not result in serious personal injury. delivered to the sensors.

367 Safety features of your vehicle

Adding equipment to or modi- Air bag warning label WARNING - Tampering fying your air bag-equipped with SRS vehicle Do not tamper with or discon- If you modify your vehicle by changing nect SRS wiring, or other com- your vehicle's frame, bumper system, ponents of the SRS system. front end or side sheet metal or ride Doing so could result in the height, this may affect the operation of accidental inflation of the air your vehicle's air bag system. bags or render the SRS inoperative.

WARNING - Towing Vehicle OAM039041 Always have the ignition off Air bag warning labels, some required when your vehicle is being by the U.S. National Highway Traffic towed. The side air bags may Safety Administration (NHTSA), are inflate if the vehicle is tilted attached to the sunvisor to alert the such as when being towed driver and passengers of potential because of the rollover sensors risks of the air bag system. in the vehicle.

3 68 Features of your vehicle

Key ...... 4-4 Windows ...... 4-24 • Record your key number ...... 4-4 • Power windows ...... 4-25 • Key operations ...... 4-4 Hood...... 4-29 • Transmitter precautions ...... 4-6 • Opening the hood ...... 4-29 • Battery replacement ...... 4-7 • Closing the hood ...... 4-29 • Immobilizer system ...... 4-8 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-31 Smart key ...... 4-10 • Opening the fuel filler lid ...... 4-31 • Record your key number ...... 4-10 • Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-31 • Smart key function ...... 4-10 Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-34 4 • Loss of the smart key ...... 4-13 • Sunroof open warning...... 4-35 • Smart key precautions ...... 4-13 • Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-35 • Smart key immobilizer system...... 4-14 • Tilting the sunroof...... 4-36 • Battery replacement ...... 4-15 • Sunshade...... 4-37 Door locks ...... 4-16 • Closing the sunroof ...... 4-37 • Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-16 • Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-38 • Operating door locks from inside the vehicle...... 4-17 Steering wheel...... 4-39 • Impact sensing door unlock system...... 4-19 • Electric power steering (EPS) ...... 4-39 • Auto door lock/unlock feature ...... 4-19 • Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-40 • Speed sensing door lock system ...... 4-19 • Heated steering wheel ...... 4-41 • Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-20 • Horn ...... 4-41 Liftgate ...... 4-21 • Flex steer ...... 4-42 • Opening the liftgate...... 4-21 Mirrors ...... 4-43 • Closing the liftgate...... 4-21 • Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-43 • Emergency liftgate safety release...... 4-22 • Outside rearview mirror...... 4-45 Instrument cluster ...... 4-48 • Lighting control ...... 4-89 • Instrument cluster control ...... 4-49 • High beam operation...... 4-90 • LCD display control ...... 4-49 • Turn signals and lane change signals ...... 4-91 • Gauges ...... 4-50 • Front fog light ...... 4-92 • Transaxle Shift Indicator ...... 4-54 Wipers and washers ...... 4-93 LCD display ...... 4-56 • Windshield wiper/washer ...... 4-93 • LCD modes (for Type B cluster) ...... 4-56 • Rear window wiper/washer ...... 4-93 • Service mode ...... 4-57 • Windshield wipers ...... 4-93 4 • User settings mode...... 4-58 • Windshield washers...... 4-94 • Turn by turn mode ...... 4-64 • Rear window wiper and washer switch ...... 4-95 • Warning messages ...... 4-64 Interior light ...... 4-96 Trip computer...... 4-68 • Interior lamp AUTO cut ...... 4-96 • Overview...... 4-68 • Map lamp ...... 4-96 • Trip A/B (for Type A cluster) ...... 4-69 • Room lamp...... 4-97 • Fuel economy ...... 4-70 • Luggage room lamp ...... 4-98 • Accumulated info display (for Type B cluster). . . . . 4-71 • Portable lamp usage ...... 4-98 • Drive info display (for Type B cluster) ...... 4-72 • Glove box lamp ...... 4-100 Warning and indicator lights ...... 4-74 • Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-100 • Warning lights ...... 4-74 Defroster ...... 4-101 • Indicator Lights...... 4-82 • Rear window defroster ...... 4-101 Rear camera display ...... 4-87 Manual climate control system ...... 4-103 Lighting ...... 4-88 • Heating and air conditioning ...... 4-104 • Headlamp escort ...... 4-88 • System operation ...... 4-109 • Battery saver function...... 4-88 • Climate control air filter...... 4-111 • Daytime running light...... 4-88 • Air conditioning refrigerant label ...... 4-112 • Checking the amount of air conditioner • Seat air ventilation ...... 4-139 refrigerant and compressor lubricant...... 4-113 • Rear seat warmer ...... 4-140 Automatic climate control system...... 4-114 • Power outlet ...... 4-141 • Automatic heating and air conditioning ...... 4-115 • Clothes hanger...... 4-142 • Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-116 • Floor mat anchor(s)...... 4-143 • System operation ...... 4-123 • Luggage net holder ...... 4-144 • Climate control air filter...... 4-125 • Cargo area cover ...... 4-144 • Air Conditioning refrigerant label ...... 4-126 Exterior features...... 4-147 • Checking the amount of air conditioner • Roof rack ...... 4-147 4 refrigerant and compressor lubricant...... 4-127 • Mounting bracket for roof carrier...... 4-148 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-128 • Manual climate control system ...... 4-128 • Automatic climate control system ...... 4-129 • Defogging logic...... 4-130 Clean air ...... 4-132 Storage compartment...... 4-133 • Center console storage ...... 4-133 • Glove box ...... 4-133 • Cool box ...... 4-134 • Sunglass holder ...... 4-134 • Luggage box...... 4-135 Interior features ...... 4-136 • Cup holder ...... 4-136 • Sunvisor ...... 4-137 • Seat warmer...... 4-137 Features of your vehicle

KEY Record your key number Key operations • To unfold the key, press the release button (1) then the key will unfold The key code num- ■ Type A (if equipped) ber is stamped on automatically. To fold the key, fold the key code tag the key manually while pressing attached to the key the release button (1). set. Should you lose your keys, this number will CAUTION enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily. Remove Do not fold the key without the key code tag and store it in a safe pressing the release button. place. Also, record the key code This may damage the key. number and keep it in a safe and OED036001A handy place, but not in the vehicle. ■ Type B (if equipped) WARNING - Aftermarket key Use only Kia original parts for the ignition key in your vehicle. If an aftermarket key is used, the ignition switch may not return to ON after START. If this happens, the starter will continue to operate causing damage OPS046493N to the starter motor and possi- • Used to start the engine. ble fire due to excessive current • Used to lock and unlock the doors. in the wiring.

44 Features of your vehicle

Door Lock (1) Door Unlock (2) WARNING - Ignition key 1. Press the unlock button(2). Never leave the keys in your 2. The driver's door will unlock. The vehicle with unsupervised chil- hazard warning lights will blink two dren. Leaving children unat- times. tended in a vehicle with a manual ignition key or a smart key 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice is dangerous. Children copy within 4 seconds and all doors and adults and they could place the liftgate will unlock. The hazard key in the ignition switch or warning lights will blink two times. press the start button. The key would enable children to oper- ✽ NOTICE ate power windows or other OXMA043317 You can activate or deactivate the controls, or even make the vehi- Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to cle move, which could result in 1. Close all doors, engine hood and “User settings” in this chapter. serious bodily injury or death. liftgate. 2. Press the lock button(1). 3. All doors and liftgate will lock. The hazard warning lights will blink once. 4. If the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds, the hazard warning lights will blink and the horn will sound once. 5. Make sure that doors are locked by checking the door lock button inside or pulling the outside door handle.

45 Features of your vehicle

Liftgate unlock (3) Transmitter precautions • When the transmitter does not work correctly, open and close the The liftgate is unlocked if the button • The transmitter will not work if any door with the ignition key. If you is pressed for more than 1 second. of following occur: have a problem with the transmit- Also, once the liftgate is opened and - The ignition key is in the ignition ter, contact an authorized Kia deal- then closed, the liftgate will be locked switch. er. automatically. - You exceed the operating dis- • If the transmitter is in close proxim- tance limit (about 30 feet [10 m]). ity to your mobile phone, the signal Panic (4) - The battery in the transmitter is could be blocked by your mobile The horn sounds and hazard warn- weak. phones normal operational signals. ing lights flash for about 30 seconds - Other vehicles or objects may be This is especially important when if this button is pressed for more than blocking the signal. the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messag- 1 second. To stop the horn and lights, - The weather is extremely cold. press any button except the trunk ing, and/or sending/receiving button on the transmitter. - The transmitter is close to a radio emails. Avoid placing the transmit- transmitter such as a radio sub- ter and your mobile phone in the station or an airport which can same pants or jacket pocket and interfere with normal operation of always try to maintain an adequate the transmitter. distance between the two devices.

64 Features of your vehicle

Battery replacement For replacement transmitters, see an CAUTION authorized Kia dealer for transmitter Keep the transmitter away from reprogramming. water or any liquid as it can • The transmitter is designed to give become damaged and not func- you years of trouble-free use, how- tion properly. ever it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity. If you are unsure how to use your trans- ✽ NOTICE mitter or replace the battery, contact If the keyless entry system is inoper- an authorized Kia dealer. ative due to exposure to water or liq- • Using the wrong battery can cause uids, it will not be covered by your the transmitter to malfunction. Be manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. sure to use the correct battery. OYDDCO2005 • To avoid damaging the transmitter, The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it battery which will normally last for to heat or sunlight. several years. When replacement is necessary, use the following proce- • An inappropriately disposed dure. battery can be harmful to the environment and may cause 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and human health. Dispose the gently pry open the transmitter battery according to your center cover. local law(s) or regulation. 2. Replace the battery with a new battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, make sure the battery is positioned battery. 3. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal.

47 Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer system To activate the immobilizer sys- CAUTION - Transmitter (if equipped) tem: damage Your vehicle is equipped with an Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- Do not drop, wet or expose the electronic engine immobilizer system tion. The immobilizer system acti- keyless entry system transmit- to reduce the risk of unauthorized vates automatically. Without a valid ter to heat or sunlight or it will vehicle use. ignition key for your vehicle, the be damaged. Your immobilizer system is com- engine will not start. prised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices To deactivate the immobilizer inside the vehicle. system: With the immobilizer system, when- Insert the ignition key into the key ever you insert your ignition key into cylinder and turn it to the ON position. the ignition switch and turn it to ON, In order to prevent theft of your vehi- it checks and determines and verifies cle, do not leave spare keys any- if the ignition key is valid. where in your vehicle. Your If the key is determined to be valid, Immobilizer password is a customer the engine will start. unique password and should be kept If the key is determined to be invalid, confidential. Do not leave this num- the engine will not start. ber anywhere in your vehicle.

84 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE This device complies with Part 15 CAUTION - Immobilizer of the FCC rules. When starting the engine, do not use damage the key with other immobilizer keys Operation is subject to the following around. Otherwise the engine may Do not expose your immobilizer two conditions: not start or may stop soon after it system to moisture, static elec- 1. This device may not cause harm- starts. Keep each key separate in tricity and rough handling. This ful interference, and may damage your immobilizer. order to avoid a starting malfunction. 2. This device must accept any interference received, including inter- Do not put metal accessories near ference that may cause undesired the ignition switch. CAUTION - Immobilizer operation. Metal accessories may interrupt the alterations Do not change, alter or adjust transponder signal and may prevent ✽ NOTICE the engine from being started. the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer Changes or modifications not system to malfunction. expressly approved by the party ✽ NOTICE responsible for compliance could If you need additional keys or lose void the user’s authority to operate your keys, contact an authorized the equipment. If the keyless entry Kia dealer. system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not approved by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

49 Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED) Record your key number Smart key function Door Lock The key code number is stamped on the key code tag attached to the key set. Should you lose your keys, this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily. Remove the key code tag and store it in a safe place. Also, record the key code number and keep it in a safe and handy place, but not in the vehicle. OXMA043316 OPS043010 To remove the mechanical key, press Using the door handle button WARNING - Smart key and hold the release button(1) and 1. Carry the smart key. remove the mechanical key (2). Never leave the smart key in 2. Close all doors, engine hood and your vehicle with unsupervised To reinstall the mechanical key, put liftgate. children. Leaving children unat- the key into the hole and push it until 3. Press the button of the outside tended in a vehicle with a smart a click sound is heard. door handle. key is dangerous. Children With a smart key, you can lock or 4. The hazard warning lights will blink copy adults and they could unlock a door (and Liftgate) and start and the chime will sound once. press the start button. The key the engine. would enable children to oper- 5. Make sure that doors are locked Refer to the following for more details. ate power windows or other by pulling the outside door handle. controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious bodily injury or death.

4 10 Features of your vehicle

The button will only operate when Unlocking the smart key is within 28~40 in. Using the door handle button (0.7~1m) from the outside door handle. 1. Carry the smart key. Even though you press the outside 2. Press the button of the driver's door handle button, the doors will not outside door handle. lock and the chime will sound for 3 3. The driver’s door will unlock. The seconds if any of following occur: hazard warning lights will blink and • The smart key is in the vehicle. the chime will sound two times. • The engine start/stop button is in 4. Press the button twice within 4 ACC or ON position. seconds and all doors and the lift- OPS046494N gate will unlock and the hazard • Any door except the liftgate is Using the button on the smart key warning lights will blink and the open. chime will sound two times. 1 Close all doors, engine hood and liftgate. • The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 in. 2. Press the lock button(1). (0.7~1m) from the outside door 3. The hazard warning lights will blink handle. and the chime will sound once. • When the smart key is recognized 4. Make sure that doors are locked in the area of 28~40 in. (0.7~1m) by pulling the outside door handle. from the front outside door handle, other people can also open the doors. • After unlocking the driver’s door or all doors, the door(s) will lock automatically unless the door is opened.

411 Features of your vehicle

Using the button on the smart key Liftgate unlocking Using the button on the smart key 1. Press the unlock button(2) of the Using the liftgate handle button 1. Press the liftgate unlock button(3) smart key. 1. Carry the smart key. for more than 1 second. 2. The driver’s door will unlock. The 2. Press the liftgate handle button. 2. When all doors are locked, the hazard warning lights will blink and hazard warning lights will blink two 3. When all doors are locked, the the chime will sound two times. times. hazard warning lights will blink two 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice times. within 4 seconds and all doors and Once the liftgate is opened and Panic the liftgate will unlock. The hazard then closed, the liftgate will lock warning lights will blink and the 1. Press the panic button(4) for more automatically. chime will sound two times. than 1 second. 2. The horn sounds and hazard ✽ If you are within 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) warning light flash for about 30 NOTICE from the outside liftgate handle, with seconds. After pressing the button, the doors your smart key in possession, the lift- will lock automatically unless any gate will unlock and open when you door is opened within 30 seconds. press the liftgate handle switch. Start-up You can start the engine without ✽ NOTICE inserting the key. ❈ You can activate or deactivate the For detailed information refer to Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to the “Engine start/stop button” in “User settings” in this chapter. chapter 6.

4 12 Features of your vehicle

Loss of the smart key Smart key precautions • If the smart key is in close proximi- A maximum of 2 smart keys can be • The smart key will not work if any ty to your cell phone or smart registered to a single vehicle. of the following occur: phone, the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal If you happen to lose your smart key, - The smart key is close to a radio operation of your cell phone or you will not be able to start the transmitter such as a radio sta- smart phone. This is especially engine. You should immediately take tion or an airport which can inter- important when the phone is active the vehicle and remaining key to your fere with normal operation of the such as making a call, receiving authorized Kia dealer(tow the vehi- smart key. calls, text messaging, and/or send- cle, if necessary) to protect it from - The smart key is near a mobile ing/receiving emails. Avoid placing potential theft. two way radio system or a cellular the smart key and your cell phone phone. or smart phone in the same pants - Another vehicle’s smart key is or jacket pocket and maintain ade- being operated close to your quate distance between the two vehicle. devices. • When the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door CAUTION with the mechanical key and contact an authorized Kia dealer. Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid as it can become damaged and not function properly.

✽ NOTICE If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

413 Features of your vehicle

Smart key immobilizer system To deactivate the immobilizer Do not put metal accessories near Your vehicle is equipped with an system: the smart key. electronic engine immobilizer system Turn the engine start/stop button to The engine may not start because to reduce the risk of unauthorized the ON position by pressing the but- the metal accessories may interrupt vehicle use. ton while carrying the smart key. the transponder signal from transmit- Your immobilizer system is com- ting normally. prised of a small transponder in the To activate the immobilizer system: smart key and electronic devices Turn the engine start/stop button to ✽ NOTICE inside the vehicle. the OFF position. The immobilizer If you need additional keys or lose With the immobilizer system, when- system activates automatically. your keys, contact an authorized ever you turn the engine start/stop Without a valid smart key for your Kia dealer. button to the ON position by pressing vehicle, the engine will not start. the button while carrying the smart In order to prevent theft of your vehi- CAUTION - Immobilizer key, it checks and determines and cle, do not leave spare keys any- damage verifies if the smart key is valid or where in your vehicle. Your not. Immobilizer password is a customer Do not expose your immobilizer system to moisture, static elec- If the key is determined to be valid, unique password and should be kept tricity and rough handling. This the engine will start. confidential. Do not leave this num- may damage your immobilizer. If the key is determined to be invalid, ber anywhere in your vehicle. the engine will not start. ✽ NOTICE CAUTION - Immobilizer When starting the engine, do not use alterations the key with other immobilizer keys Do not change, alter or adjust around. Otherwise the engine may the immobilizer system because not start or may stop soon after it it could cause the immobilizer starts. Keep each key separate in system to malfunction. order to avoid a starting malfunction.

4 14 Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Part 15 Battery replacement 4.Install the battery in the reverse of the FCC rules. order of removal. Operation is subject to the following • The smart key is designed to give two conditions: you years of trouble-free use, how- 1. This device may not cause harm- ever it can malfunction if exposed ful interference, and to moisture or static electricity. If you are unsure how to use or 2. This device must accept any inter- replace the battery, contact an ference received, including inter- authorized Kia dealer. ference that may cause undesired operation. • Using the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunction. Be sure to use the correct battery. ✽ NOTICE OPS043002 • To avoid damaging the smart key, Changes or modifications not don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it expressly approved by the party A smart key battery should last for to heat or sunlight. responsible for compliance could several years, but if the smart key is not working properly, try replacing • An inappropriately disposed void the user’s authority to operate battery can be harmful to the equipment. If the keyless entry the battery with a new one. If you are unsure how to use your smart key or the environment and human system is inoperative due to changes health. Dispose the battery or modifications not expressly replace the battery, contact an authorized Kia dealer. according to your local approved by the party responsible law(s) or regulation. for compliance, it will not be cov- 1.Remove the mechanical key. ered by your manufacturer’s vehicle 2.Pry open the rear cover. warranty. 3.Replace the battery with a new CAUTION - Smart key battery (CR2032). When replacing damage the battery, make sure the battery Do not drop, get wet or expose position. the smart key to heat or sunlight, or it will be damaged.

415 Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS Operating. door locks from • From the driver's door outside the vehicle - Turn the key to the left once to WARNING ■ Type A ■ Type B unlock the door and once more • Securely close your door within 4 seconds to unlock all before you begin driving. doors. (for normal key). Failure to fully close your door may cause it to open during Lock - Turn the key to the left once to Lock unlock the driver's door. (for fold- vehicle operation. ing key, smart key. • Keep your body out of the way Unlock Unlock • Doors can also be locked and of the closing door to prevent unlocked with the transmitter. injuries. • Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. WARNING OPS043011 • When closing the door, push the If people must spend a longer • Turn the key clockwise to lock and door by hand. Make sure the doors time in the vehicle while it is counterclockwise to unlock. are closed securely. very hot or cold outside, there • If you lock the driver's door with a is risk of injuries or danger to key ✽ life. Do not lock the vehicle from NOTICE the outside when there are peo- - All vehicle doors will lock auto- • In cold and wet climates, door lock ple in it. matically. (for normal key) and door mechanisms may not work - Only the driver's door will lock. properly due to freezing conditions. (for folding key, smart key) • If the door is locked/unlocked CAUTION multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door Do not open and close the door lock switch, the system may stop repeatedly if unnecessary or operating temporarily in order to with excessive force. Such protect the circuit and prevent action can damage the vehicle damage to system components. door.

4 16 Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from • To open a door, pull the door han- inside the vehicle dle (3) outward. With the door lock button • If the inner door handle of the driver’s (or front passenger’s) door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button will unlock and the door will open. (if equipped) • Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened. OPS043012 • To lock a door without the key, push the inside door lock button (1) or central door lock switch (2) to the “Lock” position and close the OPS046013L door (3). • To unlock a door, push the door • If you lock the door with the central lock button (1) to the “Unlock (B)” door lock switch (2), all vehicle position. The red mark (2) on the doors will lock automatically. button will be visible. • To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Lock (A)” position. ✽ NOTICE If the door is locked properly, the Always remove the ignition key, red mark (2) on the door lock but- engage the parking brake, close all ton will not be visible. windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended.

417 Features of your vehicle

If a power door lock ever fails to func- With central door lock switch • When pressing the rear portion (2) tion while you are in the vehicle, try of the switch, all vehicle doors will one or more of the following tech- Driver’s door unlock. niques to exit : • If the key is in the ignition switch • Operate the door unlock feature and any front door is opened, the repeatedly (both electronic and doors will not lock even though the manual) while simultaneously front portion (1) of the central door pulling on the door handle. lock switch is pressed. • Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear. WARNING - Doors • Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from out- OPS046014L • The doors should always be side. Passenger’s door fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion to pre- • Move to the cargo area and open vent accidental opening of the the liftgate. door. • Be careful when opening doors WARNING and watch for vehicles, motor- Do not attempt to check the cycles, bicycles or pedestrians vehicle door operation while the approaching the vehicle in the vehicle is moving. Inadvertent path of the door. Opening a opening of either doors while door when something is the vehicle is in operation could OPS046015N approaching can cause dam- result in vehicle occupants Operate by pressing the central door age or injury. falling out of the vehicle. lock switch. • When pressing the front portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock.

4 18 Features of your vehicle

Impact sensing door unlock Speed sensing door lock sys- WARNING -Unattended system tem children/animals In the event of air bag deployment All doors will be automatically locked Never leave children or animals resulting from a vehicle impact, all after the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 unattended in your vehicle. An doors will automatically unlock. mph (15 km/h). And all doors will be enclosed vehicle can become automatically unlocked when you extremely hot, causing death or Auto door lock/unlock feature turn the engine off or when you severe injury to unattended (if equipped) remove the ignition key. children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. • All doors will automatically lock when the transaxle shift lever is ✽ NOTICE shifted out of P(Park). You can select some auto door • All doors will automatically unlock lock/unlock features in “User when the transaxle shift lever is Settings” as follows; shifted into P (Park). • Speed sensing auto door lock • Auto door unlock when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch or engine is turned off. • Auto door lock/unlock by shifting the shift lever out of P(Park) or into P(Park). ❈For more information, refer to “User Settings” in this chapter.

419 Features of your vehicle

Child-protector rear door lock 3. Close the rear door. To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle. Even though the doors may be unlocked, the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle (1) until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked.

WARNING - Rear door locks Use the rear door safety locks OPS043016 whenever children are in the The child safety lock is provided to vehicle. If a child accidently help prevent children from acciden- opens the rear doors while the tally opening the rear doors from vehicle is motion, he can fall out. inside the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. 1. Open the rear door. 2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the hole (1) and turn it to the “lock( )” position. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled.

4 20 Features of your vehicle

LIFTGATE Opening the liftgate ✽ NOTICE Closing the liftgate In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

The liftgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate.

CAUTION - Liftgate lift Make certain that you close the OPS046017L liftgate before driving your vehi- OPS043018L • The liftgate is locked or unlocked cle. Possible damage may occur To close the liftgate, lower and push when all doors are locked or to the liftgate lift cylinders and down the liftgate firmly. Make sure unlocked with the key, transmitter attached hardware if the liftgate that the liftgate is securely latched. (or smart key) or central door lock is not closed prior to driving. Make sure your hands, feet and switch. other parts of your body are safely • If unlocked, the liftgate can be out of the way before closing the lift- opened by pressing the handle gate. switch and then pulling the handle up. • Only the liftgate is unlocked if the liftgate unlock button on the smart key is pressed (if equipped). Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate is locked automatically.

421 Features of your vehicle

Emergency liftgate safety WARNING WARNING - Exhaust release fumes Driving with the liftgate open is not advisable. Dangerous exhaust fumes can enter the passenger compartment. If you must drive with the liftgate opened, keep the air vents and all windows open so that additional outside air can enter.

OPS048018N

Do not hold the part (gas lifter) WARNING - Rear cargo OPS046019L area that supports the tailgate. Be Your vehicle is equipped with an aware that the deformation of Occupants should never ride in emergency liftgate safety release the part may cause vehicle the rear cargo area where no lever located on the bottom of the lift- damage and a risk of injury. restraints are available. gate. When someone is inadvertent- Occupants should always be ly locked in the compartment. The properly restrained. liftgate can be opened by doing as follows: 1. Remove the cover. 2. Push the release lever to the right. 3. Push up the liftgate.

4 22 Features of your vehicle

WARNING • No one should be allowed to occupy the cargo area of the vehicle at any time. The cargo area is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash. • Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use with extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.

423 Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door (left) power window switch (4) Rear door (right) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window up/down (7) Power window lock switch

In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

OPS046491L

4 24 Features of your vehicle

Power windows ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing The ignition switch must be in the ON While driving with the rear windows position for power windows to operate. down or with the sunroof (if Each door has a power window equipped) in an open (or partially switch that controls the door's win- open) position, your vehicle may dow. The driver has a power window demonstrate a wind buffeting or lock button which can block the oper- pulsation noise. This noise is a nor- ation of the rear passenger windows. mal occurrence and can be reduced The power windows can be operated or eliminated by taking the follow- for approximately 30 seconds after ing actions. If the noise occurs with the ignition key is removed or turned one or both of the rear windows to the ACC or LOCK position. down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch. If However, if the front doors are OPS046021L opened, the power windows cannot you experience the noise with the be operated even within the 30 sec- sunroof open, slightly reduce the The driver’s door has a master power ond period. size of the sunroof opening. window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle. WARNING To open or close a window, press If the window cannot be closed down or pull up the front portion of because it is blocked by objects, Do not install any accessories the corresponding switch to the first remove the objects and close the in the vehicle that extend into detent position (5). window. the open window area. Such objects will impact the proper function of the Automatic reversal “jam protection” feature described on page 4-26 of this manual.

425 Features of your vehicle

Auto down window (if equipped) Auto up/down window 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON (if equipped) position. 2. Close the driver’s window and continue pulling up the driver’s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed.

OPS046203L Pressing the power window switch OPS046022L momentarily to the second detent Pressing or pulling up the power win- position (6) completely lowers the dow switch momentarily to the sec- driver’s window even when the ond detent position (6) completely switch is released. To stop the win- lowers or raises the window even dow at the desired position while the when the switch is released. To stop window is in operation, momentarily the window at the desired position pull up the switch to the opposite while the window is in operation, pull direction of the window movement. up or press down and release the switch. If the power window does not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:

4 26 Features of your vehicle

And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 WARNING seconds after the window is lowered Always check for obstructions by the automatic window reversal before raising any window to feature, the automatic window rever- avoid injuries or vehicle damage. sal will not operate. If an object less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in diameter is caught ✽ NOTICE between the window glass and the upper window channel, the The automatic reverse feature for automatic reverse window may the driver’s window is only active not detect the resistance and will when the “auto up” feature is used not stop and reverse direction. OUN026013 by fully pulling up the switch. The Automatic reversal automatic reverse feature will not If the upward movement of the win- operate if the window is raised using dow is blocked by an object or part of the halfway position on the power WARNING the body, the window will detect the window switch. The automatic reverse feature resistance and will stop upward doesn’t activate while resetting movement. The window will then power window system. Make lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm) sure body parts or other objects to allow the object to be cleared. are safely out of the way before The distance may vary based on the closing the windows to avoid size or position of the window. If the injuries or vehicle damage. window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).

427 Features of your vehicle

Power window lock button • When the power window lock Always double check to make sure switch is pressed : all arms, hands, head and other - The driver's master control can obstructions are safely out of the way operate all the power windows. before closing a window. - The front passenger's control can operate the front passenger's WARNING - Power win- power window. dows - The rear passenger's control can- Do not allow children to play not operate the rear passenger's with the power windows. Keep power window. the power window lock switch (on the driver's door) in the CAUTION - Opening /clos- LOCK (pressed) position. OPS046023L ing Window • The driver can disable the power window switches on the passenger To prevent possible damage to doors by pressing the power win- the power window system, do dow lock button located on the dri- not open or close two windows ver’s door to the LOCK position or more at the same time. This (pressed). will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.

4 28 Features of your vehicle

HOOD Opening the hood Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check the following: • All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine compartment. 2. Return the support rod to its clip to OPS046025L prevent it from rattling. 3.Lower the hood until it is about 30 OPS043024 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, pull the second- cm above the closed position and 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch (1) inside of the hood let it drop. Make sure that it locks the hood. The hood should pop center and lift the hood (2). into place. open slightly. 3. Raise the hood. It will completely 4. Check that the hood has engaged Open the hood after turning off the rise by itself after it has been properly. If the hood can be raised engine on a flat surface, shifting the raised about halfway. slightly, it is not properly engaged. shift lever to the P (Park) position for Open it again and close it with a lit- automatic transaxle and to the 1st tle more force. (First) gear or R (Reverse) for manual transaxle, and setting the parking brake.

429 Features of your vehicle

WARNING Before closing the hood, ensure that all obstructions are removed from the hood opening. Closing the hood with an obstruction present in the hood opening may result in severe personal injury.

WARNING - Fire risk ODMNMC2034 Do not leave gloves, rags or any When you check the engine com- other combustible material in the partment, take caution to avoid con- engine compartment. Doing so tacting your head with the safety may cause a heat-induced fire. hook which is located inside of the hood.

WARNING - Unsecured engine hood Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. If it is not latched, the hood could fly open while the vehicle is being driven, causing a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.

4 30 Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it “clicks” once. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened. 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is securely closed.

✽ NOTICE There may be an intermittent noise OPS043027 near the refueling hole while the OPS043026 1. Stop the engine. engine is idling if the fuel cap is not 2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the closed securely. This occurs normal- The fuel filler lid must be opened ly with the OBD system. from inside the vehicle by pulling up fuel filler lid opener button. the fuel filler lid opener. 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1). ✽ NOTICE If the fuel filler lid does not open 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel When refueling fully on a slop, the because ice has formed around it, filler cap (2) counterclockwise. fuel gauge may not point to the F tap lightly or push on the lid to break 5. Refuel as needed. position. the ice and release the lid. Do not pry It is not a malfunction. If you move on the lid. If necessary, spray around your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel the lid with an approved de-icer fluid gauge will move to the full position. (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

431 Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Refueling WARNING - Fire/explo- WARNING - Static elec- Always remove the fuel cap sion risk tricity carefully and slowly. If the cap Read and follow all warnings • Before touching the fuel noz- is venting fuel or if you hear a posted at the gas station facili- zle, you should eliminate hissing sound, wait until the ty. Failure to follow all warnings potentially dangerous static condition stops before com- will result in severe personal electricity discharge by touch- pletely removing the cap. If injury, severe burns or death ing another metal part of the pressurized fuel sprays out, it due to fire or explosion. vehicle, a safe distance away can cover your clothes or skin from the fuel filler neck, noz- and subject you to the risk of zle, or other gas source. fire and burns. • Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate Always check that the fuel cap is static electricity by touching, installed securely to prevent fuel rubbing or sliding against any spillage in the event of an accident. item or fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) capable of produc- ✽ NOTICE ing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can Tighten the cap until it clicks once, ignite fuel vapors resulting in otherwise the fuel cap open warning rapid burning. If you must indicator light will illuminate reenter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source.

4 32 Features of your vehicle

Make sure to refuel your vehicle WARNING - Portable fuel WARNING - Smoking according to the “Fuel requirements” container DO NOT use matches or a lighter suggested in chapter 1. When using an approved and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit If the fuel filler cap requires replace- portable fuel container, be sure cigarette in your vehicle while at ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or to place the container on the a gas station especially during the equivalent specified for your vehi- ground prior to refueling. Static refueling. Automotive fuel is cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can electricity discharge from the highly flammable and can, when result in a serious malfunction of the container can ignite fuel vapors ignited, result in fire. fuel system or emission control sys- causing a fire. Once refueling tem. has begun, contact with the vehicle should be maintained WARNING - Refueling & CAUTION - Exterior paint until the filling is complete. Use Vehicle fires only approved portable plastic Do not spill fuel on the exterior When refueling, always shut the surfaces of the vehicle. Any fuel containers designed to engine off. Sparks produced by carry and store gasoline. type of fuel spilled on painted electrical components related surfaces may damage the paint. to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. Once WARNING - Cell phone refueling is complete, check to fires make sure the filler cap and Do not use cellular phones filler door are securely closed, while refueling. Electric current before starting the engine. and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

433 Features of your vehicle

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION - Sunroof control WARNING • Do not continue to pull or Never adjust the sunroof or push the sunroof glass con- sunshade while driving. This trol lever after the sunroof is could result in loss of control fully opened, closed, or tilted. and an accident that may cause Damage to the motor or sys- death, serious injury, or proper- tem components could occur. ty damage. • Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is open, rain or WARNING OPSE046028L snow may leak through the To avoid accidental injury, do The sunroof can be operated for sunroof and wet the interior as not let children operate the sun- approximately 30 seconds after the well as cause theft. roof without adult supervision. ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position. However, if the front doors are opened, the ✽ NOTICE sunroof cannot be opened even with- The sunroof cannot tilt when it is in in the 30 seconds period. the slide position but can be slid while in a tilt position. ✽ NOTICE • In cold and wet climates, the sun- WARNING - Roof cargo roof may not work properly due to Do not operate the sun roof freezing conditions. while using the roof rack to • After a vehicle is washed or in a transport cargo.This may cause rainstorm be sure to wipe off any the cargo to come loose and water that is on the sunroof before distract the driver. operating it.

4 34 Features of your vehicle

Sunroof open warning Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is opened (if equipped) Pull the sunroof control lever back- ■ for Type B cluster ward to the 1st or 2nd detent position, the sunroof glass will slide all the way open. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily. ❈ The front part of the sunroof glass can only be opened and closed

OPSE046029L OPS046426L When the sunshade is closed If the driver removes the ignition key Pull the sunroof control lever back- (smart key: turns off the engine) ward to the 2nd detent position, the when the sunroof is not fully closed, sunshade and sunroof glass will slide the warning chime will sound for a all the way open. To stop the sunroof few seconds and a message will movement at any point, push the sun- appear on the LCD display or warn- roof control lever momentarily. ing indicator will illuminate. Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.

435 Features of your vehicle

Automatic reversal Tilting the sunroof WARNING - Sunroof • Be careful that no head, hands and body parts are obstructed by a closing sunroof. • Do not extend the face, neck, arms or body outside the sunroof while driving.

WARNING - Sunroof Operation OXM049029 OPSE046030L When closing the sunroof, make If an object or part of the body is When the sunshade is closed sure there are no body parts in the movement range of the slid- detected while the sunroof is closing Push the sunroof control lever automatically, it will reverse the direc- ing roof. Parts of the body could upward, the sunshade will slide become trapped or crushed. tion, and then stop. halfway open then the sunroof glass The auto reverse function does not will tilt. work if a tiny obstacle is between the To stop the sunroof movement at any sliding glass and the sunroof sash. point, push the sunroof control lever You should always check that all pas- momentarily. sengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it. Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in When the sunshade is opened diameter caught between the sunroof Push the sunroof control lever glass and the front window channel upward, the sunroof glass will tilt. may not be detected by the automat- To stop the sunroof movement at any ic reverse window and the window will point, push the sunroof control lever not stop and reverse direction. momentarily. 4 36 Features of your vehicle

Sunshade Closing the sunroof CAUTION - Sunroof motor damage To close the sunroof glass with the sunshade If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below Push the sunroof control lever for- freezing or when the sunroof is ward or downward to the 2nd detent covered with snow or ice, the position. The sunroof glass and sunglass or the motor could be shade will close automatically. damaged. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof control lever momentarily. CAUTION

Periodically remove any dirt that OPSE046031L To close the sunroof glass only may accumulate on the guide Push the sunroof control lever for- To open the sunshade rail to prevent damage to the ward or downward to the 1st detent sunroof. Pull the sunroof control lever back- position. The sunroof glass will close ward to the 1st detent position. automatically. To close the sunshade when the To stop the sunroof movement at any sunroof glass is closed point, push the sunroof control lever momentarily. Push the sunroof control lever forward or pull it down to the 1st detent position. ✽ NOTICE To stop the sliding at any point, press Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as the sunshade control switch momen- material characteristic are normal. tarily. ✽ NOTICE Only the front glass of the panorama sunroof opens and closes. 437 Features of your vehicle

Resetting the sunroof CAUTION - Automatic CAUTION sunroof shade Whenever the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, you must If the sunroof is not reset when • Do not pull or push the sun- reset your sunroof system as follows: the vehicle battery is discon- shade by hand as such action nected or discharged, or related may damage the sunshade or 1.Start the engine. fuse is blown, the sunroof may cause it to malfunction. 2.Close the sunshade and sunroof operate improperly. • Close the sunroof when driv- completely if opened. ing in dusty environments. 3.Release the sunroof control lever. Dust may cause a malfunction 4.Push the sunroof control lever for- of the vehicle system. ward in the direction of close v(about 10 seconds) until the sunshade slightly moves. Then, release the lever. 5.Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close, until the sunroof operates as follows again:

Sunshade Open → Glass Tilt Open → Glass Slide Open → Glass Slide Close → Sunshade Close

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof system has been reset.

4 38 Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering (EPS) • If the Electric Power Steering System ✽ NOTICE The power steering uses a motor to does not operate normally, the warn- The following symptoms may occur assist you in steering the vehicle. If ing light will illuminate on the instru- during normal vehicle operation: the engine is off or if the power steer- ment cluster.The steering wheel may • The EPS warning light does not ing system becomes inoperative, the require increased steering effort. illuminate. vehicle may still be steered, but it will Take your vehicle to an authorized • The steering gets heavy immedi- require increased steering effort. Kia dealer and have the vehicle ately after turning the ignition The motor driven power steering is checked as soon as possible. switch on. This happens as the sys- controlled by a power steering con- • When you operate the steering tem performs the EPS system trol unit which senses the steering wheel in low temperature, noise diagnostics. When the diagnostics wheel torque and vehicle speed to may occur. If temperature rises, the are completed, the steering wheel command the motor. noise will likely disappear. This is a will return to its normal condition. The steering becomes heavier as normal condition. • A click noise may be heard from the vehicle’s speed increases and • When the vehicle is stationary, the EPS relay after the ignition becomes lighter as the vehicle’s when the steering wheel is turned switch is turned to the ON or speed decreases for optimum steer- all the way to the left or right con- LOCK (OFF) position. ing control. tinuously, the steering wheel • A motor noise may be heard when Should you notice any change in the becomes harder to turn. The power the vehicle is at a stop or at a low effort required to steer during normal assist is limited to protect the driving speed. vehicle operation, have the power motor from overheating. • If the Electric Power Steering steering checked by an authorized System does not operate normally, Kia dealer. As time passes, the steering wheel return to its normal condition. the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally. Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible. (Continued)

439 Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Tilt and telescopic steering • When you operate the steering Tilt and telescopic steering allows wheel in low temperature, abnor- you to adjust the steering wheel mal noise may occur. If tempera- before you drive.You can also raise it ture rises, the noise will likely dis- to give your legs more room when appear. This is a normal condition. you exit and enter the vehicle. • When the charging system warning light comes on due to the low voltage (When the alternator or The steering wheel should be posi- battery does not operate normally tioned so that it is comfortable for or it malfunctions), the steering you to drive, while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning wheel may require increased OPS043032 steering effort. lights and gauges. To change the steering wheel angle, pull down the lock-release lever (1), WARNING - Steering adjust the steering wheel to the wheel adjustment desired angle (2) and height (3, if Never adjust the angle and equipped) then pull up the lock- height of the steering wheel release lever to lock (4) the steering while driving. You may lose wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the steering control. steering wheel to the desired position before driving.

4 40 Features of your vehicle

Heated steering wheel Horn (if equipped) CAUTION • Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel. This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system. • When cleaning the heated steering wheel, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the surface of the steering wheel. OPS043034 • If the surface of steering OPS043033 wheel is damaged by sharp To sound the horn, press the horn With the ignition switch in the ON object, damage to the heated symbols on your steering wheel. position, pressing the heated steer- steering wheel components Check the horn regularly to be sure it ing wheel button warms the steering could occur. operates properly. wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate. ✽ NOTICE To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button once again. The WARNING To sound the horn, press the area indicator on the button will turn off. If the steering wheel becomes indicated by the horn symbol on too warm, turn the system off. your steering wheel (see illustra- ✽ NOTICE The heated steering wheel may tion). The horn will operate only cause burns even at low tem- when this area is pressed. The heated steering wheel will turn peratures, especially if used for off automatically approximately 30 long periods of time. minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on.

441 Features of your vehicle

FLEX STEER (if equipped) If the steering mode button is Normal mode pressed within 4 seconds, the steer- The normal mode offers medium ing mode will change as shown steering effort. above. If the steering wheel mode button is not pressed for about 4 seconds, the Sport mode LCD display will change to the previ- The steering wheel becomes heav- ous screen (for Type B cluster). ier. The sport mode is usually used when driving on the highway.

CAUTION • For your safety, if you press OPS046036L the steering mode button The FLEX STEER controls steering while operating the steering effort based upon as driver's prefer- wheel, but the steering effort ence or road condition. will not change immediately. After operating the steering You can select the desired steering wheel, the steering effort will mode by pressing the FLEX STEER change automatically to the button. selected mode. When the steering mode button is • Use caution when changing pressed, the selected steering mode the steering mode while driv- will appear on the instrument cluster. ing. • When the electronic power steering is not operating properly, the flex steering wheel will not work.

4 42 Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror - Mirror adjust- Adjust the rearview mirror so that the WARNING (if equipped) center view through the rear window ment is seen. Make this adjustment before Do not adjust the rearview mir- you start driving. ror while the vehicle is moving. Do not place objects in the rear seat This could result in loss of control. or cargo area which would interfere Night with your vision through the rear window. WARNING Do not modify the inside mirror and don’t install a wide mirror. It could result in injury, during an Day accident or deployment of the OAM049023 air bag. Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

443 Features of your vehicle

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) (if equipped) CAUTION - Cleaning The electric rearview mirror automat- mirror ically controls the glare from the When cleaning the mirror, use a headlights of the vehicles behind you paper towel or similar material in nighttime or low light driving condi- dampened with glass cleaner. tions. The sensor mounted in the mir- Do not spray glass cleaner ror senses the light level around the directly on the mirror. It may vehicle, and automatically controls cause the liquid cleaner to enter Indicator Sensor the headlight glare from the vehicles the mirror housing. behind you. When the engine is running, the OAM042349L glare is automatically controlled by To operate the electric rearview mirror: the sensor mounted in the rearview • The mirror defaults to the ON posi- mirror. tion whenever the ignition switch is Whenever the shift lever is shifted turned on. into reverse (R), the mirror will auto- • Press the ON/OFF button (1) to matically go to the brightest setting in turn the automatic dimming func- order to improve the drivers view tion off. The mirror indicator light behind the vehicle. will turn off. Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light will illuminate.

4 44 Features of your vehicle

Outside rearview mirror CAUTION - Rearview WARNING - Mirror adjust- Be sure to adjust the mirror angles mirror before driving. ment Do not scrape ice off the mirror Your vehicle is equipped with both Do not adjust or fold the outside face; this may damage the sur- rearview mirrors while the vehi- left-hand and right-hand outside face of the glass. If ice should rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be cle is moving. This could result restrict the movement of the in loss of control. adjusted remotely with the remote mirror, do not force the mirror switch. The mirror heads can be fold- for adjustment. To remove ice, ed back to prevent damage during an use a deicer spray, or a sponge automatic vehicle wash or when or soft cloth with very warm passing through a narrow street. water. The right outside rearview mirror is convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear. If the mirror is jammed with ice, do Use your interior rearview mirror or not adjust the mirror by force. Use an direct observation to determine the approved spray de-icer (not radiator actual distance of following vehicles antifreeze) to release the frozen when changing lanes. mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

445 Features of your vehicle

Remote control Folding the outside rearview mirror CAUTION - Outside mirror • The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged. • Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by OPS046035L hand. Doing so may damage OPS043037 the parts. Electric type Manual type The electric remote control mirror To fold the outside rearview mirror, switch allows you to adjust the posi- grasp the housing of the mirror and tion of the left and right outside then fold it toward the rear of the rearview mirrors. To adjust the posi- vehicle. tion of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC position. Move the switch (1) to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror, then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. After the adjustment, put the switch into the neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.

4 46 Features of your vehicle

Center (AUTO, 3) : The mirror will fold or unfold auto- CAUTION - Electric type matically as follows: outside rearview mirror • Without smart key system The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even - The mirror will fold or unfold when though the ignition switch is in the door is locked or unlocked by the OFF position. However, to the transmitter. prevent unnecessary battery • With smart key system discharge, do not adjust the - The mirror will fold or unfold when mirrors longer than necessary the door is locked or unlocked by while the engine is not running. OPS046038L the smart key. In case it is an electric type outside rearview mirror, don’t fold it Electric type - The mirror will fold or unfold when by hand. It could cause motor the door is locked or unlocked by The outside rearview mirror can be failure. folded or unfolded by pressing the the button on the outside door switch as below. handle. Left (1) : The mirror will unfold. - The mirror will unfold when you approach the vehicle (all doors Right (2) : The mirror will fold. closed and locked) with a smart key in possession. (if equipped)

447 Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ■ Type A

1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. LCD display 6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped) ■ Type B 7. Turn signal indicator lights

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in this chapter.

OPS046100N/OPS046101N

4 48 Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control ■ Type A LCD Display Control Adjusting Instrument Cluster Illumination The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is changed by pressing the illumination control button (“+” or “-”) when the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the tale lights are turned on. OPS043117 ■ Type B

OPS046489L The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the steering wheel.

OPS046430L • If you hold the illumination control button (“+” or “-”), the brightness will be changed continuously. • If the brightness reaches to the maximum or minimum level, an alarm will sound.

449 Features of your vehicle

[For type A cluster] Gauges Tachometer

(1) TRIP :TRIP button for changing Speedometer ■ Type A trip modes ■ Type A (2) RESET : RESET button for resetting items

[For type B cluster] (1) : MODE button for changing modes or SELECT button for setting the selected item (2) : MOVE button for changing OPS043104N items or RESET button for OPS043102N ■ Type B resetting the selected item ■ Type B

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display” in this chapter.

OPS043106 OPS043103N The tachometer indicates the The speedometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo- speed of the vehicle and is calibrated lutions per minute (rpm). in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo- Use the tachometer to select the cor- meters per hour (km/h). rect shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.

4 50 Features of your vehicle

Engine Coolant Temperature If the gauge pointer moves beyond CAUTION - Red zone Gauge the normal range area toward the “H” Do not operate the engine with- position, it indicates overheating that in the tachometer's RED ZONE. ■ Type A may damage the engine. This may cause severe engine Do not continue driving with an over- damage. heated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “If the Engine Overheats” in chapter 7.

WARNING - Hot radiator Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. The OPS043108 ■ Type B engine coolant is under pressure and could severely burn. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.

OPS043109 This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button is ON.

451 Features of your vehicle

Fuel Gauge ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE - Fuel gauge

■ Type A • The fuel tank capacity is given in Running out of fuel can expose vehi- chapter 9. cle occupants to danger. You must • The fuel gauge is supplemented by stop and obtain additional fuel as a low fuel warning light, which soon as possible after the warning will illuminate when the fuel tank light comes on or when the gauge is nearly empty. indicator comes close to the "E • On inclines or curves, the fuel (Empty)" level. gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the CAUTION - Low fuel OPS043110 movement of fuel in the tank. Avoid driving with an extremely ■ Type B low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.

✽ NOTICE Fuel display may not be accurate if you are filling in sloping places.

OPS043111 This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.

4 52 Features of your vehicle

Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately ■ Type A ■ Type A like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive.

To change the temperature unit (from °C to °F or from °F to °C) • Type A Cluster Change the trip modes to Distance To Empty mode and then press and hold the RESET button for 5 seconds OPS043112 OPS043114N and more. ■ Type B ■ Type B • Type B Cluster The temperature unit can be changed by using the “User Settings” mode of the LCD display

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD Display” in this chapter.

OPS048431N OPS046432N The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out- tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1°F (1°C). en and should be used to determine - Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F when periodic maintenance should (-40°C ~ 60°C) be performed. - Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 miles or kilometers.

453 Features of your vehicle

Transaxle Shift Indicator •Park :P Manual Transaxle Shift Indicator Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator • Reverse : R (if equipped) ■ Type A • Neutral : N ■ Type A •Drive :D • Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

OPS043115 OPS046116L ■ Type B ■ Type B

OPS046433L OPS046434L This indicator displays which auto- This indicator informs which gear is matic transaxle shift lever is selected. desired while driving to save fuel. ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ • Shifting up : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 • Shifting down : ▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, ▼5

4 54 Features of your vehicle

For example : Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear). : Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, or 6th gear).

When the system is not working properly, the indicator is not displayed.

455 Features of your vehicle

LCD DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED) LCD Modes (for Type B cluster)

Modes Symbol Explanation

This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on. Trip Computer For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

Tur n By Tur n This mode displays the state of the navigation. (if equipped)

LDWS This mode displays the state of the Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS). (if equipped) For more details, refer to “Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)” in chapter 6.

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps, and so on.

Master warning This mode informs of warning messages related to TPMS, BSD fail and so on.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display Control” in this chapter.

4 56 Features of your vehicle

Service Mode ✽ NOTICE Service Interval If any of the following conditions occurs, the mileage and days may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.

ORP046314L Service required

OPS046495N If you do not have your vehicle serviced according to the already inputted Service in service interval, “Service required” It calculates and displays when you message is displayed for several sec- need a scheduled maintenance onds each time you set the ignition service (mileage or days). switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to If the remaining mileage or time the ON position (The mileage and reaches 900 mi. (1,500 km) or 30 time changes to “---”). days, “Service in” message is dis- To reset the service interval to the played for several seconds each time mileage and days you inputted before: you set the ignition switch or Engine - Press the RESET button for Start/Stop Button to the ON position. more than 1 second.

457 Features of your vehicle

Master Warning Mode User Settings Mode Edit settings after shifting to (if equipped) Description P/Edit settings after engaging parking brake • This warning light informs the driv- This warning message appears if er the following situations you try to adjust the User Settings while driving. - BSD fail (if equipped) • Automatic/Dual clutch transmis- - TPMS (if equipped) sion The Master Warning Light illumi- - For your safety, change the User nates when more than one of the Settings after parking the vehicle, above warning situations occur. applying the parking brake and If the warning situation is solved, the moving the shift lever to P (Park). master warning light will be turned off. OPS046438L • Manual transmission On this mode, you can change set- - For your safety, change the User ting of the doors, lamps, and so on. Settings after engaging the parking brake and moving the shift lever to WARNING N(Neutral). Do not adjust the User Setting while driving.You may lose your steering control and cause severe personal injury or accidents.

4 58 Features of your vehicle

Driving Assist (if equipped)

Items Explanation

To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system. Smart cruise control - Slow/Normal/Fast (if equipped) ❈ For more information, refer to the “Smart Cruise Control” in chapter 6.

Autonomous Emergency To activate or deactivate the Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB). Braking system - Late/Normal/Early (AEB, if equipped) ❈ For more information, refer to “Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)” in chapter 6.

To adjust the initial warning alert time for Autonomous Emergency Braking system. Forward Collision Warning - Off/Late/Normal/Early (FCW, if equipped) ❈ For more information, refer to “Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)” in chapter 6.

BSD (Blind Spot Detection) If this item checked, the blind spot detection sound will be activated. Sound (BSD, if equipped) ❈ For more details, refer to “Blind Spot Detection System” in chapter 6.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert If this item is checked, the rear cross traffic alert function will be activated. (if equipped) ❈ For more details, refer to “Blind Spot Detection System” in chapter 6.

459 Features of your vehicle

Door / Liftgate

Items Explanation

• Enable on Speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3mph (15km/h). Automatically Lock • Enable on Shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the automatic transaxle/dual clutch transmission shift lever is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.

• Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. • Key Out or Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch or the Engine Star/Stop button is set to the OFF Automatically Unlock position. • On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transaxle/dual clutch transmission shift lever is shifted to the P (Park) position.

• Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked. Two Press Unlock • On: The driver’s door will unlock if the door is unlocked. When the door is unlocked again within 4 seconds, all doors will unlock.

Horn Feed Back If this item is checked, the horn feed back will be activated.

4 60 Features of your vehicle

Light

Items Explanation

• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. • 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is One Touch Turn Signal moved slightly. ❈ For more details, refer to “Light” in this chapter.

Head Lamp Delay • If this item is checked, the head lamp delay function will be activated.

Sound

Items Explanation Park Assist System Vol. • Adjust the Park Assist System volume. (Level 1~3) (if equipped) ❈ For more details, refer to “Parking Assist System” in this chapter. Welcome Sound • If this item is checked, the welcome sound function will be activated. (if equipped)

461 Features of your vehicle

Service interval

Items Explanation

On this mode, you can activate the service interval function with mileage (km or mi.) and period (months). Service Interval • Off : The service interval function will be deactivated. • On :You can set the service interval (mileage and months). ❈ For more details, refer to "Service Mode" in this chapter.

Convenience Items Explanation

Gear position pop-up If this item checked the gear position function will be activated. (if equipped)

4 62 Features of your vehicle

Other features

Items Explanation If this item is checked, the average fuel economy will reset automatically when refueling or after Fuel Economy Auto Reset ignition.

Fuel Economy Unit Choose the fuel economy unit. (US gallon, UK gallon)

Temperature Unit Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F)

Language Items Explanation

Language Choose the language you prefer within the LCD.

463 Features of your vehicle

Service Interval Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped) Warning Messages Shift to “P” position (for smart key system and automatic transaxle) • This warning message illuminates if you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in P (Park) position. • At this time, the Engine Start/Stop Button turns to the ACC position (If you press the Engine Start/Stop Button once more, it will turn to the ON position). OPS046436L OPS046440N On this mode, you can activate the This mode displays the state of the Low Key Battery service interval function with mileage navigation. (for smart key system) (mi. or km) and period (months). • This warning message illuminates if the battery of the smart key is discharged when the Engine Start/Stop Button changes to the OFF position.

4 64 Features of your vehicle

Press brake pedal to start engine Key not in vehicle Press start button again (for smart key system and auto- (for smart key system) (for smart key system) matic transaxle) • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not in the vehicle if you can not operate the Engine if the Engine Start/Stop Button while the door is opened or closed Start/Stop Button when there is a changes to the ACC position twice with the ignition switch in the ACC problem with the Engine Start/Stop by pressing the button repeatedly position or engine is running. Button system. without depressing the brake • It means that you should always • It means that you could start the pedal. have the smart key with you. engine by pressing the Engine • It means that you should depress Start/ Stop Button once more. the brake pedal to start the engine. Key not detected • If the warning illuminates each (for smart key system) time you press the Engine Start/Stop Button, have your vehi- Press clutch pedal to start engine • This warning message illuminates (for smart key system and manual cle inspected by an authorized Kia if the smart key is not detected dealer. transaxle) when you press the Engine • This warning message illuminates Start/Stop Button. if the Engine Start/Stop Button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal. • It means that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine.

465 Features of your vehicle

Press start button with smart key Shift to “P” or “N” to start engine Door Open (for smart key system) (for smart key system and auto- • This warning message illuminates matic transaxle) if you press the Engine Start/Stop • This warning message illuminates Button while the warning message if you try to start the engine with “Key not detected” is illuminating. the shift lever not in the P (Park) or • At this time, the immobilizer indica- N (Neutral) position. tor light blinks. ✽ NOTICE Check fuse “BRAKE SWITCH” You can start the engine with the (for smart key system and auto- shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi- matic transaxle) tion. But, for your safety, we recom- OPS046476L • This warning message illuminates mend that you start the engine with if the brake switch fuse is discon- the shift lever in the P (Park) posi- • It means that any door is open. nected. tion. • It means that you should replace the fuse with a new one. If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.

4 66 Features of your vehicle

Liftgate Open Sunroof Open (if equipped) Turn on "FUSE SWITCH" (if equipped) • This warning message illuminates if the fuse switch on the fuse box is OFF. • The “FUSE” and “on” warning messages are displayed alternately. (for Type A cluster) • It means that you should turn the fuse switch on. ❈For more details, refer to “Fuses” in chapter 8. OPS046472L OPS046473L • It means that the liftgate is open. • The warning message illuminates if you turn off the engine when the sunroof is open.

467 Features of your vehicle

TRIP COMPUTER Overview Trip Modes (for Type A cluster) Trip Modes (for Type B cluster)

Description Tripmeter A TRIP The trip computer is a microcomput- er-controlled driver information sys- • Average Fuel Economy tem that displays information related Tripmeter B • Instant Fuel Economy to driving. Range ✽ NOTICE Accumulate Info Some driving information stored in • Tripmeter Average Fuel Economy* the trip computer (for example • Fuel Economy Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected. • Timer Average Vehicle Speed*

Elapsed Time* Drive Info • Tripmeter * if equipped • Fuel Economy To change the trip mode, press the • Timer TRIP button.

Digital speedometer

To change the trip mode, press the MOVE button .

4 68 Features of your vehicle

Trip A/B (for Type A cluster) Tripmeter (1) ✽ NOTICE • The tripmeter is the total driving dis- • The average vehicle speed is not tance since the last tripmeter reset. displayed if the driving distance is - Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 mi. less than 0.03 miles (50 meters) or or km the driving time is less than 10 sec- • To reset the tripmeter, press the onds since the ignition switch or RESET/ button on the steering Engine Start/Stop button is turned wheel for more than 1 second to ON. when the tripmeter is displayed. • Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the average vehicle speed keeps going while the engine is Average Vehicle Speed (2) running.

OPS043125 • The average vehicle speed is calculated by the total driving dis- Elapsed Time (3) tance and driving time since the • The elapsed time is the total driv- last average vehicle speed reset. ing time since the last elapsed time - Speed range: 160 MPH or 200 reset. km/h - Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59 • To reset the average vehicle speed, • To reset the elapsed time, press press the RESET/ button on the the RESET/ button on the steer- steering wheel for more than 1 sec- ing wheel for more than 1 second ond when the average vehicle when the elapsed time is dis- speed is displayed. played.

✽ NOTICE Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the elapsed time keeps going while the engine is running.

469 Features of your vehicle

Fuel Economy • The range to empty is the estimat- Average Fuel Economy (2) Range (1) ed distance the vehicle can be • The average fuel economy is calcu- driven with the remaining fuel. ■ Type A lated by the total driving distance - Distance range : 1 ~ 999 km or 1~ and fuel consumption since the last 999 mi. average fuel economy reset. • If the estimated distance is below - Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9 1mi. (1km), the trip computer will MPG or L/100km display “---” as distance to empty. • The average fuel economy can be • If the vehicle is not on level ground reset both manually and automati- or the battery power has been cally. interrupted, the distance to empty function may not operate correctly. OPS043123 Manual reset ■ Type B • The distance to empty may differ from the actual driving distance as To clear the average fuel economy it is an estimate of the available manually, press the RESET/ but- driving distance. ton on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel • The trip computer may not register economy is displayed. additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to the vehicle. • The fuel economy and distance to empty may vary significantly based OPS046481N on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.

4 70 Features of your vehicle

Automatic reset Instant Fuel Economy (3) Accumulated Info display - Off : The average fuel economy will • This mode displays the instant fuel (for Type B cluster) not reset automatically whenever economy during the last few sec- refueling. onds when the vehicle speed is - After Ignition (Auto Reset) : The more than 6.2 MPH (10 km/h). average fuel economy will reset - Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 99.9 automatically when after 4 hours MPG or L/100km ignition Off. - After Refueling (Auto Reset) : The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refueling more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters).

✽ NOTICE OPS046496N The average fuel economy is not dis- This display shows the accumulated played for more accurate calculation trip distance (1), the average fuel if the vehicle does not drive more economy (2), and the total driving than 10 seconds or 0.03 miles (50 time (3). meters) since the ignition switch or The information is calculated starting Engine Start/Stop button is turned from the last reset. to ON. To manually reset the information, press and hold the button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.

471 Features of your vehicle

The accumulated driving information Drive Info display To manually reset the information, will continue to be counted while the (for Type B cluster) press and hold the button when engine is still running (for example, viewing the Driving info. The trip dis- when the vehicle is in traffic or tance, the average fuel economy, stopped at a stop light. and total driving time will reset simultaneously. ✽ NOTICE The driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still The vehicle must be driven for a min running (for example, when the vehi- imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) cle is in traffic or stopped at a stop since the last ignition key cycle light.) before the average fuel economy will be recalculated. ✽ NOTICE OPS046497N The vehicle must be driven for a This display shows the trip distance minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) (1), the average fuel economy (2), since the last ignition key cycle and the total driving time (3). before the average fuel economy will be recalculated. The information is calculated for each ignition cycle. The driving information data gets initialized, when it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the engine. In other words, the last driving information is available 4 hours after you have turned on the engine.

4 72 Features of your vehicle

Digital speedometer

OPS048445N This mode displays the current speed of the vehicle.

473 Features of your vehicle

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light

✽ NOTICE - Warning lights Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened. any light is still ON, this indicates a Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON ❈For more details, refer to the “Seat situation that needs attention. position. Belts” in chapter 3. - It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the SRS. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 74 Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual- 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two 2. With the engine stopped, check the wheels even if one of the dual sys- • Once you set the ignition switch or tems should fail. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON brake fluid level immediately and add position. fluid as required (For more details, With only one of the dual systems refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 8). working, more than normal pedal - It illuminates for approximately 3 travel and greater pedal pressure are seconds Then check all brake components for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the required to stop the vehicle. - It remains on if the parking brake brake system is still found, the Also, the vehicle will not stop in as is applied. warning light remains on, or the short a distance with only a portion • When the parking brake is applied. brakes do not operate properly, do of the brake system working. • When the brake fluid level in the not drive the vehicle. If the brakes fail while you are driv- reservoir is low. In this case, have your vehicle ing, shift to a lower gear for addition- - If the warning light illuminates towed to an authorized Kia dealer al engine braking and stop the vehi- with the parking brake released, it and inspected. cle as soon as it is safe to do so. indicates the brake fluid level in Driving the vehicle with a warning reservoir is low. light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

475 Features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System Electronic (ABS) Warning Light Brake force WARNING - Electronic Distribution Brake force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light This warning light illuminates: (EBD) System Warning Light When both ABS and Parking • Once you set the ignition switch or Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving: Lights are on, the brake system position. will not work normally and you - It illuminates for approximately 3 • When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally. may experience an unexpected seconds and then goes off. and dangerous situation during • When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle sudden braking thereby increas- the ABS (The normal braking sys- inspected by an authorized Kia ing the risk of a crash or injury. dealer. tem will still be operational without In this case, avoid high speed the assistance of the anti-lock driving and abrupt braking. brake system). Have your vehicle inspected by In this case, have your vehicle an authorized Kia dealer as inspected by an authorized Kia soon as possible. dealer.

4 76 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake Electronic Power Malfunction Indicator force Distribution (EBD) Steering (EPS) Warning Lamp (MIL) System Warning Light Light (if equipped) When the ABS Warning Light is on This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: or both ABS and Parking Brake & • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON the speedometer, odometer, or trip- position. position. meter may not work. Also, the EPS - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is Warning Light may illuminate and started. started. the steering effort may increase or decrease. • When there is a malfunction with • When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the EPS. the emission control system. ed by an authorized Kia dealer as In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle soon as possible. inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. dealer.

CAUTION - Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and/or fuel economy.

477 Features of your vehicle

Charging System If there is a malfunction with either CAUTION - Catalytic Warning Light the alternator or electrical charging Converter Damage system: If the Malfunction Indicator This warning light illuminates: 1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten- location and stop your vehicle. • Once you set the ignition switch or tial catalytic converter damage 2.Turn the engine off and check the is possible which could result in Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position. alternator drive belt for looseness loss of engine power. or breakage. In this case, have your vehicle - It remains on until the engine is started. If the belt is adjusted properly, inspected by an authorized Kia there may be a problem in the elec- dealer as soon as possible. • When there is a malfunction with trical charging system. either the alternator or electrical charging system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

4 78 Features of your vehicle

Engine Oil Pressure Low Fuel Level Warning Warning Light CAUTION - Engine dam- Light age This warning light illuminates: If the engine does not stop This warning light illuminates: immediately after the engine oil • Once you set the ignition switch or pressure warning light is illumi- When the fuel tank is nearly empty. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON nated and stays on while the position. engine is running, serious If the fuel tank is nearly empty: - It remains on until the engine is engine damage may result. started. Add fuel as soon as possible. • When the engine oil pressure is low. • If the warning light stays on while CAUTION - Low Fuel the engine is running, it indicates Level If the engine oil pressure is low: that there may be serious engine Driving with the Low Fuel Level 1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe damage or malfunction. In this case, warning light on or with the fuel location and stop your vehicle. 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is level below “0 or E” can cause 2.Turn the engine off and check the safe to do so. the engine to misfire and dam- engine oil level (For more details, 2. Turn off the engine and check the age the catalytic converter (if refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 8). If oil level. If the oil level is low, fill equipped). the level is low, add oil as required. the engine oil to the proper level. If the warning light remains on after 3. Start the engine again. If the adding oil or if oil is not available, warning light stays on after the have your vehicle inspected by an engine is started, turn the authorized Kia dealer as soon as engine off immediately. In this possible. case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

479 Features of your vehicle

Low Tire Pressure This warning light remains on after Warning Light blinking for approximately 60 seconds WARNING or repeats blinking and off at the - Low tire pressure intervals of approximately 3 seconds: This warning light illuminates: • Significantly low tire pressure • When there is a malfunction with makes the vehicle unstable • Once you set the ignition switch or the TPMS. and can contribute to loss of Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON vehicle control and increased position. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia braking distances. - It illuminates for approximately 3 dealer as soon as possible. • Continued driving or low pres- seconds and then goes off. ❈ sure tires will cause the tires to • When one or more of your tires are For more details, refer to “Tire overheat and fail. significantly underinflated. Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter 7. ❈ For more details, refer to “Tire • The TPMS cannot alert you to Pressure Monitoring System severe and sudden tire damage (TPMS)” in chapter 7. caused by external factors. • If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

4 80 Features of your vehicle

Door Ajar Warning Light Sunroof Open Warning Forward collision Light (if equipped) warning (FCW) system OFF/warning indicator (if equipped) This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: When a door is not closed securely. When the sunroof is not closed securely. • When you deactivate this system in the User settings mode in LCD Liftgate Open Warning display. Light Fuel cap open warning • If this indicator illuminates with indicator (if equipped) warning message in LCD display, This warning light illuminates: there is a malfunction with the Forward collision warning system. When the liftgate is not closed This warning light illuminates: securely. • When the fuel filler cap is not tight- In this case, have your vehicle en securely. inspected by an authorized Kia Always make sure that the fuel dealer. filler cap is tight.

481 Features of your vehicle

Master Warning light Icy Road Warning Light Indicator Lights (if equipped) (if equipped) Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator • This warning light informs the driv- This warning light blinks 10 times and Light er the following situations then illuminates, and also warning This indicator light illuminates: - BSD fail (if equipped) chime sounds 3 times: • Once you set the ignition switch or • When the temperature on the - TPMS (if equipped) Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Outside Temperature Gauge is The Master Warning Light illumi- position. below approximately 39.2OF (4OC) nates when more than one of the - It illuminates for approximately 3 above warning situations occur. with the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button in the ON posi- seconds and then goes off. If the warning situation is solved, the tion. • When there is a malfunction with master warning light will be turned off. the ESC system. ✽ NOTICE In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia If the icy road warning light appears dealer. while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely refrain- ing from over-speeding, rapid accel- This indicator light blinks: eration, sudden braking or sharp While the ESC is operating. turning, etc. ❈For more details, refer to “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 6.

4 82 Features of your vehicle

Electronic Stability ECOMINDER® indicator Immobilizer Indicator Control (ESC) OFF Active ECO system ECO Light (Without Smart Key) Indicator Light (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • Once you set the ignition switch or • When the vehicle detects the When the Active ECO button is immobilizer in your key properly Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON pressed the ECOMINDER® indicator position. while the ignition switch is ON. (green) will illuminate to show that - At this time, you can start the - It illuminates for approximately 3 the Active ECO is operating. seconds and then goes off. engine. For more detailed information, refer - The indicator light goes off after • When you deactivate the ESC sys- to "Active ECO" in chapter 6. tem by pressing the ESC OFF but- starting the engine. ton. This indicator light blinks: ❈For more details, refer to “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” • When there is a malfunction with in chapter 5. the immobilizer system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

483 Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer Indicator This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal Indicator Light (With Smart Key) seconds and goes off: Light (if equipped) • When the vehicle can not detect This indicator light illuminates for up the smart key which is in the vehi- This indicator light blinks: to 30 seconds: cle while the Engine Start/Stop • When you turn the turn signal light • When the vehicle detects the Button is ON. on. smart key in the vehicle properly In this case, have your vehicle while the Engine Start/Stop Button inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. If any of the following occurs, there is ACC or ON. may be a malfunction with the turn - At this time, you can start the signal system. In this case, have your engine. This indicator light blinks: vehicle inspected by an authorized - The indicator light goes off after • When the battery of the smart key Kia dealer. starting the engine. is weak. - The indicator light does not blink - At this time, you can not start the but illuminates. This indicator light blinks for a few engine. However, you can start the - The indicator light blinks more seconds: engine if you press the Engine rapidly. • When the smart key is not in the Start/Stop Button with the smart - The indicator light does not illumi- vehicle. key. (For more details, refer to nate at all. “Starting the Engine” in chapter 6). - At this time, you can not start the engine. • When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 84 Features of your vehicle

High Beam Indicator KEY OUT Indicator Light KEY Cruise Indicator Light Light (if equipped) OUT (if equipped) CRUISE

This indicator light illuminates: When the ENGINE START/STOP This indicator light illuminates: • When the headlights are on and in button is in the ACC or ON position, • When the cruise control system is the high beam position if any door is open, the system enabled. checks for the smart key. • When the turn signal lever is pulled ❈For more details, refer to “Cruise into the Flash-to-Pass position. Control System” in chapter 6. This indicator light blinks: Light ON Indicator Light When the smart key is not in the vehicle and any door is open with the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON position. This indicator light illuminates: - At this time, if you close all doors, • When the tail lights or headlights the chime will also sound for are on. approximately 5 seconds. - The indicator will go off while the Front Fog Indicator vehicle is moving. Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: • When the front fog lights are on.

485 Features of your vehicle

Cruise SET Indicator FLEX STEER indicator Lane Departure Warning Light (if equipped) SET (if equipped) System (LDWS) Indicator Light (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: 1250$/ 63257 This indicator light illuminates: • When the cruise control speed is set. • [White] When the lane departure ❈ warning system does not detect For more details, refer to “Cruise the lane line. Control System” in chapter 6. This indicator light illuminates: • [Green] When you activate the lane • When you press the FLEX STEER departure warning system by mode button. pressing the LDWS button. ❈For more details, refer to “FLEX • [Yellow] When there is a malfunc- STEER” in chapter 4. tion with the lane departure warning system.

In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. ❈ For more details, refer to “Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)” in chapter 6.

4 86 Features of your vehicle

REAR CAMERA DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED) This system is a supplemental system that helps the driver by display- WARNING - Backing up ing objects behind the vehicle when using camera backing up. Never rely solely on the rear Always keep the camera lens clean. If camera display when backing. lens is covered with foreign matter, You must always use methods the camera may not operate normally. of viewing the area behind you The rear camera display is not a including looking over both safety device. It only serves to assist shoulders as well as continuously checking all three rear OPS043050 the driver in identifying objects directly behind the middle of the view mirrors. Due to the difficul- vehicle. The camera does NOT cover ty of ensuring that the area the complete area behind the vehi- behind you remains clear, cle. While the camera's display is always back slowly and stop generally accurate, objects can be immediately if you even suspect much closer than they appear in the that a person, and especially a display screen and can be distorted child, might be behind you. in both size and proportion.

OPS046051L The rear camera display will activate when the back-up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.

487 Features of your vehicle

LIGHTING Headlamp escort (if equipped) Battery saver function Daytime running light If you turn the ignition switch to the • The purpose of this feature is to (if equipped) ACC or OFF position with the head- prevent the battery from being dis- The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) lights ON, the headlights remain on charged. The system automatically can make it easier for others to see for about 5 minutes. However, if the turns off the parking lights when the front of your vehicle during the driver’s door is opened and closed, the driver removes the ignition key day. DRL can be helpful in many dif- the headlights are turned off after 15 and opens the driver-side door (in ferent driving conditions, and it is seconds. that order). especially helpful after dawn and The headlights can be turned off by • With this feature, the parking lights before sunset. pressing the lock button on the trans- will turn off automatically if the driv- The DRL system turns OFF when: mitter (or smart key) twice or turning er parks on the side of the road at 1. The headlight switch is ON. the light switch to the OFF or Auto night. 2. The engine is OFF. position. However, if you turn the light If necessary, to keep the lights on switch to the Auto position when it is when the ignition key is removed, 3. The front fog light is ON. dark outside, the headlights will not perform the following: 4. Engaging the Parking Brake be turned off immediately. 1) Open the driver-side door. 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column.

4 88 Features of your vehicle

Lighting control Parking light position ( ) Headlight position ( )

OXM049110 OAM049041 OAM049042 The light switch has a Headlight and When the light switch is in the park- When the light switch is in the head- a Parking light position. ing light position (1st position), the light position (2nd position), the To operate the lights, turn the knob at tail, license and instrument panel head, tail, license and instrument the end of the control lever to one of lights will turn ON. panel lights will turn ON. the following positions: The ignition switch must be in the ON (1) OFF position position to turn on the headlights. (2) Parking light position (3) Headlight position (4) Auto light position (if equipped)

489 Features of your vehicle

Auto light position (if equipped) • If your vehicle has window tint or High beam operation other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the Auto light system may not work properly.

OPS046443L OAM049044 When the light switch is in the AUTO To turn on the high beam headlights, light position, the taillights and head- push the lever away from you. The lights will be turned ON or OFF auto- lever will return to its original posi- matically depending on the amount tion. of light outside the vehicle. The high beam indicator will light • Never place anything over sensor when the headlight high beams are (1) located on the instrument switched on. panel. This will ensure better auto- To prevent the battery from being light system control. discharged, do not leave the lights • Don’t clean the sensor using a win- on for a prolonged time while the dow cleaner. The cleaner may engine is not running. leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.

4 90 Features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change To signal a lane change, move the signals turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released. If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement. If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow, a bulb may be burned OAM049043 out or have a poor electrical connec- To flash the headlights, pull the lever tion in the circuit. towards you. It will return to the nor- OAM049045 mal (low beam) position when released. The headlight switch does The ignition switch must be on for the not need to be on to use this flashing turn signals to function. To turn on feature. the turn signals, move the lever up or down (A). The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate WARNING - High beams which turn signal is operating. They Do not use high beam when will self-cancel after a turn is com- there are other vehicles. Using pleted. If the indicator continues to high beam could obstruct the flash after a turn, manually return the other driver's vision. lever to the OFF position.

491 Features of your vehicle

One-touch lane change function Front fog light (if equipped) To activate an one-touch lane change function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times. You can choose one-touch lane change blinking function in “One touch turn lamp” of “User setting”. Refer to “User setting” in chapter 4.

✽ NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally OAM049046N quick or slow, the bulb may be Fog lights are used to provide burned out or have a poor electrical improved visibility when visibility is connection in the circuit. poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch (1) is turned to the ON position after the headlight is turned on. To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog light switch (1) to the OFF position. When in operation, the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power. Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor.

4 92 Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer Windshield wipers (if equipped)

OAM049101N Operates as follows when the igni- OAM049100N/OAM049048N tion switch is turned ON. A : Wiper speed control D : Rear wiper/washer control MIST : For a single wiping cycle, · MIST – Single wipe · ON – Continuous wipe push the lever upward and · OFF – Off · INT – Intermittent wipe release it with the lever in the (if equipped) OFF position. The wipers will · INT – Intermittent wipe operate continuously if the · LO – Low wiper speed · OFF – Off lever is pushed upward and · HI – High wiper speed held. E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) OFF : Wiper is not in operation B :Intermittent wipe time adjust- INT : Wiper operates intermittently at ment the same wiping intervals. Use this mode in light rain or mist. To vary the speed setting, turn C : Wash with brief wipes (front) the speed control knob (1).

493 Features of your vehicle

LO : Normal wiper speed Windshield washers The reservoir filler neck is located in HI : Fast wiper speed the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side. ✽ NOTICE CAUTION - Washer pump If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost To prevent possible damage to the windshield for about 10 minutes, the washer pump, do not oper- or until the snow and/or ice is ate the washer when the fluid removed before using the windshield reservoir is empty. wipers to ensure proper operation. If you do not remove the snow and/or ice before using the wiper and wash- WARNING - Obscured vis- er, it may damage the wiper and OAM049102N ibility washer system. In the OFF position, pull the lever Do not use the washer in freez- gently toward you to spray washer ing temperatures without first fluid on the windshield and to run the warming the windshield with wipers 1-3 cycles. the defrosters; the washer solu- Use this function when the wind- tion could freeze on the windshield is dirty. shield and obscure your vision. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

4 94 Features of your vehicle

Rear window wiper and washer CAUTION switch (if equipped) - Wipers & windshields shields • To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry. • To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near OXM049125 them. Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the • To prevent damage to the OAM049103N wiper arms and other compo- rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray nents, do not attempt to move The rear window wiper switch is and wiper operation will continue the wipers manually. located at the end of the wiper and until you release the lever. washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer. ON - Normal wiper operation INT - Intermittent wiper operation (if equipped) OFF - Wiper is not in operation

495 Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHT Do not use the interior lights for Interior lamp AUTO cut Map lamp extended periods when the engine is • When all entrances are closed, if ■ Type A not running. you lock the vehicle by using the It may cause battery discharge. transmitter or the smart key, all interior lamp will be off after a few WARNING - Interior light seconds. Do not use the interior lights • If you do not operate anything in when driving in the dark. The the vehicle after turning off the glare from the interior lights engine, the lights will turn off after may obstruct your view and 20 minutes. cause an accident. OPS043052 ■ Type B

OPSE046053L Press the lens (1) or button (1) to turn the map lamp on or off

4 96 Features of your vehicle

• ROOM (2) : - The map lamp and room lamp will Room lamp go out immediately if the ignition - The map lamp and room lamp ■ Type A stays on at all times. switch is changed to the ON position or all doors are locked. - To turn off the ROOM mode, press the ROOM button (2) once - To turn off the DOOR mode, again (not pressed.) press the DOOR button (3) once again (not pressed).

• DOOR (3) : ✽ - The map lamp and room lamp NOTICE comes on when a door is opened. • When the lamp is turned on by pressing the lens (1), the lamp does The lamps go out after approxi- OPS043054 mately 30 seconds. not turn off even if the DOOR ■ Type B - The map lamp and room lamp mode or ROOM mode is not comes on for approximately 30 selected (not pressed). seconds when doors are unlocked • If the ROOM button and DOOR with a transmitter or smart key as button are pressed at the same long as the doors are not opened. time, the map lamp and room lamp will stay on at all times - The map lamp and room lamp will (ROOM mode will be selected). stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK/OFF position. OPS043072 - The map lamp and room lamp will Press the button to turn the light on stay on continuously if the door is or off. opened with the ignition switch in If the front map lamp turns on by the the ON position. front map lamp switch, the room lamp will turn on.

497 Features of your vehicle

Luggage room lamp Portable lamp usage ❈ If the portable lamp does not turn ■ (if equipped) on, it means the portable lamp Type A needs to be charged. Insert the lamp holder and then charge it again. The charge mode will be activated if the ignition switch (or engine start/stop button) is on position or engine is running.

OPS043055 ■ Type B

OPS043197 In-vehicle lamp, if necessary, after separation can be used as a portable. 1. Press push button (1). 2. Pull out the lamp holder. 3. Press the power switch (2). OPS043056 The luggage room lamp comes on when the liftgate is opened. The lamp comes on as long as the liftgate is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the liftgate securely after using the luggage room. 4 98 Features of your vehicle

If the portable lamp does not turn on Battery replacement CAUTION - Portable lamp anymore after charged, replace the damage rechargeable batteries. You can use the regular batteries (Disposable batteries) but do not use the Non-rechargeable battery in charge mode. It may damage the vehicle.

✽ NOTICE 1.Remove the batteries when not in use for a long time. 2.Use the specified battery. OTAM041101 3.Do not place the lamp with water When replacement is necessary, use or moist places and liquid com- the following procedure. pounds. These can cause internal 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and leakage of a battery. gently try open the battery cover. 4.When replacing the batteries, 2. Replace the batteries with new check the direction and insert. rechargeable batteries (AAA size). It will not be charged if installed When replacing the batteries, reversely. make sure the position of batteries. 5.Do not mix the rechargeable batteries. 3. Close the cover carefully. It may not be charged normally.

499 Features of your vehicle

Glove box lamp (if equipped) Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

OPS043057 The glove box lamp comes on when OAM042336 the glove box is opened. Pull the sunvisor downward and you To prevent unnecessary charging can turn the vanity mirror lamp ON or system drain, close the glove box OFF by pushing the button. securely after using the glove box. • : To turn the lamp ON. • O : To turn the lamp OFF. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, turn off the lamp by pushing the O button after using the lamp.

4 100 Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to CAUTION - Conductors remove frost, fog and thin ice from ■ To prevent damage to the con- Type A the rear window, while the engine is ductors bonded to the inside running. surface of the rear window, To activate the rear window never use sharp instruments or defroster, press the rear window window cleaners containing defroster button located in the center abrasives to clean the window. facia switch panel. The indicator on the rear window ✽ NOTICE defroster button illuminates when the OPS043150 defroster is ON. If you want to defrost and defog the ■ Type B front windshield, refer to If there is heavy accumulation of “Windshield defrosting and defog- snow on the rear window, brush it off ging” in this section. before operating the rear defroster. The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off. To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster but- OPS043153 ton again. ■ Type C

OPS043152

4101 Features of your vehicle

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

Front wiper deicer (if equipped) The front wiper deicer will operate at the same time you turn on the front windshield defroster. • To turn off the wiper deicer, press the front windshield defroster button again. • The front wiper deicer automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off.

4 102 Features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Fan speed control knob 3. Mode selection knob 5. Temperature control knob 2. Air intake control button 4. Rear window defroster button 6. Air conditioning button (if equipped)

OPS043154

4103 Features of your vehicle

Heating and air conditioning 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on.

OPS043058

4 104 Features of your vehicle

Mode selection Vent mode (B, D) Floor/Defrost mode (A, C, E, D) Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window air discharged from the outlet. defrosters.

Vent-Floor mode (B, D, C, E) Defrost mode (A, D)

OPS043155 Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the The mode selection knob controls and the floor. windshield with a small amount of air the direction of the air flow through directed to the side window the ventilation system. defrosters. Air can be directed to the floor, dash- Floor mode (C, E, A, D) board outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent. Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

4105 Features of your vehicle

Temperature control

OPS043059 OPS043159

Instrument panel vents OPS043156 To operate the MAX A/C, turn the temperature knob to extreme left. Air The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature control knob allows closed separately using the thumb- flow is directed toward the upper you to control the temperature of the body and face. wheel. air flow from the ventilation system. Also, you can adjust the direction of To change the air temperature in the In this mode, the air conditioning and air delivery from these vents using passenger compartment, turn the the recirculated air position will be the vent control lever as shown. knob to the right position for warm air selected automatically. or left position for cooler air.

4 106 Features of your vehicle

Air intake control Recirculated air position Outside (fresh) air position With the recirculated air With the outside (fresh) position selected, air air position selected, air from the passenger com- enters the vehicle from partment will be drawn outside and is heated or through the heating sys- cooled according to the tem and heated or function selected. cooled according to the function selected. Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position (without ✽ NOTICE air conditioning selected) may cause • According to the outside tempera- fogging of the windshield and side OPS043160 ture if the recirculation air posi- windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become The air intake control is used to tion is on for a long time, the air stale. select the outside (fresh) air position intake position will automatically or recirculated air position. change to the outside (fresh) air In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air To change the air intake control posi- position to ventilate the inside air. position selected will result in exces- tion, press the control button. • To cancel the automatic outside (fresh) air position, do the follow- sively dry air in the passenger coming. partment. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Set the mode to the position. 3. Press the air intake control button more than 3 seconds.

4107 Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control WARNING - Recirculated WARNING - Reduced visi- air bilty Continuous use of the climate Continued use of the climate control system in the recirculat- control system in the recirculated air position can cause ed air position may allow drowsiness or sleepiness, and humidity to increase inside the loss of vehicle control. Set the vehicle which may fog the glass air intake control to the outside and obscure visibility. (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving. Sunroof inside air recirculation (if equipped) WARNING - Sleeping with If the sunroof opens while the heater OPS043157 AC on or Air Conditioning system operates, The ignition switch must be in the ON Do not sleep in a vehicle with the outside (fresh) air will be selected position for fan operation. the air conditioning or heating automatically for ventilating the car. The fan speed knob allows you to system on as this may cause Then, if you select the recirculated air control the fan speed of the air flow serious harm or death due to a position, the outside (fresh) air will be from the ventilation system. To drop in the oxygen level and/or selected automatically after 3 minutes. change the fan speed, turn the knob body temperature. If you close the sunroof, the intake to the right for higher speed, or left mode will be changed to the previous for lower speed. selected mode.

4 108 Features of your vehicle

To turn off the blowers Air conditioning (if equipped) System operation Ventilation 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

Heating OPS043158 OPS043161 1. Set the mode to the position. To turn off the blowers, turn the fan Press the A/C button to turn the air 2. Set the air intake control to the speed control knob to the “0” posi- conditioning system on (indicator outside (fresh) air position. tion. light will illuminate). Press the button again to turn the air conditioning sys- 3. Set the temperature control to the tem off. desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the or position.

4109 Features of your vehicle

Operation Tips Air conditioning (if equipped) • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are CAUTION - Excessive A/C from entering the vehicle through filled with R-1234yf refrigerant. • When using the air condition- the ventilation system, temporarily 1. Start the engine. Press the air con- ing system, monitor the tem- set the air intake control to the ditioning button. perature gauge closely while recirculated air position. Be sure to driving up hills or in heavy return the control to the fresh air 2. Set the mode to the position. traffic when outside tempera- position when the irritation has 3. Set the air intake control to the tures are high. Air condition- passed to keep fresh air in the outside air or recirculated air posi- ing system operation may vehicle. This will help keep the driv- tion. cause engine overheating. er alert and comfortable. 4. Adjust the fan speed control and Continue to use the blower fan • Air for the heating/cooling system temperature control to maintain but turn the air conditioning is drawn in through the grilles just maximum comfort. system off if the temperature ahead of the windshield. Care gauge indicates engine over- • When maximum cooling is desired, heating. should be taken that these are not set the temperature control to the blocked by leaves, snow, ice or extreme left position, set the mode • When opening the windows in other obstructions. control to the MAX A/C position, humid weather air condition- • To prevent interior fog on the wind- then set the fan speed control to ing may create water droplets shield, set the air intake control to the highest speed. inside the vehicle. Since the fresh air position and fan speed excessive water droplets may to the desired position, turn on the cause damage to electrical air conditioning system, and adjust equipment, air conditioning the temperature control to desired should only be used with the temperature. windows closed.

4 110 Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips • When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter • If the vehicle has been parked in system, you may notice clear water (if equipped) direct sunlight during hot weather, dripping (or even puddling) on the open the windows for a short time ground under the passenger side to let the hot air inside the vehicle of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- Outside air escape. tem operation characteristic. Recirculated • To help reduce moisture inside of • Operating the air conditioning sys- air the windows on rainy or humid tem in the recirculated air position days, decrease the humidity inside provides maximum cooling, how- the vehicle by operating the air ever, continual operation in this conditioning system. mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale. • During air conditioning system Blower Heater core operation, you may occasionally • During cooling operation, you may Climate control Evaporator occasionally notice a misty air flow air filter core notice a slight change in engine 1LDA5047 speed as the air conditioning com- because of rapid cooling and pressor cycles. This is a normal humid air intake. This is a normal The climate control air filter installed system operation characteristic. system operation characteristic. behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the • Use the air conditioning system vehicle from the outside through the every month only for a few minutes heating and air conditioning system. to ensure maximum system per- If dust or other pollutants accumulate formance. in the filter over a period of time, the air flow from the air vents may decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

4111 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Air Conditioning refrigerant Each symbols and specification on • Replace the filter every 15,000 label air conditioning refrigerant label means as below ; miles or once a year. ■ Example If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or 1. Classification of refrigerant rough roads, more frequent air 2. Amount of refrigerant conditioner filter inspections and changes are required. 3. Classification of Compressor lubri- • When the air flow rate suddenly cant decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized Kia ❈ Refer to chapter 8 for more detail dealer. location of air conditioning refrigerant label.

OUM066035L - Proper Oil & ❈ CAUTION The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant Refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used, otherwise damage to the vehicle and injury may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

4 112 Features of your vehicle

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and WARNING compressor lubricant The oil and refrigerant in your When the amount of refrigerant is vehicle’s air conditioning sys- low, the performance of the air con- tem is under very high pressure. ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also If proper service procedures are has a negative impact on the air con- not followed an explosion may ditioning system. Therefore, if abnor- result. To reduce the risk of seri- mal operation is found, have the sys- ous injury or death, the air con- tem inspected by an authorized Kia ditioning system in your vehicle dealer. should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. ✽ NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur.

4113 Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) ■ Type A

1. Temperature control button / knob 2. Front windshield defroster button 3. Rear windshield defroster button 4. Climate control display 5. Air intake control button 6. Air conditioning button ■ Type B 7. Fan speed control button 8. AUTO (automatic control) button 9. OFF button 10. Mode selection button 11. Climate control information screen selection button

OPS043162/OPS043163

4 114 Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con- ■ Type A ✽ NOTICE ditioning • To turn the automatic operation ■ Type A off, select any button or switch of the following: - Mode selection button - Air conditioning button - Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The OPS043170 ■ Type B ‘AUTO’ sign will illuminate on the information display once OPS043164 again.) ■ Type B - Air intake control button - Fan speed control switch The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically. • Regardless of the temperature setting, when using automatic operation, the air conditioning system OPS043171 can automatically turn on to 2.Push the temperature control but- decrease the humidity inside the ton to set the desired temperature. OPS043165 vehicle, even if the temperature is (Type A) 1.Push the AUTO button. It is indicat- set to warm. Turn the temperature control knob ed by AUTO on the display. The to set the desired temperature. modes, fan speeds, air intake and (Type B) air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by temperature setting.

4115 Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condi- Mode selection

tioning ■ Type A The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected. When pressing any button (or turning any knob) except AUTO button while automatic operation, the functions OPS043071 not selected will be controlled auto- OPS043166 Never place anything over the sensor matically. ■ Type B located on the instrument panel to 1. Start the engine. ensure better control of the heating and cooling system. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to the OPS043167 desired speed. The mode selection button controls 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the direction of the air flow through the air conditioning system on. the ventilation system. Press the AUTO button in order to Refer to the illustration in the convert to full automatic control of “Manual climate control system”. the system.

4 116 Features of your vehicle

The air flow outlet port is converted as follows: Vent mode (B, D) Floor mode (C, E, A, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the body and face. Additionally, each out- floor, with a small amount of the air let can be controlled to direct the air being directed to the windshield and discharged from the outlet. side window defroster.

Vent-Floor mode (B, D, C, E) Floor/Defrost mode (A, C, E, D) Air flow is discharged towards the Most of the air flow is directed to the face and floor. floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

4117 Features of your vehicle

■ Type A Temperature control

■ Type A

OPS043168 ■ Type B OPS043059 OPS043170 Instrument panel vents ■ Type B The outlet port can be opened or closed separately using the thumb- wheel. Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown.

OPS043169

Defrost mode (A, D) OPS043171 Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air • Type A directed to the side window defrosters. The temperature will increase to the maximum (HI) by pushing the button ().

4 118 Features of your vehicle

The temperature will decrease to the Temperature scale conversion Air intake control minimum (Lo) by pushing the button If the battery has been discharged or ■ Type A (). disconnected, the temperature mode When pushing the button, the tem- display will reset to Centigrade. perature will increase or decrease by This is normal condition. You can 0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest switch the temperature scale as fol- temperature setting, the air condi- lows; tioning will operate continuously. While pressing the OFF button, press the AUTO button for 3 seconds • Type B or more. The temperature scale will The temperature will increase to the change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to OPS043172 maximum (HI) by turning the knob to ■ Type B the right extreme. Centigrade. The temperature will decrease to the The temperature unit (from °C to °F minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to or from °F to °C) can be changed by the left extreme. using the “User Settings” mode of the LCD display. When turning the knob, the temperature will increase or decrease by 0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously. OPS043173 This is used to select outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position. To change the air intake control position, push the control button.

4119 Features of your vehicle

Recirculated air position ✽ NOTICE Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on the • According to the outside tempera- The indicator light on the button illuminates when ture if the recirculation air posi- button does not illumi- the recirculated air position is on for a long time, the air nate when the outside tion is selected. intake position will automatically (fresh) air position is With the recirculated air change to the outside (fresh) air selected. position selected, air from position to ventilate the inside air. With the outside (fresh) passenger compartment • To cancel the automatic outside air position selected, air will be drawn through the (fresh) air position, do the following. enters the vehicle from heating system and heat- 1. Turn the ignition switch to the outside and is heated or ed or cooled according to ON position. cooled according to the the function selected. 2. Set the mode to the position. function selected. 3. Press the air intake control button more than 3 seconds. Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.

4 120 Features of your vehicle

Sunroof inside air recirculation WARNING - Recirculated WARNING - Reduced visi- (if equipped) air bility If the sunroof opens while the heater Continuous use of the climate Continued climate control sys- or Air Conditioning system operates, control system in the recirculat- tem operation in the recirculat- the outside (fresh) air will be selected air position can cause ed air position may allow ed automatically for ventilating the drowsiness or sleepiness, and humidity to increase inside car. Then, if you select the recirculat- loss of vehicle control. Set the vehicle which may fog the glass ed air position, the outside (fresh) air air intake control to the outside and obscure visibility. will be selected automatically after 3 (fresh) air position as much as minutes. possible while driving. If you close the sunroof, the intake mode will be changed to the previous selected mode. WARNING - Sleeping with AC on Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on as this may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature.

4121 Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control To change the fan speed, press the Air conditioning ■ button ( ) for higher speed, or push ■ Type A the button ( ) for lower speed. To Type A turn the fan speed control off, press the OFF button and select outside (fresh) air position.

OPS043176 OPS043174 ■ Type B ■ Type B

OPS043177 OPS043175 The fan speed can be set to the Push the A/C button to turn the air desired speed by pressing the fan conditioning system on (indicator speed control button. light will illuminate). Push the button again to turn the air conditioning system off.

4 122 Features of your vehicle

Blower OFF Climate information screen System operation selection (if equipped) ■ Type A Ventilation ■ Type B 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

OPS043178 ■ Type B Heating 1. Set the mode to the position. OPS043180 2. Set the air intake control to the Press the climate information screen outside (fresh) air position. selection button to view climate information in full screen mode. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, OPS043179 turn the air conditioning system (if Push the OFF button to turn off the equipped) on. blower. However you can still operate • If the windshield fogs up, set the the mode and air intake buttons as mode to the or position. long as the ignition switch is in the position ON.

4123 Features of your vehicle

4 124 Features of your vehicle

4125 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Air Conditioning refrigerant Each symbols and specification on • Replace the filter every 15,000 label air conditioning refrigerant label means as below ; miles or once a year. ■ Example If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or 1. Classification of refrigerant rough roads, more frequent air 2. Amount of refrigerant conditioner filter inspections and changes are required. 3. Classification of Compressor lubri- • When the air flow rate suddenly cant decreases, the system should be ❈ Refer to chapter 8 for more detail checked at an authorized Kia location of air conditioning refrig- dealer. erant label.

OUM066035L CAUTION - Proper Oil & ❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant Refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the It is important that the correct illustration. type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used, otherwise damage to the vehicle may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

4 126 Features of your vehicle

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and WARNING compressor lubricant The oil and refrigerant in your When the amount of refrigerant is vehicle's air conditioning sys- low, the performance of the air con- tem is under very high pres- ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also sure. If proper service proce- has a negative impact on the air con- dures are not followed an explo- ditioning system. sion may result. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, Therefore, if abnormal operation is the air conditioning system in found, have the system inspected by your vehicle should only be an authorized Kia dealer. serviced by trained and certified technicians. ✽ NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur.

4127 Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING • For maximum defrosting, set the Manual climate control system WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme To defog inside windshield heating right/hot position and the fan speed Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed. tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set the difference between the temper- mode to the floor-defrost position. ature of the outside air and that • Before driving, clear all snow and of the windshield could cause ice from the windshield, rear win- the outer surface of the wind- dow, outside rear view mirrors, and shield to fog up, causing loss of all side windows. visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button • Clear all snow and ice from the to the position and fan hood and air inlet in the cowl grille speed control knob or button to to improve heater and defroster OPS043181 the lower speed. efficiency and to reduce the proba- bility of fogging up inside of the 1. Select any fan speed except “0” windshield. position. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the or mode. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically. If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.

4 128 Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control 3. Press the defrost button ( ). system 4. The air-conditioning will be turned To defog inside windshield on according to the detected ■ Type A ambient temperature, outside (fresh) air position and higher fan speed will be selected automatically. If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) air position and higher fan speed are not selected automatically, adjust the corresponding button or knob manually. OPS043182 If the position is selected, with a OPS043183 low fan speed, a higher fan speed 1. Set the fan speed to the highest ■ Type B (extreme right) position. may be automatically selected. 2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot position. 3. Select the position. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.

OPS043185 1. Set the fan speed to the desired position. 2. Select desired temperature.

4129 Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield 4. The air-conditioning will be turned Defogging logic on according to the detected ■ Type A To reduce the possibility of fogging ambient temperature and outside up the inside of the windshield, the (fresh) air position will be selected air intake or air conditioning are con- automatically. trolled automatically according to If the position is selected, with a certain conditions such as or low fan speed, a higher fan speed position. To cancel or return to the may be automatically selected. defogging logic, do the following.

OPS043184 ■ Type B

OPS043186 1. Set fan speed to the highest position. 2. Set temperature to the Maximum (HI). 3. Press the defrost button ( ).

4 130 Features of your vehicle

Manual climate control system Automatic climate control system 3. While pressing the air conditioning ■ button (A/C), press the air intake Type A control button ( ) at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The indicator on the air intake button blinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds of interval. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or OPS043189 disconnected, it will be reset to the ■ Type B OPS043187 defog logic status. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position ( ). 3. Within 10 seconds after selecting the defrost positon, press the air intake control button ( ) at least 5 times within 3 seconds. OPS043188 The indicator on the air intake button blinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds of 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON interval. It indicates that the defog- position. ging logic is canceled or returned to 2. Press the defrost button ( ). the programmed status. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it will be reset to the defog logic status. 4131 Features of your vehicle

CLEAN AIR (IF EQUIPPED)

OPS043206 When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the clean air function turns on automatically. Also, the clean air function turns off automatically, when the ignition switch turns to the OFF position.

4 132 Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to Center console storage Glove box store small items. ■ Type A • To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. • Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close securely. OPS043060 ■ Type B WARNING - Flammable OPS043062 materials To open the glove box, push the but- Do not store, propane cylinders ton and the glove box will automati- or other flammable/explosive cally open. Close the glove box after materials in the vehicle. These use. items may catch fire and/or Always keep the glove box closed explode if the vehicle is exposed while the vehicle is in operation. to hot temperatures for extended periods. WARNING - Glove box OPS043061 To reduce the risk of injury in an These compartments can be used to accident or sudden stop, always store small items required by the keep the glove box door closed driver or front passenger. while driving. To open the center console storage, pull up the lever. (Type B)

4133 Features of your vehicle

Cool box (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE Sunglass holder Do not put perishable food in the cool box because it may not maintain the necessary consistent temperature to keep the food fresh. ✽ NOTICE If the temperature control knob is in the warm or hot position, warm or hot air will flow into the glove box.

OPS043064 OPSE046065L You can keep beverage cans or other To open the sunglass holder, press items cool in the glove box. the cover and the holder will slowly 1. Turn on the air conditioning. open. Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out. 2. Slide the open/close lever of the vent installed in the glove box to To close the sunglass holder, push it the open position. up. 3. When the cool box is not used, Do not place other items in the sun- slide the lever to the closed posi- glass holder. tion. If some items in the cool box block the vent, the cooling effectiveness of the coolbox is reduced.

4 134 Features of your vehicle

Luggage box (if equipped) WARNING - Sunglass holder • Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle. • Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is OPS043198 moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked You can place a first aid kit, a reflec- by an opened sunglass holder. tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box for easy access.

4135 Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder ■ Type A Rear (if equipped)

WARNING - Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups with hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle. OPS043067 ■ Type B

CAUTION OPS043068 • Keep your drinks sealed while To use the cup holder, folding the driving to prevent spilling center seat or pull down the armrest. your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts. OPS043066 • When cleaning spilled liquids, Cups or small beverage cans may be do not dry the cup holder at placed in the cup holders. high temperature. This may damage the cup holder.

4 136 Features of your vehicle

Sunvisor To use the vanity mirror lamp, switch Seat warmer (if equipped) it on. (if equipped) ■ Type A The ticket holder (5, if equipped) is provided for holding a tollgate ticket.

CAUTION - Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped) If you use the vanity mirror lamp, turn off the lamp before returning the sunvisor to its original position. It could result OPS033012 in battery discharge and possi- ■ Type B OVG049174 ble sunvisor damage. Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows. To use the sunvisor, pull it downward. To use the sunvisor for the side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2). OPS033013 Adjust the sunvisor extension for- The seat warmer is provided to warm ward or backward (3). (if equipped) the front seats during cold weather. To use the vanity mirror, pull down With the ignition switch in the ON the visor and slide the mirror cover position, push either of the switches (4). to warm the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.

4137 Features of your vehicle

During mild weather or under condi- ✽ NOTICE CAUTION - Seat damage tions where the operation of the seat With the seat warmer switch in the warmer is not needed, keep the ON position, the heating system in • When cleaning the seats, do switches in the “OFF” position. the seat turns off or on automatical- not use an organic solvent • Each time you press the switch, ly depending on the seat tempera- such as paint thinner, ben- the temperature setting of the seat ture. zene, alcohol and gasoline. will change as follows : Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats.

• Type A • Type B

→ → • To prevent overheating the OFF OFF →→→ →→ seat warmer, do not place anything on the seats that insu- HIGH ( ) HIGH ( ) lates against heat, such as blankets, cushions or seat LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )* covers while the seat warmer is in operation. LOW ( ) • Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped • The seat warmer defaults to the with seat warmers. Damage to OFF position whenever the ignition the seat warming components switch is turned on. could occur. • When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer ✽ NOTICE will turn OFF. Be careful not to spill liquid such as water or beverages on the seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a dry towel. Before using the seat warmer, dry the seat completely.

4 138 Features of your vehicle

Seat air ventilation (if equipped) • If you want to cool your seat cush- WARNING - Seat heater ion, press the switch (blue color). burns • Each time you press the button, The seat warmer may cause the airflow will change as follows:

burns, even at low temperatures, if used over a long period OFF → of time. Never allow passengers →→→ who may not be able to take HIGH ( ) care of themselves to be exposed to the risk of seat MIDDLE ( ) heater burns. These include: 1. Infants, children, elderly or LOW ( ) disabled persons, or hospital OPS033014 outpatients • When pressing the switch for more 2. Persons with sensitive skin The temperature setting of the seat than 1.5 seconds with the seat air or those that burn easily changes according to the switch ventilation operating, the seat air position. 3. Fatigued individuals ventilation will turn OFF. 4. Intoxicated individuals • The seat air ventilation defaults to the OFF position whenever the 5. Individuals taking medication ignition switch is turned on. that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.)

4139 Features of your vehicle

Rear seat warmer (if equipped) • When pressing the switch for more CAUTION - Seat damage than 1.5 seconds with the seat • When cleaning the seats, do warmer operating, the seat warmer not use an organic solvent will turn OFF. such as paint thinner, ben- • The seat warmer defaults to the zene, alcohol and gasoline. OFF position whenever the engine Doing so may damage the air start/stop button (the ignition switch) ventilation seat. is turned on. • Do not place heavy or sharp objects on the seat. Those ✽ NOTICE things may damage the air ventilation seat. With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in • Be careful not to spill liquid OPS033031 the seat turns off or on automatically such as water or beverages on depending on the seat temperature. the seat. If you spill some liq- The seat warmer is provided to warm uid, wipe the seat with a dry the rear outboard seats during cold towel. Before using the air weather. With the ignition switch in ventilation seat, dry the seat the ON position, push either of the completely. switches to warm rear seats. During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the “OFF” position.

OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( ) →

4 140 Features of your vehicle

Power outlet (if equipped) CAUTION - Seat damage - Seat heater WARNING ■ • When cleaning the seats, do burns Front (Type A) not use an organic solvent The seat warmer may cause such as thinner, benzene, burns, even at low tempera- alcohol and gasoline. Doing tures, if used over a long period so may damage the surface of of time. Never allow passengers the heater or seats. who may not be able to take • To prevent overheating the care of themselves to be seat warmer, do not place any- exposed to the risk of seat thing on the seats that insu- heater burns. These include: lates against heat, such as 1. Infants, children, elderly or OPS043069 blankets, cushions or seat ■ Rear (if equipped) covers while the seat warmer disabled persons, or hospital is in operation. outpatients • Do not place heavy or sharp 2. Persons with sensitive skin objects on seats equipped or those that burn easily with seat warmers. Damage to 3. Fatigued individuals the seat warming components 4. Intoxicated individuals could occur. 5. Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or ✽ sleepiness (sleeping pills, NOTICE cold tablets, etc.) OPS043070 Be careful not to spill liquid such as The power outlet is designed to pro- water or beverages on the seat. If you vide power for mobile telephones or spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a other devices designed to operate dry towel. Before using the seat with vehicle electrical systems. The warmer, dry the seat completely. devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running.

4141 Features of your vehicle

• Use the power outlet only when the Clothes hanger (if equipped) engine is running and remove the WARNING - Electric accessory plug after use. Using the shock accessory plug for prolonged peri- Do not put a finger or a foreign ods of time with the engine off could element (pin, etc.) into a power cause the battery to discharge. outlet and do not touch with a • Only use 12V electric accessories wet hand.You may get an electric which are less than 10A(Driver’s shock. side) or 15A(Passenger’s side) in electric capacity. • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet. ORP042186 • Close the cover when not in use. To use the hanger, pull down the • Some electronic devices can cause upper portion of hanger. electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle’s power out- Be careful when opening and closing let. These devices may cause the doors. Clothes, etc. may get excessive audio static and malfunc- caught between the door gap. tions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle. CAUTION - Hanging clothing Do not hang heavy clothes, since those may damage the hook.

4 142 Features of your vehicle

Floor mat anchor(s) The following must be observed WARNING ■ ■ when installing ANY floormat to the Driver's side Passenger's side vehicle. • Ensure that the floormats are securely attached to the vehicle's floormat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle. • Do not use ANY floormat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floormat anchors. • Do not stack floormats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rub- OPS046500 OTFNCO2001 ber mat on top of a carpeted floor- The coat hook should only be mat). Only a single floormat should When using a floor mat on the floor be installed in each position. used to hang clothing. Do not carpet, make sure it attaches to the hang any other items on the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was hook as they may become This keeps the floor mat from sliding manufactured with driver's side floor- injury producing objects in the forward. mat anchors that are designed to event of a crash. securely hold the floormat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal WARNING - After market operation, Kia recommends that only floor mat the Kia floormat designed for use in Do not install aftermarket floor your vehicle be installed. mats that are not capable of being securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors. Unsecured floor mats can interfere with pedal operation.

4143 Features of your vehicle

Luggage net holder Cargo area cover (if equipped) (if equipped) CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or vehicle, care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment.

WARNING - Luggage net • Always keep your face and body out of the luggage net recoil path and avoid using the luggage net when the OPS043199L OPS043193 straps have visible signs of Use the cargo area cover to hide To keep items from shifting in the wear or damage. The luggage items stored in the cargo area. cargo area, you can use the holders net can snap and cause located in the cargo area to attach injuries. the luggage net. • All cargo should be evenly If necessary, contact your authorized distributed, properly secured Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net. and never piled higher than the seatback.

4 144 Features of your vehicle

Removal and installation

OPS045357 OPS045356

OPS045355 2. Firmly hold the folded part of the 3. While lifting the cover up, hold the cover and lift it up. area near the front slots. Then, pull To remove the cargo area cover: up the cover at approximately 45° 1. Fold the cargo area cover up in angle. half. ✽ NOTICE Folded cover may block the rear view. Put the folded cover in the appropriate position.

4145 Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Objects • Do not place objects on the cargo area cover. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when braking. • All cargo should be evenly distributed, properly secured OPS043200L and never piled higher than To install the cargo area cover: the seatback. To use the cargo area cover, insert the 4 edges into the slots. CAUTION - Luggage Since the cargo area cover may be damaged or malformed, do not put luggage on it when it is used.

4 146 Features of your vehicle

EXTERIOR FEATURES Roof rack (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE CAUTION - Loading Roof • The crossbars (if equipped) should Rack be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing items • When carrying cargo on the onto the roof rack. roof rack, take the necessary • If the vehicle is equipped with a precautions to make sure the sunroof, be sure not to position cargo does not damage the cargo onto the roof rack in such a roof of the vehicle. way that it could interfere with sun- • When carrying large objects roof operation. on the roof rack, make sure • When the roof rack is not being they do not exceed the overall used to carry cargo, the crossbars roof length or width. may need to be repositioned if wind OPS043201 • When you are carrying cargo noise is detected. on the roof rack, do not operate If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can the sunroof (if equipped). This load cargo on top of your vehicle. can damage the sunroof. We recommend to obtain the crossbars and fixing components needed to install the roof rack on your vehicle - Driving with from an authorized Kia dealer. WARNING roof load Always drive slow and turn corners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack.The vehicle's center of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack.

4147 Features of your vehicle

• The following specification is the • Always drive slowly and turn cor- Mounting bracket for roof carrier maximum weight that can be ners carefully when carrying items (if equipped) loaded onto the roof rack. on the roof rack. Severe wind Distribute the load as evenly as updrafts, caused by passing vehi- possible across the crossbars (if cles or natural causes, can cause equipped) and roof rack and sudden upward pressure on items secure the load firmly. loaded on the roof rack. This is especially true when carrying ROOF 80 kg (176 lbs.) RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED large, flat items such as wood panels or mattresses. This could cause Loading cargo or luggage in the items to fall off the roof rack excess of the specified weight limit and cause damage to your vehicle on the roof rack may damage your or others around you. vehicle. • To prevent damage or loss of cargo • The vehicle center of gravity will be while driving, check frequently OPS043207 higher when items are loaded onto before or while driving to make To install or remove a roof carrier, the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts, sure the items on the roof rack are you can use the mounting bracket braking, sharp turns, abrupt securely fastened. and cover on the roof. maneuvers or high speeds that When you install a roof carrier, do may result in loss of vehicle control the following procedure. or rollover resulting in an accident. 1. Insert a slim tool (coin or flat blade driver) into the slot and slide the cover toward the arrow on the cover.

4 148 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE • When carrying large objects on the If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof rack, make sure they do not roof, be sure not to position cargo exceed the overall roof length or onto the roof in such a way that it width. could interfere with sunroof opera- • The vehicle center of gravity will be tion. higher when items are loaded onto the roof. Avoid sudden starts, braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers CAUTION - Loading roof or high speeds that may result in rack loss of vehicle control or rollover When carrying cargo on the roof resulting in an accident. OED046091 rack, take the necessary precau- • To prevent damage or loss of cargo 2. Rotate the cover half way and tions to make sure the cargo while driving, check frequently insert the cover on the roof hole as does not damage the roof of the before or while driving to make the illustration. vehicle. sure the items on the roof are securely fastened. ✽ NOTICE To prevent losing the roof carrier WARNING - Driving with cover, install the cover on the roof roof load before you install the roof carrier. Always drive slow and turn corners carefully when carrying 3. After using the roof carrier, install items on the roof rack.The vehi- the cover back on the roof in the cle center of gravity will be reverse order. higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack.

4149 Audio system

Audio System ...... 5-2 • Antenna ...... 5-2 • Audio remote control ...... 5-3 • AUX and USB port ...... 5-4 • Speaker lights...... 5-4 • How vehicle audio works ...... 5-6 Audio (With Touch Screen)...... 5-10 • Feature of Your Audio...... 5-11 • Radio...... 5-17 • SiriusXM ...... 5-19 • Media ...... 5-21 • Phone ...... 5-34 5 • Voice Recognition ...... 5-43 • Siri...... 5-52 • Setup ...... 5-53 Declaration of Conformity ...... 5-55 • FCC...... 5-55 Audio system

AUDIO SYSTEM If you install aftermarket HID head Antenna (if equipped) lamps, your vehicle’s audio and elec- CAUTION - Antenna tronic devices may malfunction. Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash, remove the antenna pole by rotating it counterclockwise. If not, the antenna may be damaged.

• When reinstalling your roof antenna, it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the OPS046442L upright position to ensure proper Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to reception. receive AM or/and FM broadcast sig- • When cargo is loaded on the roof nals. rack, do not place the cargo near This antenna pole is removable. To the antenna pole to ensure proper remove the roof antenna pole, turn it reception. counterclockwise. To install the roof antenna pole, turn it clockwise.

52 Audio system

Audio remote control VOLUME (VOL+/ VOL-) (1) (if equipped) WARNING - Distracted • Push the VOL + to increase volume. Driving • Push the VOL - to decrease volume. Driving while distracted can result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an acci- SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) dent, severe personal injury and If the SEEK/PRESET button is death. The driver’s primary pressed for more than 1 second, it responsibility is in the safe and will work as follows in each mode. legal operation of a vehicle, and use of any handheld devices, RADIO mode other equipment or vehicle systems which take the driver’s It will function as the AUTO SEEK eyes, attention and focus away select button. OPS043190 from the safe operation of a The steering wheel audio remote vehicle or that are not permissi- USB mode control button may be installed. ble by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle. It will function as the FF/REW button. Do not operate the audio remote control buttons simultaneously. If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed for less than 1 second, it will work as follows in each mode.

35 Audio system

RADIO mode AUX and USB port (if equipped) Speaker lights (if equipped) It will function as the PRESET STA- TION select buttons.

USB mode It will function as the FILE UP/DOWN button.

MODE (3) Press the button to select Radio, USB or AUX. OPS043195 OPS043194 Detailed information for audio control If your vehicle has an AUX and/or buttons is described in the following USB (universal serial bus) port, you pages in this section. can use an AUX port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in a USB. When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the power source of OPS043196 the portable audio device. The speaker lights that light around the front speaker are adjusted by turning the knob as follows.

54 Audio system

1. OFF : The light turns off. ✽ NOTICE 2. MUSIC : When the doors are opened, the The red light blinks according to the lighting system will not operate. sound of the audio. If the audio is not turned on, the light does not turn on. 3. MOOD : The light color changes automatically at regular interval. 4. +/- : When the lights are on, push the illumination button to adjust the light intensity. If low lighting grade is selected, the intensity of light may be weak or may not illuminate according to the audio volume or selected condition. The lighting around the front speaker may not illuminate when the sound of the audio is low. Do not use the lights for extended periods when the engine is not running. It may cause battery discharge.

55 Audio system

How vehicle audio works This can be due to factors such as AM reception the distance from the radio station, FM reception closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large obstructions in the area.

JBM002

JBM001 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broad- AM and FM radio signals are broadcasts. This is because AM radio cast from transmitter towers located waves are transmitted at low fre- around your city. They are intercept- quencies. These long distance, low ed by the radio antenna on your vehi- frequency radio waves can follow the cle. This signal is then processed by curvature of the earth rather than the radio and sent to your vehicle travelling straight. In addition, they speakers. curve around obstructions resulting However, in some cases the signal in better signal coverage. coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear.

56 Audio system

FM radio station

JBM003 JBM004 JBM005 FM broadcasts are transmitted at • Fading - As your vehicle moves • Station Swapping - As an FM sig- high frequencies and do not bend to away from the radio station, the nal weakens, another more power- follow the earth's surface. Because signal will weaken and sound will ful signal near the same frequency of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade. When this occurs, may begin to play. This is because begin to fade within short distances we suggest that you select another your radio is designed to lock onto from the station. Also, FM signals are stronger station. the clearest signal. If this occurs, easily affected by buildings, moun- • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or select another station with a tains, and obstructions. This can large obstructions between the stronger signal. lead to undesirable or unpleasant lis- transmitter and your radio can dis- • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio tening conditions which might lead turb the signal causing static or signals being received from sever- you to believe a problem exists with fluttering noises to occur. Reducing al directions can cause distortion your radio. The following conditions the treble level may lessen this or fluttering. This can be caused by are normal and do not indicate radio effect until the disturbance clears. a direct and reflected signal from trouble: the same station, or by signals from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select another station until the condition has passed.

75 Audio system

Using a cellular phone or a two- way radio WARNING - Driver WARNING - Antenna When a cellular phone is used inside Distraction Do not touch the antenna dur- the vehicle, noise may be produced • Do not stare at the screen ing thunder or lightening as from the audio system. This does not while driving. Staring at the such acts may lead to lightning mean that something is wrong with screen for prolonged periods induced electric shock. the audio equipment. In such a case, of time could lead to traffic try to operate mobile devices as far accidents. from the audio equipment as possi- • Using the phone while driving CAUTION ble. may lead to a lack of attention Refrain from use if the screen is of traffic conditions and blank or no sound can be heard When using a communication sys- increase the likelihood of acci- as these signs may indicate tem such as a cellular phone or a dents. Use the phone feature product malfunction. Continued radio set inside the vehicle, a sepa- after parking the vehicle. use in this condition may fur- rate external antenna must be fitted. ther damage the system. When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna WARNING - Audio System alone, it may interfere with the vehi- • Do not disassemble, assem- cle's electrical system and adversely ble, or modify the audio sys- affect safe operation of the vehicle. tem. Such acts could result in fire or electric shock. • Exercise caution not to spill WARNING - Cell phone water or introduce foreign use objects into the device. Such Do not use a cellular phone acts could lead to smoke, fire, while driving. Stop at a safe or product malfunction. location to use a cellular phone.

58 Audio system

iPod® Pandora® iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc. Used with permission. Pandora is only avail- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology able in certain countries. ® A compatible Bluetooth Wireless Technology-enabled Please visit http://www.pandora.com/legal for more infor- ® cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless mation. Technology. The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Kia is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology phone compatibility can be checked by visiting http://www.kia.com.

95 Audio system

AUDIO (With Touch Screen)

(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)

B2H4G0000EU

510 Audio system

Feature of Your Audio (1) RADIO (4) POWER/VOL knob • Start FM, AM and SiriusXM Radio. • Turn to adjust the volume. Head unit • Press to turn the device on or off. (2) MEDIA • Select USB(iPod®), Bluetooth® (5) SEEK/TRACK Wireless Technology(BT) Audio, • Search for frequencies in radio AUX, My Music or Pandora. mode. • Display the media menu when two • Search for next station in SiriusXM or more media are connected or radio mode. when the [MEDIA] button is pressed in media mode. • Change the current song in media mode. (3) PHONE • Start Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ❈ The actual image in the vehicle Phone mode. may differ from the illustration.

5 11 Audio system

(9) TUNE knob • Turn to navigate through the stations/songs list. • Press to select an item.

(10) RESET • Shutdown and restart the system.

(6) DISP • Turn the display on or off.

(7) CLOCK • Display the time/date/day.

(8) SETUP • Access Display, Sound, Date/Time, Bluetooth, System, Screen Saver and Display Off settings.

512 Audio system

Steering wheel remote control (3) UP/DOWN (5) CALL • Press the button in radio mode to • Pressing the button search Presets. - If not in Bluetooth® Wireless • Press and hold the button in radio Technology Handsfree mode or mode to search frequencies. receiving a phone call. • Press the button in media mode to First press: Display Dial Number change the current song. (except screen. AUX) Second press: Automatically dis- • Press and hold the button in media play the most recently Dialed call mode to quick search through number. songs. (except Bluetooth® Wireless Third press: Dial the phone num- Technology(BT) Audio and AUX) ber entered. ❈ The actual image in the vehicle - Press in the Incoming Call notifi- may differ from the illustration. (4) VOICE cation screen to accept the • Pressing the button phone call. (1) MODE - If voice recognition is not active: - Press in Bluetooth® Wireless • Press the button to change the Start voice recognition. Technology Handsfree mode to mode in the following order: Radio - During the notification message switch to the waiting call. ➟ Media. after voice recognition is started: • Pressing and holding the button • Press and hold the button to turn The notification message is (over 1.0 seconds) off. skipped, and voice command - If not in Bluetooth® Wireless standby mode is activated. Technology Handsfree mode or (2) VOLUME • Pressing and holding the button: receiving a phone call, the most • Press to adjust the volume. - If voice recognition is active: End recently Dialed Call number is voice recognition. dialed. - If voice recognition is not active: Starts/Ends Siri.

5 13 Audio system

- Press in Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Handsfree mode to WARNING - Distracted WARNING - Driver transfer the call to your cell Driving Distraction phone. Driving while distracted can • Do not stare at the screen while - Press in cell phone mode to result in a loss of vehicle con- driving. Staring at the screen switch to Bluetooth® Wireless trol that may lead to an acci- for prolonged periods of time Technology Handsfree mode. dent, severe personal injury, could lead to traffic accidents. and death. The driver’s primary • Using the phone while driving (6) END responsibility is in the safe and may lead to a lack of attention legal operation of a vehicle, and • Press in Bluetooth® Wireless of traffic conditions and use of any handheld devices, increase the likelihood of acci- Technology Handsfree mode to other equipment, or vehicle sys- end the phone call. dents. Use the phone feature tems which take the driver’s after parking the vehicle. • Press in the incoming call screen eyes, attention and focus away to reject the call. from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be WARNING - Audio System used during operation of the • Do not disassemble, assemble, vehicle. or modify the audio system. Such acts could result accidents, fire or electric shock. WARNING • Exercise caution not to spill Do not use a cellular phone water or introduce foreign while driving. Stop at a safe objects into the device. Such location to use a cellular phone. acts could lead to smoke, fire, or product malfunction.

514 Audio system

WARNING - Antenna (Continued) CAUTION Do not touch the antenna dur- • Turn on the car engine before • When cleaning the device, ing thunder or lightning using this device. Do not oper- make sure to turn off the because such an act may cause ate the audio system for long audio system and use a dry electric shock. periods of time only with the and smooth cloth. ignition turned on as such operations may lead to battery • Do not place beverages close discharge. to the audio system. Spilling CAUTION beverages may lead to system • In case of product malfunc- malfunction. • Adjust the volume to levels tion, please contact your place that allow the driver to hear of purchase or After Service • Never use rough materials, sounds from outside of the center. chemical cloths, or solvents vehicle. Driving in a state (alcohol, benzene, thinners, where external sounds cannot • Placing the audio system etc.) as such materials may be heard may lead to acci- within an electromagnetic damage the device panel or dents. environment may result in cause color/quality deteriora- noise interference. • Pay attention to the volume tion. setting when turning the • Prevent caustic solutions such device on. A sudden output of as perfume and cosmetic oil extreme volume upon turning CAUTION - LCD Monitor from contacting the dashboard the device on could lead to Do not subject the device to because they may cause dam- hearing impairment. (Adjust severe shock or impact. Direct age or discoloration. the volume to a suitable levels pressure onto the front side of before turning off the device.) the monitor may cause damage ✽ NOTICE (Continued) to the LCD or touch screen. Refrain from use if the screen is blank or no sound can be heard as these signs may indicate product malfunction. Continued use in this condition may further damage the system. 5 15 Audio system

Information on status icons Icons showing audio status are shown in the upper-right corner of the screen. Icon Description

Mute Mute engaged

Remaining battery life of a connected Battery Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device Handsfree + Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Handsfree Audio streaming call and audio streaming available connection Handsfree Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Handsfree connection call available Bluetooth® Wireless Bluetooth® Wireless Technology audio Technology streaming available audio streaming Downloading Downloading contacts through Bluetooth® contacts Wireless Technology wireless communications Downloading Downloading call history through Bluetooth® call history Wireless Technology wireless communications

Line busy Phone call in progress

Mic muted during a call Mute mic (caller cannot hear your voice) Display the phone signal strength for a cell Phone signal phone connected by Bluetooth® Wireless strength Technology

516 Audio system

Radio (5) Presets 1~40 List Save or listen to favorite stations. A list of all available stations is dis- You can listen to FM, AM and played. Select the desired station. SiriusXM radio. Switching between FM, AM and Favorite stations can be saved to SiriusXM radio [Presets] by selecting the [+]. • Press the [RADIO] button on the audio system to switch between Menu FM, AM and SiriusXM radio. Select the [Menu], and select the • Press the [Band] on the screen to desired function. switch between FM, AM and • Presets: Save up to 40 frequently SiriusXM radio. used stations. To listen to a preset, select the Searching stations desired station. (1) Band Searching stations by pressing the Press and hold the desired slot [SEEK/TRACK] button on the prod- from 1 through 40. This saves the Switch between FM, AM and uct. SiriusXM radio. current station in the selected slot. If the slot is empty, simply selecting < Presets > (2) Presets saves the station to the slot. By selecting [< Presets >], the but- • Scan: All stations available in the Change the preset number on the tons for Presets 1~40 displayed on current location of the vehicle are main screen. the screen can be changed. played for five seconds each. • Information: View detailed station (3) List Presets 1~40 information. Display all available stations. Select the button to listen to a preset. • Sound Settings: Audio sound set- Press and hold the button number to tings can be changed. (4) Menu save the current station. If the slot is • Station Info: Set whether to receive Navigate to the menu screen. empty, simply selecting saves the station information such as Station station to the slot. Name, Program Type or Information. 5 17 Audio system

✽ NOTICE (Continued) (Continued) - SiriusXM® Satellite Radio - Antenna obstructions: For opti- • SiriusXM services require a sub- information mal reception performance, keep scription sold separately, or as a • Satellite Radio channels: the antenna clear of snow and package, by Sirius XM Radio Inc. Enjoy SiriusXM Satellite Radio ice build-up and keep luggage If you decide to continue service with a 3-month trial subscription and other material as far away after your trial, the subscription to the Sirius Select package. You’ll from the antenna as possible. plan you choose will automatically get over variable channels, includ- • SiriusXM Satellite Radio service: renew thereafter and you will be ing commercial-free music, plus SiriusXM is a subscription-based charged according to your chosen all your favorite sports, exclusive satellite radio service that broad- payment method at then-current talk, entertainment, and a selec- casts music, sports, news and rates. Fees and taxes apply. To tion of premium programming. entertainment programming to cancel you must call SiriusXM at For more information and a com- radio receivers, which are avail- 1-866-635-2349. See SiriusXM plete list of SiriusXM channels, able for installation in motor vehi- Customer Agreement for complete visit siriusxm.com in the United cles or factory installed, as well as terms at www.siriusxm.com. States, siriusxm.ca in Canada, or for the home, portable and wire- SiriusXM U.S. satellite and data call SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474. less devices, and through an Internet services are available only in the • Satellite Radio reception factors: connection on a personal computer. 48 contiguous states, DC and To receive the satellite signal, your Vehicles that are equipped with a Puerto Rico (with coverage limita- vehicle has been equipped with a factory installed SiriusXM Satellite tions). SiriusXM satellite service is satellite radio antenna located on Radio system include: also available in Canada; see - Hardware and an introductory www.siriusxm. ca. All fees and the roof of your vehicle. The vehi- trial subscription term, which cle roof provides the best location programming subject to change. begins on the date of sale or lease Sirius, XM and all related marks for an unobstructed, open view of of the vehicle. the sky, a requirement of a satellite and logos are trademarks of Sirius - For a small upgrade fee, access to XM Radio Inc. radio system. Like AM/FM, there SiriusXM music channels, and are several factors that can affect other select channels over the satellite radio reception perform- Internet using any computer con- ance: nected to the Internet (U.S. cus- (Continued) tomers only). (Continued) 518 Audio system

SiriusXM Radio (5) Presets 1~40 Switching between FM, AM and Save or listen to favorite channels. SiriusXM radio • Press the [RADIO] button on the (6) Play Live audio system to switch between FM, AM and SiriusXM radio. Switches to the live broadcast mode. • Select the [Band] on the screen to switch between FM, AM and (7) Skip Backward SiriusXM radio. Repeats the previously broadcasted program. Searching channels - Pressing the button: Moves to the Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to previous segment. search channels. (1) Band - Pressing and holding the button Switch between FM, AM and (over 1.0 seconds): Moves to the < Presets > SiriusXM radio. previous 5 seconds. By selecting [< Presets >], the buttons for Presets 1~40 displayed on (2) Presets (8) Play/Pause the screen can be changed. Change the preset number on the Pauses/plays the current broadcast- main screen. ing program. Presets 1~40 Select the button to listen to a preset. (3) List (9) Skip Forward Press and hold the button number to Display all channels. Moves to the next segment. save the current channel. (4) Menu Navigate to the menu screen.

5 19 Audio system

List • Tag Song: Tag the current song • Information: View detailed channel A list of all channels is displayed. information. information. Select the desired channel. When an Apple device (iPhone®, • Category Lock: Search or scan Favorite channels can be saved to iPod®) is connected, tagged song channels in the current category [Presets] by selecting the [+]. information is sent automatically to only. the connected device. Menu ✽ NOTICE Select the [Menu], and select the desired function. Up to 50 songs can be tagged. • Presets: Save up to 40 frequently • Scan: All channels available in the used channels. vehicle's current location are To listen to a preset, select the played for ten seconds each. desired channel. • Program Schedule: View the pro- Press and hold the desired slot gram schedule. from 1 through 40. This saves the • Featured Favorites: The Featured current channel in the selected Favorites feature allows SiriusXM™ slot. to broadcast additional presets. If the slot is empty, simply selecting - Example 1: During holidays, saves the channel to the slot. “Holiday Music” might include all • Categories: Channels can be SiriusXM™ channels that are searched by category. playing holiday music for easy access by users. • Direct Tune: The desired channel can be selected by entering num- Multiple sets of Featured Favorites bers. data can be broadcast by • Sound Settings: Audio sound set- SiriusXM™ and can change from tings can be changed. time to time.

520 Audio system

Media Range of supported compressed file 2. Sampling frequency (Hz) types ✽ NOTICE - Using MP3 1. Bitrate range (Kbps) Supported audio formats

• The sound quality of MP3/WMA compressed files may vary depending on the bitrate. (A higher bitrate can have better sound quality.) • The product only recognizes files ❈ with the MP3 or WMA extension. File formats other than the formats Files without one of these exten- above may not be recognized or sions are not recognized. playable. Information such as file- name may not be displayed. 3. Number of recognizable folders and files • Folders: 2,000 for USB • Files: 6,000 for USB • No recognition limit for folder hier- archies

5 21 Audio system

4. Character display range (Unicode) ✽ NOTICE (Continued) • Filenames: Up to 63 English char- - Using the USB Devices • Do not touch the USB connections. acters (63 Korean characters) • Starting the vehicle while a USB • Connecting and disconnecting device is connected can damage USB devices rapidly over a short • Foldernames: Up to 31 English period of time can cause equip- characters (31 Korean characters) the device. Please disconnect USB devices before starting the vehicle. ment failure. • Starting the vehicle or stopping • Abnormal sounds may be audible Languages supported (Unicode sup- when the USB device is discon- port) the engine while an external USB device is connected can result in nected. • Korean: 2,604 characters failure of the external USB device • Turn the audio off before connect- • English: 94 characters to operate. ing or disconnecting external USB devices. • Common Chinese characters: • Be cautious of static electricity when connecting/disconnecting • Recognition may take longer 4,888 characters depending on the type, capacity or • Special symbols: 986 characters external USB devices. • An encrypted MP3 player is not file format of the external USB recognized when connected as an device. This is not a product mal- ✽ NOTICE external device. function. Japanese/Simplified Chinese char- • External USB devices may not be • Use of USB devices for purposes acters are not supported. recognized, depending on the state other than playing music files is of the external USB device. prohibited. • Only products with byte/sectors • Image display and video playback formatted at 4 KB or lower are are not supported. recognized. • Use of USB accessories, including • Only USB devices in FAT12/16/32 charge and heat though the USB format are recognized; NTFS and interface, can lead to reduced ExFAT file systems are not recog- product performance or malfunc- nized. tions. Do not use USB devices or • Some USB devices are not recog- accessories for these purposes. nized due to compatibility issues. (Continued) (Continued)

522 Audio system

(Continued) (Continued) USB • Use of aftermarket USB hubs and • DRM (Digital Rights Management) extension cables can result in the files cannot be played. vehicle’s audio system failing to • SD-type USB memory, CF-type recognize your USB device. USB memory, and other USB Connect the USB device directly to memory devices that require the multimedia port of your vehi- adapters for connection are not cle. supported. • When using high-capacity USB • Proper operation of devices with logical drive divi- USB HDDs or USB sions, only files saved on the high- drives with connectors est level logical drive can be that loosen due to vehi- played. cle vibrations is not guaranteed. If applications are loaded on a (iStick, etc.) (1) Repeat USB drive, file playback may fail. • USB products that are used as key Enable/disable repeat play. • Some MP3 players, cell phones, chains or cell phone accessories digital cameras, etc. (USB devices may damage the USB jack and (2) Shuffle that are not recognized as mobile affect proper file playback. Please Enable/disable shuffle play. storage) may not operate normally refrain from use. Use only prod- when connected. ucts with plug connectors, as • USB charging may not be sup- shown in the following illustration. (3) List ported by some mobile devices. • When MP3 devices or cell phones View a list of all songs. • Operation is guaranteed only for are connected simultaneously standard (Metal Cover Type) USB through AUX, BT Audio and USB (4) Menu Memory drives. modes, a popping noise or mal- • Operation of HDD, CF, SD and function may occur. Navigate to the menu screen. memory stick devices is not guaranteed. (5) Album Image (Continued) View song info.

5 23 Audio system

(6) Pause Selecting songs from a list ✽ NOTICE Pause or play music. Select the [List] to see a list of songs The repeat folder function is avail- available for play. able only when songs are playing (7) Playback progress from the [File] category under [List]. Press to skip to the desired location. Shuffle play Playback Select the [Shuffle] to enable/disable Press the [MEDIA] button, and ‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle folder’ or ‘Shuffle select [USB]. category’ play. • Connect a USB drive to the USB • Shuffle: Songs are played in port to automatically play files on random order. the USB drive. Select and play the desired song. • Shuffle folder: Songs within the current folder are played in ran- Changing songs Repeat play dom order. Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to Select the [Repeat] to enable or dis- • Shuffle category: Songs within play the previous or next song. able ‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current the current category are played in • Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK] song’, ‘Repeat folder’ or ‘Repeat cat- random order. button to rewind or fast forward the egory’ play. currently playing song. • Repeat all: All songs in the • Search songs by turning TUNE playlist are repeated. knob, and press the knob to play. • Repeat current song: The currently playing song is repeated. • Repeat folder: All songs in the current folder are repeated. • Repeat category: Repeat all songs in the current category.

524 Audio system

Menu - My Music cannot be used while ✽ NOTICE Select the [Menu], and select the saving. - Using the iPod® Devices desired function. - Up to 700 MB can be saved. • To use the audio system’s iPod® • Information: Detailed information control function, use the dedicated on the currently playing song is dis- cable provided with your iPod®. played. • Connecting the iPod® to the vehi- • Sound Settings: Audio sound set- cle during play may result in a tings can be changed. loud noise that lasts about one to two seconds. Connect the iPod® to the vehicle after stopping or paus- ing play. • Connect the iPod® with the vehicle • Save to My Music: Songs on your in the ACC ON state to begin charging. USB device can be saved to My ® Music. • When connecting the iPod cable, be sure to fully push the cable into (1) File: Select a file to save. the port. (2) Mark All: Select all files. • When Equalizer effects are enabled simultaneously on exter- (3) Unmark All: Deselect all files. nal devices, such as iPod®s and the (4) Save: Save the selected files. audio system, the Equalizer effects - Select the files you want to save, may overlap, causing sound quali- and select the [Save]. This saves ty deterioration or distortion. the selected files to My Music. Deactivate the Equalizer function - Saving is canceled if voice for all external devices, if possible. recognition or Siri is activated. • Noise may occur when your iPod® or the AUX port is connected. - Up to 6,000 files can be saved. Disconnect and store separately - The currently playing file on the when not in use. USB device cannot be changed (Continued) while saving. 5 25 Audio system

(Continued) (Continued) iPod® • There may be noise if the audio • The search and song play order in system is used with an iPod® or the iPod® device may be different AUX external device connected to from the search order in the audio the power jack. In these cases, dis- system. connect the iPod® or external • If the iPod® has failed due to an device from the power jack. internal defect, please reset the • Play may be interrupted, or device iPod® (consult your iPod® manu- malfunctions may occur depend- al). ing on the characteristics of your • Depending on the software ver- iPod®/iPhone®/iPad®. sion, the iPod® may fail to sync • Play may fail if your iPhone® is with the system. If the media is connected through both removed or disconnected before Bluetooth® Wireless Technology recognition, the previous mode (1) Repeat and USB. In this case, select Dock may not be restored (iPad® cannot Enable/disable repeat play. connector or Bluetooth® Wireless be charged). Technology on your iPhone® to • Cables other than the 1-meter cable (2) Shuffle change the sound output settings. provided with iPod®/iPhone®/iPad® • If your software version does not products may not be recognized. Enable/disable shuffle play. support the communication proto- • When other music apps are used col or your iPod® is not recognized on your iPod®, the system sync (3) List due to device failure, anomalies or function may fail due to malfunc- View a list of all songs. defects, iPod® mode cannot be tion of the iPod® application. used. (4) Menu • iPod® nano (5th generation) devices may not be recognized if Navigate to the menu screen. the battery is low. Charge sufficiently before use. (5) Album Image (Continued) View song info.

526 Audio system

(6) Pause Selecting songs from a list Menu Pause or play music. Select the [List] to see a list of songs Select the [Menu], and select the available for play. desired function. (7) Playback progress Select and play the desired song. • Information: Detailed info on the Press to skip to the desired location. currently playing song is displayed. Repeat play • Sound Settings: Audio sound set- Playback Select the [Repeat] to enable or dis- tings can be changed. Connect your iPod® to the audio able ‘Repeat category’, ‘Repeat cur- USB port, press the [MEDIA] button, rent song’ play. When other music programs are running and select [iPod]. • Repeat category: Repeat all songs in the current category. ✽ NOTICE • Repeat current song: The cur- • When you connect an Apple rently playing song is repeated. device, playback does not start automatically. Shuffle play ® • In iPod Mode, song (file) lists are Select the [Shuffle] to enable/disable not supported if music is played ‘Shuffle category’ play. using the Music application after connecting the iPod®. • Shuffle category: Songs within the current category are played in When songs saved on your iPod® Changing songs random order. are playing through a separate music Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to app, the above screen is displayed. play the previous or next song. (1) Play/Pause: Pause or play music. • Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK] (2) Play iPod Files: Play music saved button to rewind or fast forward the on your iPod®. currently playing song. (3) Album Image: View playback info. • Search songs by turning the TUNE knob, and press the knob to play. 5 27 Audio system

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE (Continued) Operation cannot be carried out - Using Bluetooth® Wireless • If a phone call is made or received ® Technology Audio when music is playing in correctly due to iPod application ® malfunction. • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio mode can only be used if a Audio mode, the call may mix with ® the music. Playing iPod files Bluetooth Wireless Technology- ® enabled phone is connected. Only • When returning to Bluetooth Select [Play iPod Files] to play songs Wireless Technology Audio mode saved on your iPod®. devices that support Bluetooth® Wireless Technology audio can be after ending a call, play might not If there are no songs saved on your used. resume automatically for some cell iPod®, the [Play iPod Files] is dis- • If the Bluetooth® Wireless phone models. abled. Technology-enabled phone is disconnected during play, the music stops. • When the TRACK UP/DOWN buttons are used during Bluetooth® Wireless Technology audio streaming, a popping noise or sound interruptions may occur, depending on the cell phone device. • Depending on the cell phone model, the audio streaming function may not be supported. (Continued)

528 Audio system

Precautions for Safe Driving Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ✽ NOTICE • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology (BT) Audio • Some cell phone models may not Handsfree is a feature that enables support particular functions. drivers to practice safe driving. • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Connecting the car audio system audio volume is synced with cell with a Bluetooth® Wireless phone media volume. Technology phone allows the user to conveniently make calls, receive Playback calls, and manage the phone book. Press the [MEDIA] button, and Before using the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology, carefully select [BT Audio]. read the contents of this user’s manual. Changing songs • Excessive use or operations while (1) Repeat Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to play the previous or next song. driving may lead to negligent driv- Enable/disable repeat play. ing practices and be the cause of accidents. ✽ NOTICE (2) Shuffle • Do not operate the device exces- Some cell phones may not support sively while driving. Enable/disable shuffle play. this function. • Viewing the screen for prolonged periods of time is dangerous and (3) Menu may lead to accidents. Navigate to the menu screen. • When driving, view the screen only for short periods of time. (4) Play/Pause Pause or play music.

5 29 Audio system

Repeat play ✽ NOTICE AUX Select the [Repeat] to enable or dis- The shuffle function is engaged, able ‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current depending on the operation of the Running AUX ® song’ or ‘Repeat category’ play. connected Bluetooth Wireless Press the [MEDIA] button, and • Repeat all: All songs in the Technology device. select [AUX]. playlist are repeated. Menu • Repeat current song: The currently playing song is repeated. Select the [Menu], and select the desired function. • Repeat category: Repeat all songs in the current category. • Connections: The currently connected Bluetooth® Wireless ✽ Technology device can be changed. NOTICE • Information: Detailed information The repeat play function is engaged, on the currently playing song is dis- depending on the operation of the played. ® • Connect the external device con- connected Bluetooth Wireless • Sound Settings: Audio sound set- Technology device. nection jack to the AUX terminal to tings can be changed. run AUX. Shuffle play (1) Sound Settings: Audio sound set- ✽ NOTICE Select the [Shuffle] to enable/disable tings can be changed. ‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle category’ play. • Depending on the connected Bluetooth device, mobile phone, or • Shuffle: Songs are played in the music player you are using, random order. playback controls may differ. • Shuffle category: Songs within • Depending on the music player the current category are played in you are using, streaming may not random order. be supported.

530 Audio system

My Music (6) Pause Selecting songs from a list Pause or play music. Select the [List] to see a list of songs available for play. (7) Playback progress Press to skip to the desired location.

Playback Press the [MEDIA] button, and select [My Music]. • My Music cannot be selected if it does not contain music. (1) Repeat • Check the content of your USB Select and play the desired song. Enable/disable repeat play. drive before saving music to My Music. Repeat play (2) Shuffle Select the [Repeat] to enable or dis- Enable/disable shuffle play. Changing songs able ‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to song’ or ‘Repeat category’ play. (3) List play the previous or next song. • Repeat all: All songs in the View a list of all songs. • Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK] playlist are repeated. button to rewind or fast forward the currently playing song. • Repeat current song: The cur- (4) Menu rently playing song is repeated. Navigate to the menu screen. • Search songs by turning the TUNE knob and press the knob to play. • Repeat category: Repeat all songs in the current category. (5) Album Image View song info.

5 31 Audio system

Shuffle play (4) Delete: Delete the selected file(s). Pandora Select the [Shuffle] to enable/disable - Select the file to delete, then ‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle category’ play. select the [Delete] to delete it. • Shuffle: Songs are played in - If voice recognition or Siri is acti- random order. vated, phone calls are received • Shuffle category: Songs within or made during delete, delete will the current category are played in be canceled. random order. • Add to Playlist: Frequently played songs can be paired in a [Playlist]. Menu - Songs can be played from the [Playlist]. Select the [Menu], and select the desired function. • Information: Detailed info on the (1) Thumbs Down currently playing song is displayed. If you don’t like the song that is cur- • Sound Settings: Audio sound set- rently playing, press this button to tings can be changed. skip to the next song and to minimize the number of songs from similar Delete from Playlist genres. When a song in the playlist is playing, select the [Menu] and select ✽ NOTICE [Delete from Playlist]. Pandora® limits the number of times Select the song to delete, then select that you can skip to the next song. • Delete Files: You can delete files [Delete]. from My Music. (1) File: Select saved file. (2) Mark All: Select all Files. (3) Unmark All: Deselect all files.

532 Audio system

(2) Thumbs Up (6) Album Image Menu If you like the song that is currently View song info. Select the [Menu] and select the playing, press this button. Pandora® desired function. will play more songs from the same (7) Pause • Bookmark: Add the song that is genre. Pause or play music. currently playing to your book- marks list. ✽ NOTICE (8) Shared Station ✽ NOTICE The settings of this function cannot Indicate that the station is already be reset. shared. • You can view your bookmarked ® ✽ songs on your online Pandora NOTICE ✽ profile. Go to pandora.com, then The settings of this function cannot NOTICE go to [Your profile] above the be reset. Thumbs Up/Down is not available player. That will bring up a page for shared stations. with your stations and book- (3) Skip marked songs. Playback Skip to the next song. • The settings of this function can- Press the [MEDIA] button, and not be reset. select [Pandora]. ✽ NOTICE • Quit: Exit Pandora® mode and Pandora® limits the number of times ✽ return to previous audio mode. that you can skip to the next song. NOTICE ® • Information: Detailed info on the • Pandora : Connect a smartphone currently playing song is displayed. (4) Stations to listen to Pandora® Radio. • Sound Settings: Audio sound set- Display the station list. • Apple devices must be connected via USB cable and Android tings can be changed. devices must be connected via (5) Menu Bluetooth® Wireless Technology in Navigate to the menu screen. order to run Pandora®.

5 33 Audio system

Phone (Continued) • Excessive manipulation of controls • When Bluetooth® Wireless while driving, making it difficult to ✽ NOTICE Technology is connected and calls pay attention to the road ahead, ® are attempted through a connect- can lead to accidents. Do not oper- - Using Bluetooth Wireless ed cell phone from outside the ate the device excessively while Technology(BT) Cellular Phone vehicle, the call is connected driving. ® • Bluetooth Wireless Technology is through the Bluetooth® Wireless • Looking at the screen for a pro- a near-field wireless networking Technology Handsfree function of longed time increases the risk of technology that uses the 2.4 GHz the vehicle. accidents. Keep time spent looking frequency to connect various • Please be sure to disconnect the at the screen to a minimum. devices within a certain distance Bluetooth® Wireless Technology wirelessly. Handsfree function through your ® • The technology is used in PCs, Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Precautions when connecting Bluetooth peripherals, Bluetooth® Wireless device or the audio screen. Wireless Technology devices Technology phones, tablet PCs, • See http://www.kia.com for a list • The vehicle supports the following household appliances and automo- of supported Bluetooth® devices. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology biles. Devices supporting functions. Some Bluetooth® Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Safety precautions Wireless Technology devices may can exchange data at high speeds • The Bluetooth® Wireless Technology not support some functions. without physical cable connec- Handsfree function helps drivers to 1) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology tions. Handsfree phone calls ® drive safely. By connecting a • Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth® Wireless Technology- 2) Operations during a call (Private, Handsfree devices enable conven- enabled phone to the vehicle’s Switch, Out Vol. controls) ient access to phone functions audio system, phone calls can be 3) Download call history saved to through cell phones equipped with made and received through the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology. the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ® audio system and contacts can be device • Some Bluetooth Wireless Technology managed. Consult the user manual devices may not be supported by before use. 4) Download contacts saved to the the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Handsfree function. device (Continued)

534 Audio system

5) Automatic contacts/call history • If a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology 1) Turn the Bluetooth® Wireless download when Bluetooth® connection is lost due to abnormal Technology function off on your Wireless Technology is connected conditions while a Bluetooth® Bluetooth® Wireless Technology 6) Automatic Bluetooth® Wireless Wireless Technology device is con- device ➟ Turn it on and try Technology device connection nected (communication range again. when the vehicle is started exceeded, device power OFF, 2) Delete the paired device from communication errors, etc.), the 7) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology both the audio system and disconnected Bluetooth® Wireless ® audio streaming playback Bluetooth Wireless Technology Technology device is searched for device, then pair again. • Before connecting the audio sys- and automatically reconnected. tem to your device, make sure your 3) Power down your Bluetooth® • If you want to disable the Bluetooth® device supports Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device ➟ Wireless Technology device auto- Turn it on and try again. Wireless Technology. connect function, turn the • Even if your device supports ® 4) Completely remove the battery Bluetooth Wireless Technology ® Bluetooth® Wireless Technology, a function OFF on your device. from your Bluetooth Wireless Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Consult the user manuals for indi- Technology device; reinsert it, connection cannot be established vidual devices to see whether reboot, and attempt connection. if the device’s Bluetooth® Wireless Bluetooth® Wireless Technology is 5) Restart the vehicle and reat- Technology function is switched supported. tempt connection. off. Search and connect with the ® • Handsfree call quality and volume Bluetooth Wireless Technology may vary depending on the type of ✽ NOTICE function enabled. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology - Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • Pairing Bluetooth® Wireless device. specifications Technology devices and use of ® • Power Class 2: -6 to 4 dBm ® • Some Bluetooth Wireless Technology other Bluetooth Wireless devices are subject to intermittent • Aerial power: Max 3 mW Technology features are not sup- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • Frequency range: 2400 to 2483.5 ported when the vehicle is in connection failures. In this case, MHz. motion. For safety, please first park use the following method. your vehicle.

5 35 Audio system

Pairing a Bluetooth® Wireless 1. When the [PHONE] button on the 3. Confirm that the vehicle name in Technology device audio system or the [CALL] button your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Information on pairing Bluetooth® on the steering wheel remote con- device matches the vehicle name Wireless Technology devices trol is pressed, the following screen shown on the audio screen, then is displayed. Devices can now be select it. • Pairing refers to the process of pair- paired. ing Bluetooth® Wireless Technology 4-1. For devices that require passkey cell phones or devices with the entry, a passkey entry screen is system prior to connection. This is shown on your Bluetooth® a necessary procedure for Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device. Wireless Technology connection - Enter the passkey ‘0000’, in and usage. your Bluetooth® Wireless • Up to five devices can be paired. Technology device. • Pairing Bluetooth® Wireless 4-2. For devices that require passkey Technology device is not allowed confirmation, the following while vehicle is moving. screen is shown on the audio (1) Vehicle Name: Searched name in system. A 6-digit passkey input Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ® screen is shown in the Pairing the first Bluetooth Wireless device. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Technology device device. Press the [PHONE] button on the ✽ NOTICE audio system or the [CALL] button The vehicle name in the image above on the steering wheel remote control is an example. Refer to your device ➟ Search for the vehicle from the for the actual name of your device. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device, and pair ➟ Enter the passkey 2. Search for available Bluetooth® on the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Wireless Technology devices in device or approve passkey ➟ the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Bluetooth® Wireless Technology pair- menu of your Bluetooth® Wireless ing completed. Technology device (cell phone, etc.). 536 Audio system

Pairing a second Bluetooth® Wireless ✽ NOTICE Technology device • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Press the [SETUP] button on the standby mode lasts for three min- audio system ➟ Select [Bluetooth] ➟ utes. If a device is not paired with- Select [Connections] ➟ Select [Add in three minutes, pairing is can- New]. celed. Start over from the beginning. • For most Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices, a connection - After confirming that the 6- is established automatically after digit passkey on the audio pairing. Some devices, however, screen and the Bluetooth® require separate confirmation Wireless Technology device are when connecting after pairing. Be identical, select [OK] in your sure to check your Bluetooth® Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Wireless Technology device after device. pairing to confirm that it has con- - The pairing procedure from this nected. ✽ point is identical to [Pairing the first NOTICE Bluetooth device]. The 6-digit passkey in the image above is an example. Refer to your vehicle for the actual passkey.

5 37 Audio system

Connecting Bluetooth® Wireless If there are connected devices Accepting/rejecting phone calls Technology devices Press the [PHONE] button on the Receiving phone calls with If there are no connected devices audio system ➟ Select [Settings] ➟ Bluetooth® Wireless Technology con- Press the [PHONE] button on the Select [Connections] ➟ Select nected. audio system or the [CALL] button in Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device the steering wheel remote control ➟ to connect ➟ Select [Connect] ➟ List of paired Bluetooth® Wireless Connect Bluetooth® Wireless Technology. Technology devices ➟ Select the desired Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device from the list ➟ Connect Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.

(1) Caller name: If the caller number is in your contacts, the corresponding name is displayed. ✽ NOTICE (2) Incoming phone number: Incoming phone number is displayed. • Only one Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device can be connect- (3) Accept: Accept call. ed at a time. (4) Reject: Reject call. • When a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device is connected, other devices cannot be paired.

538 Audio system

✽ NOTICE Operation during calls ✽ NOTICE • When the incoming call screen is Incoming call with Bluetooth® • Some Bluetooth® Wireless Technology displayed, audio mode and the set- Wireless Technology connected ➟ devices may not support the tings screen cannot be shown. Select [Accept]. Private function. Only call volume control is sup- • The outgoing voice volume may ported. vary depending on the type of • Some Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices may not support the call device. If the outgoing voice vol- reject function. ume is too high or low, adjust the • Some Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Microphone Outgoing Volume. devices may not support the phone number display function.

(1) Display Call duration: Call duration display. (2) Caller name: If the caller number is in your contacts, the corresponding name is displayed. (3) Incoming phone number: Incoming phone number is displayed. (4) Keypad: Number keypad for Automatic Response Service input is displayed. (5) Private: Call is transferred to a cell phone. (6) Outgoing Volume: Adjust outgoing voice volume. (7) End: End call.

5 39 Audio system

Favorites ✽ NOTICE Call history Press the [PHONE] button on the • Up to 20 favorites can be saved for Press the [PHONE] button on the audio system ➟ Select [Favorites] ➟ each connected Bluetooth® audio system ➟ Select [Call history] Favorites list displayed. Wireless Technology device. ➟ Call history is displayed. • Favorites can be accessed when the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device they were paired from is connected. • The audio system does not download favorites from Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices. Favorites must be newly saved before use. • To add to favorites, contacts must (1) Favorites list: A list of paired be downloaded first. (1) Call history: Display the down- favorites is displayed. • Saved favorites are not updated loaded call history list. Connect a call when selected. even if the contacts of the connected Connect a call when selected. (2) Add to Favorites: Add a down- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology loaded phone number to favorites. device are changed. In this case, (2) Sort by: Sort by All Calls, Dialed Calls, Received Calls or Missed (3) Delete: Delete a saved favorites. favorites need to be deleted and added again. Calls. (3) Download: Download call history from connected Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices.

540 Audio system

✽ NOTICE Contacts ✽ NOTICE • Up to 50 dialed, received and Press the [PHONE] button on the • Only supported contacts format missed calls are saved. audio system ➟ Select [Contacts] ➟ can be downloaded and displayed • When the latest call history is Select letter (ABC) ➟ Contacts are from the Bluetooth® Wireless received, the existing call history is displayed. device, contacts from some appli- deleted. cations will not be included. • Up to 2,000 contacts can be saved. • • In some cases, additional confirmation from your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device is necessary when downloading contacts. If downloading of contacts is unsuccessful, consult your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device’s settings or the audio (1) Contacts: Display downloaded screen to approve the download. contacts. • Contacts without phone numbers Connect a call when selected. are not displayed. (2) Download: Download contacts from connected Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices.

5 41 Audio system

Dial (5) Call Setup Press the [PHONE] button on the - Enter and select a phone num- Press the [PHONE] button on the audio system ➟ Select [Dial]. ber to call. audio system ➟ Select [Settings]. - Select without entering a phone - For more details, refer to Setup ➟ number to see the most recent Bluetooth page. dialed call.

Connections Press the [PHONE] button on the audio system ➟ Select [Connections]. - For connections setting, refer to Setup ➟ Select [Bluetooth] ➟ (1) Phone number entry window: The Select [Connections] page. phone number entered using the keypad is displayed. (2) Clear - Press to delete individual digits. - Press and hold to delete the entire phone number. (3) Keypad: Enter phone number. (4) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology phone name - The name of the connected Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device is displayed. - Contacts matching the keypad number/letter input are displayed.

542 Audio system

Voice Recognition Precautions to ensure smooth voice • The voice recognition microphone recognition is located above the driver’s seat. ✽ NOTICE • If the language setting is Korean, To ensure proper voice recogni- voice recognition is not supported. tion, state voice commands while - Using the Voice Recognition maintaining proper driving posture. • Voice recognition only supports • Voice recognition is a safety tech- • Better voice recognition is possible nology that recognizes user voice voice commands indicated on- screen or in the user manual. if you speak naturally and clearly, commands and executes multime- as you would in normal conversa- • For proper voice recognition, dia functions during driving. tion. • Unfortunately, due to technical speak after the beep, which limitations, the system is unable to sounds after voice notification. • In the following situations, outdoor noise may prevent proper voice recognize all voice commands. To • Voice recognition automatically recognition. address these limitations, the voice stops in the following events. 1) Wind noise from an open win- commands that the system recog- 1) Outgoing and incoming phone calls. nizes are displayed on the screen. dow or sunroof may disrupt Use the displayed commands. 2) Media (USB, etc.) is connected voice recognition. (voice recognition mode is main- • Because human speech varies, 2) Operating the climate blower at tained when iPod®s are connected). voice recognition is sometimes a high level may cause wind unable to properly recognize user 3) Rear camera is activated (if noise that disrupts voice recog- voice commands. In these cases, equipped). nition. The recommended set- repeat the voice command dis- 4) Vehicle is started or engine is ting is 3 or below. played on the screen, or use the turned off. button on the screen to execute the 3) When passing through tunnels, desired function. 5) Screen transition buttons, such vehicle echoes may disrupt as [RADIO] or [MEDIA], are voice recognition. selected. 4) When passing over uneven ter- 6) When a pop-up message is dis- rain, vehicle noise may disrupt played on the screen due to voice recognition. accidental execution of the voice 5) Noise from rain in heavy storms recognition function. may disrupt voice recognition.

5 43 Audio system

Starting/ending voice recognition, Ending voice recognition Quick-starting voice recognition and settings • In voice recognition mode, say the (manual control) Starting voice recognition command ‘Exit’ to end voice recog- • Normally, to start voice recognition, Press the [VOICE] button on the nition. you must wait for the voice prompt steering wheel remote control to • Press the [Exit] on the bottom left before saying a command. This involves some waiting time. To run start voice recognition and see the corner of the screen to end voice recognition. the function immediately to select voice recognition screen. the commands displayed on the • Press and hold the [VOICE] button screen. on the steering wheel remote control to end voice recognition. • This feature is useful if the voice prompt takes too long or the system fails to properly recognize your voice commands.

544 Audio system

Skip voice prompt Extending voice recognition standby • While the voice prompt is playing, time press the [VOICE] button on the • After voice recognition is started steering wheel remote control to and the voice prompt and beep skip the voice prompt and place sound (‘Beep~’) are played, the the system in standby for your system enters standby for user voice commands. voice commands for five seconds. • This feature is useful if the voice During this five-second standby, prompt takes too long or you press the button again to play the already know the voice command beep sound (‘Beep~’), and extend for the desired function. voice command standby time by five seconds. • If you do not say a command for five seconds, you are prompted by voice to repeat your command.

5 45 Audio system

Adjusting voice prompt volume Guide to the voice recognition • While voice recognition is running, screen turn the VOL knob for the audio to Voice recognition start screen adjust voice prompt volume.

(1) Four most frequently used commands: The four most frequently ✽ NOTICE used commands are displayed. The minimum voice prompt volume (2) Commands requiring additional is 1. settings: Commands that require additional settings before use are displayed. (3) Voice status icon display. Voice recognition standby. Voice prompt in progress. Processing voice command. (4) User voice volume: User voice volume is displayed in real time. (5) Recognition results: Results for voice command input are displayed.

546 Audio system

(6) Help: Available voice commands Voice recognition usage instructions List of voice commands displayed in stages. screen Voice command types (7) Exit: End voice recognition. • Voice commands are categorized into ‘Global Commands’ and ‘Local Voice recognition Help screen Commands’. 1) Global Commands (●): Commands that can be used immediately after voice recognition is started. 2) Local Commands (O): Commands that can be used when radio, media or Bluetooth® Wireless (1) Usage instructions display: Technology phone functions are Detailed instructions on voice running or displayed on the screen instruction usage. after voice recognition is started. (2) Close: Close the voice recogni- (1) List of voice commands tion usage instructions screen - Available voice commands are and show the previous screen. displayed. - Select or state each command to ✽ NOTICE bring up additional detailed com- • Voice recognition is disabled in the mands. voice recognition usage instruc- (2) Voice recognition instructions by tions screen. Only manual controls item: Voice recognition instruc- are supported. tions are displayed by item. • The voice recognition usage (3) Voice recognition usage instruc- instructions screen provides a tions: General instructions for use large amount of information. For of voice recognition are dis- safety, the screen is disabled while played. driving.

5 47 Audio system

Phone voice commands Command Features • Voice commands associated with phone functions can Immediately dial the phone number under be used after a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device ● Call in downloaded contacts. has been connected. E.g. Call • To use voice commands using contact names, such as Immediately dial the number saved under Call on ‘Call John Smith’, download contacts beforehand. ● ‘mobile’ for in downloaded contacts. Mobile • After contacts are downloaded over Bluetooth® E.g. Call on mobile Wireless Technology, some time may be required for Immediately dial the number saved under ‘work’ Call at conversion of contact info into voice data. During this ● for in downloaded contacts. Work conversion, phone calls cannot be made by saying con- E.g. Call at work tact names. The time required for contact info conver- Immediately dial the number saved under sion depends on the number of entries in Contacts. Call at ● ‘home’ for in downloaded contacts. • When the ‘Call ’ command is used, the name Home info saved in the downloaded contacts is used. If a E.g. Call at home friend with the name ‘John Smith’ is saved to Contacts Immediately dial the number saved under under the nickname ‘Buddy’, ‘Call John Smith’ is not ● Call on ‘other’ and not ‘cell, home, or work’ for recognized as a valid command. Instead, ‘Call Buddy’ is Other in downloaded contacts. recognized. E.g. Call on other Display a screen enabling you to say a phone Command Features ● Dial Number number to dial. Downloaded contacts are shown on-screen. ● Call Dial by stating the name of the desired contact. ✽ Recent call history is shown on the screen. NOTICE ● Call history State the number of the item on the screen to When dialing by name, if there are similar names or dial. multiple subentries (mobile, work, home, other), you Immediately redial the last outgoing phone may be prompted to select the contact desired from a ● Redial number in Call History. list.

548 Audio system

Radio voice commands Media voice commands If no media type is connected or there are no files avail- Command Features able for playback, a voice prompt to that effect is played. ● FM Start FM radio. • If the name of the media currently playing is stated, the ● FM Change the Frequency on FM. current status of operation is maintained. ● AM Start AM radio. E.g. Say ‘USB’ during USB playback. ● AM Change the Frequency on AM. • External (AUX) devices do not support play, pause, shuffle and repeat voice commands. ● SiriusXM Start SiriusXM radio. Command Features SiriusXM ● Change the channel on SiriusXM. • Play music files on the currently connected USB drive. ● USB Start the radio in FM, AM or SiriusXM mode, • Play iPod® music instead of USB if an iPod® is ● Radio depending on what mode was used last. connected. Channel Play My Music files saved internally on the sys- O Change the channel on SiriusXM. ● My Music tem. O Station List Show a radio station list. • Play music files on the currently connected iPod®. O Preset <1–40> Run the saved preset 1–40. • Play USB drive music instead of iPod® if a ● iPod® USB drive is connected. • Operate in the same manner when an iPhone is connected. Bluetooth Play music files on the currently connected ● Audio Bluetooth® device. Play music on the currently connected external ● AUX device. ● Media Play the last played music media. Play Pandora Radio on the currently connected ● Pandora Radio device.

5 49 Audio system

USB, iPod®, My Music voice commands Pandora Radio voice commands

Command Features Command Features • Resume playback of a paused file. • Resume playback of a paused file. O Play • If playback is in progress, current status is O Play • If playback is in progress, current status is maintained. maintained. • Pause the currently playing file. • Pause the currently playing file. O Pause • If already paused, current status is main- O Pause • If already paused, current status is maintained. tained.

• Play all files in random order. • Play all files in random order. O Shuffle • If already in Shuffle Play mode, current status O Shuffle • If already in Shuffle Play mode, current status is maintained. is maintained. • If currently in Shuffle Play mode, it is canceled O Skip Skip to the next song. and tracks are played in order. O Shuffle Off O Thumbs Up Play more songs from the similar genres. • If Shuffle Play mode has already been disabled, current status is maintained. Skip to the next song and to minimize the num- O Thumbs Down ber of songs from similar genres. • Repeat playback of the current file. O Repeat • If already in repeat playback mode, current status is maintained. • If in repeat playback mode, repeat is canceled. O Repeat Off • If repeat playback mode has already been disabled, current status is maintained.

550 Audio system

Bluetooth® Audio voice commands Miscellaneous voice commands

Command Features Command Features • Resume playback of a paused file. Show the voice recognition Help screen, view ● Help O Play • If playback is in progress, current status is and execute available commands. maintained. • As with the Call History list, if a particular • Pause the currently playing file. name cannot be selected, its index number in O Pause • If already paused, current status is main- O Line 1-3 the list can be used instead. tained. • ‘First’, ‘Second’ and other ordinal numbers are recognized.

✽ Used to answer questions asked by the system NOTICE O Yes/No Some Bluetooth® devices may not support the during voice recognition. play/pause features. If more than four search results are returned, O Previous/Next these voice commands can be used to navigate to the previous or next page.

5 51 Audio system

Siri (Continued) Starting Siri 5) Screen transition buttons, such Press and hold the [VOICE] button as RADIO or MEDIA, are ✽ NOTICE - Using Siri on the steering wheel remote control selected. to start Siri and see the screen. • Android device is not supported to 6) When a pop-up message is dis- use Siri. played on the screen due to • If you want to use Siri, you have to accidental execution of Siri. connect your iOS device to the • The microphone is located above multimedia system through the driver’s seat. To ensure proper Bluetooth® Wireless Technology. Siri, state your voice while main- (Please check whether your iOS taining proper driving posture. device supports Siri and turning Siri On) • If the iOS version is changed, the functions and response may be different according to the iOS device (1) Speak: Re-start Siri. and the latest version. (2) Exit: End Siri. • Siri automatically stops in the following events. ✽ NOTICE 1) Outgoing and incoming phone calls. • Functions and feedbacks from 2) Media (USB, etc.) is connected. voice commands via Siri are exe- (Siri mode is maintained when cuted in the iOS device. iPod®s are connected) • The Audio system only supports 3) Rear camera is activated (if “Phone” related functions, other equipped). functions will be performed in 4) Vehicle is started or engine is your iOS device. turned off. (Continued)

552 Audio system

Setup Sound Press the [SETUP] button on the WARNING audio system ➟ Select [Sound]. - Date/Time Setting Distraction • Position: Sound balance and fader Adjusting the date/time setting can be adjusted. while driving can result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead • Tone: Sound tone color can be to an accident, severe personal adjusted. injury, and death. • Speed Dependent Volume: Automatically adjust volume based on vehicle speed. Bluetooth • Beep: Select whether to play a Press the [SETUP] button on the Setup is the screen to control Audio beep sound when the screen is audio system ➟ Select [Bluetooth]. system settings. touched. • Connections: Control pairing, dele- Press the [SETUP] button on the tion, connection and disconnection audio system. Date/Time of Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Press the [SETUP] button on the devices. Display audio system ➟ Select [Date/Time]. • Auto Connection Priority: Set the ® Press the [SETUP] button on the • Set Time: Set the time displayed on connection priority of Bluetooth audio system ➟ Select [Display]. the audio screen. Wireless Technology devices when the vehicle is started. • Mode: Set the screen brightness to • Time Format: Choose between 12- be adjusted automatically accord- hour and 24-hour time formats. • Download Contacts: Contacts can ing to ambient lighting conditions be downloaded from connected • Set Date: Set the date displayed on Bluetooth® Wireless Technology or set the screen to stay bright or the audio screen. dark continuously. devices. • Bluetooth Voice Prompts: Play or • Illumination: The brightness of the ® audio screen can be changed. mute voice prompts for Bluetooth Wireless Technology device pairing, connection and errors.

5 53 Audio system

✽ NOTICE • System Information: At the System Screen Saver • When paired devices are deleted, Information screen, Software ver- Set the information displayed when the call history and contacts of the sion information, updates are avail- the audio system is switched off or device saved to the audio system able. the screen is turned off. are deleted. - System Update: At the System ® Press the [SETUP] button on the • For Bluetooth Wireless Technology Information screen, insert the ➟ connections with low connection pri- USB memory with the latest file audio system Select [Screen ority, some time may be required for downloaded, and then select the Saver]. the connection to be established. [Update] to begin updating. The • Analog: An analog clock is dis- • Contacts can be downloaded only system with then reboot auto- played. from the currently connected matically. • Digital: A digital clock is displayed. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device. ✽ NOTICE • None: No information is displayed. • If no Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • The system resets to the default Display Off device is connected, the Download values, and all saved data and set- Contacts button is disabled. tings are lost. To prevent glare, the screen can be • This product needs supplemented turned off with the audio system in System software updates and additional operation. Press the [SETUP] button on the functions, which collectively may Press the [SETUP] button on the ➟ audio system Select [System]. take some time to complete, audio system ➟ Select [Display Off]. • Memory Information: View My depending on the amount of data. Music memory usage. • If the Power is disconnected or the ✽ NOTICE • Voice Recognition Guidance: USB is removed during an update, the data might be damaged. Please Use ‘Screen Saver’ to set the infor- Adjust the length of the voice mation to be displayed when the recognition prompt. wait until the update is complete while engine is on. screen is turned off. • Language: Change the user language. • Default: Reset the audio system.

554 Audio system

Declaration of Conformity FCC

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a resi- dential installation.

This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or tel- evision reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. - Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. - Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. - Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Caution: Any changes or modifications to this device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum 20 cm between the radiator and your body.This transmitter must not be collocated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter unless authorized to do so by the FCC.

5 55 Driving your vehicle

Before driving ...... 6-4 • Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 6-43 • Before entering vehicle ...... 6-4 • Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)...... 6-47 • Necessary inspections ...... 6-4 • Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ...... 6-48 • Before starting ...... 6-4 • Good braking practices...... 6-48 Key positions...... 6-6 Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)...... 6-50 • Illuminated ignition switch...... 6-6 • System setting and activation...... 6-50 • Ignition switch position...... 6-6 • AEB warning message and system control ...... 6-52 • Starting the engine ...... 6-7 • Brake operation...... 6-54 Engine start/stop button ...... 6-9 • Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle in front • Illuminated engine start/stop button ...... 6-9 (front radar)...... 6-55 • Engine start/stop button position...... 6-9 • System malfunction...... 6-56 • Starting the engine with a smart key ...... 6-11 • Limitations of the system ...... 6-58 Manual transaxle ...... 6-14 Cruise control system...... 6-64 • Manual transaxle operation ...... 6-14 • Cruise control switch ...... 6-65 • Good driving practices ...... 6-17 • To set cruise control speed ...... 6-65 6 Automatic transaxle ...... 6-19 • To increase cruise control set speed...... 6-66 • Automatic transaxle operation...... 6-19 • To decrease the cruising speed...... 6-66 • Good driving practices ...... 6-24 • To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on . . 6-66 Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)...... 6-26 • To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . . 6-67 • To resume cruising speed at more than • Dual clutch transmission operation ...... 6-26 approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) ...... 6-67 • Good driving practices ...... 6-35 • To turn cruise control off, do one of the following . . . 6-68 Brake system...... 6-37 Smart Cruise Control system (SCC) ...... 6-69 • Power brakes ...... 6-37 • Speed setting (SCC)...... 6-71 • Parking brake - Hand type...... 6-39 • Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (SCC) ...... 6-75 • Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)...... 6-41 • To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise control . . . 6-79 • Driving off-road...... 6-107 • To convert to cruise control mode ...... 6-79 • Highway driving ...... 6-107 • Limitations of the system ...... 6-80 Winter driving ...... 6-109 Drive mode integrated control system ...... 6-86 • Snowy or icy conditions ...... 6-109 Lane departure warning system (LDWS) ...... 6-88 • Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant ...... 6-111 • Warning indicator ...... 6-90 • Check battery and cables ...... 6-111 • The LDWS does not operate when ...... 6-91 • Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ...... 6-111 • The LDWS may not warn you even if the • Check spark plugs and ignition system...... 6-111 vehicle leaves the lane, or may warn you even if the • To keep locks from freezing ...... 6-111 vehicle does not leave the lane when ...... 6-91 • Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system . 6-111 Blind Spot Detection system (BSD) ...... 6-93 • Don’t let your parking brake freeze ...... 6-112 • BSD (Blind Spot Detection) / • Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 6-112 LCA (Lane Change Assist)...... 6-94 • Carry emergency equipment ...... 6-112 • RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert) ...... 6-97 Trailer towing ...... 6-112 6 • Driver's Attention ...... 6-99 Vehicle load limit ...... 6-113 Economical operation ...... 6-101 • Tire and loading information label ...... 6-113 Special driving conditions ...... 6-103 • Certification label ...... 6-117 • Hazardous driving conditions ...... 6-103 Vehicle weight glossary ...... 6-119 • Reducing the risk of a rollover ...... 6-103 • Base curb weight ...... 6-119 • Rocking the vehicle ...... 6-104 • Vehicle curb weight ...... 6-119 • Smooth cornering ...... 6-105 • Cargo weight ...... 6-119 • Driving at night ...... 6-105 • GAW (Gross Axle Weight) ...... 6-119 • Driving in the rain...... 6-106 • GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) ...... 6-119 • Driving in flooded areas ...... 6-107 • GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)...... 6-119 • GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) ...... 6-119 Driving your vehicle

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. WARNING - Open tailgate CALIFORNIA PROPO- The exhaust system should be Do not drive with the tailgate SITION 65 WARNING checked whenever the vehicle is open. Poisonous exhaust gases Engine exhaust and a wide vari- raised to change the oil or for any can enter the passenger com- ety of automobile components other purpose. If you hear a change partment. If you must drive with and parts, including compo- the tailgate open proceed as fol- nents found in the interior fur- in the sound of the exhaust or if you lows: drive over something that strikes the nishings in a vehicle, contain or underneath side of the vehicle, have 1. Close all windows. emit chemicals known to the the exhaust system checked as soon 2. Open side vents. State of California to cause can- as possible by an authorized Kia 3. Set the air intake control at cer and birth defects and repro- dealer. “Fresh”, the air flow control ductive harm. In addition, cer- at “Floor” or “Face” and the tain fluids contained in vehicles fan at the highest speed. and certain products of compo- WARNING - Engine nent wear contain or emit chem- exhaust icals known to the State of Do not inhale exhaust fumes or California to cause cancer and leave your engine running in an birth defects or other reproduc- enclosed area for a prolonged tive harm. time. Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

63 Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections Before starting • Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil, • Close and lock all doors. mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and • Position the seat so that all con- clean. washer fluid should be checked on a trols are easily reached. • Check the condition of the tires. regular basis, at the exact interval depending on the fluid. Further • Buckle your seat belt. • Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in chapter 8, • Adjust the inside and outside sign of leaks. “Maintenance”. rearview mirrors. • Be sure there are no obstacles • Be sure that all lights work. behind you if you intend to back up. WARNING • Check all gauges. Driving while distracted can • Check the operation of warning result in a loss of vehicle con- lights when the ignition switch is trol, that may lead to an acci- turned to the ON position. dent, severe personal injury, • Release the parking brake and and death. The driver’s primary make sure the brake warning light responsibility is in the safe and goes out. legal operation of a vehicle, and For safe operation, be sure you are use of any handheld devices, familiar with your vehicle and its other equipment, or vehicle sys- equipment. tems which take the driver’s eyes, attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.

46 Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Fire risk WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driving while When you intend to park or stop objects intoxicated the vehicle with the engine on, Securely store items in your Do not drive while intoxicated. be careful not to depress the vehicle. When you make a sud- Drinking and driving is danger- accelerator pedal for a long den stop or turn the steering ous. Even a small amount of period of time. It may overheat wheel rapidly, loose objects alcohol will affect your reflexes, the engine or exhaust system may drop on the floor and it perceptions and judgment. and cause fire. could interfere with the opera- Driving while under the influ- tion of the foot pedals, possibly ence of drugs is as dangerous causing an accident. as or more dangerous than driv- WARNING - Check sur- ing drunk. roundings Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before putting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

65 Driving your vehicle

KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED) Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position ACC (Accessory) LOCK The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are operative. If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position, turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension.

ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started. This is OPS053001 the normal running position after the Whenever a front door is opened, the OXM059029N engine is started. ignition switch will illuminate for your The steering wheel locks to protect Do not leave the ignition switch ON if convenience, provided the ignition against theft (if equipped). The igni- the engine is not running to prevent switch is not in the ON position. The tion key can be removed only in the battery discharge. light will go off immediately when the LOCK position. ignition switch is turned on. It will also go off after about 30 seconds When turning the ignition switch to START when the door is closed. the LOCK position, push the key Turn the ignition switch to the START inward at the ACC position and turn position to start the engine. The the key toward the LOCK position. engine will crank until you release the key; then it returns to the ON position. The brake warning light can be checked in this position.

66 Driving your vehicle

The anti-theft steering column lock (if Starting the engine 1.Make sure the parking brake is equipped) is not a substitute for the applied. parking brake. Before leaving the dri- 2.Manual Transaxle - Depress the ver’s seat, always make sure the shift WARNING - Proper footwear clutch pedal fully and shift the lever is engaged in 1st gear for the transaxle into Neutral. Keep the manual transaxle or P (Park) for Always wear appropriate shoes clutch pedal and brake pedal automatic transaxle, set the parking when operating your vehicle. depressed while turning the igni- brake fully and shut the engine off. Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski tion switch to the start position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle boots, sandals, etc.) may inter- movement may occur if these pre- fere with your ability to use the Automatic Transaxle / Dual clutch cautions are not taken. brake and accelerator pedals. transmission - Place the transaxle shift lever in P (Park). Depress the brake pedal fully. WARNING - Ignition You can also start the engine when switch the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) Never turn the ignition switch to position. LOCK or ACC while the vehicle 3.Turn the ignition switch to START is moving. This would result in and hold it there until the engine loss of directional control and starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), braking function, which could then release the key. cause an accident. It should be started without depressing the accelerator.

67 Driving your vehicle

Manual Transaxle Stopping manual transaxle vehicles To start the vehicle, keep the clutch CAUTION - Starter 1. After safely parking the vehicle, pedal and brake pedal depressed, and If the engine stalls while you are press the clutch pedal and brake make sure the engine RPM is within in motion, do not attempt to pedal at the same time. normal range (under 1000 rpm). After move the shift lever to the P 2. While depressing the clutch pedal checking, shift the transaxle shift lever (Park) position. If traffic and and brake pedal at the same time, to the desired position. road conditions permit, you may shift the transaxle lever to ‘N’. Unlock the parking brake, and take put the shift lever in the N your foot off the clutch pedal. Then, (Neutral) position while the lightly depress the accelerator pedal vehicle is still moving and turn and slowly start the vehicle. the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart 4.Do not wait for the engine to warm the engine. up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine Do not engage the starter for more speeds. (Steep accelerating and than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls decelerating should be avoided.) or fails to start, wait 5 to 10 seconds before re-engaging the starter. Improper use of the starter may WARNING - Steering damage it. wheel Never reach for any controls through the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control.

86 Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED) Illuminated ENGINE ENGINE START/STOP button In an emergency situation while the START/STOP button position vehicle is in motion, you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC OFF position by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine Not illuminated without depressing the brake pedal • With manual transaxle by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button with the shift To turn off the engine (START/RUN lever in the N (Neutral) position. position) or vehicle power (ON position), stop the vehicle then press the OPS053003 engine start/stop button. Whenever the front door is opened, the ENGINE START/STOP button • With automatic transaxle / will illuminate for your convenience. dual clutch transmission The light will go off after about 30 To turn off the engine (START/RUN seconds when the door is closed. position) or vehicle power (ON posi- When all entrances are closed, if you tion), press the ENGINE lock the vehicle by using the trans- START/STOP button with the shift mitter or the smart key, the light will lever in the P (Park) position. When go off immediately. you press the ENGINE START/STOP button without the shift lever in the P (Park) position, the ENGINE START/STOP button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position.

69 Driving your vehicle

ACC(Accessory) ON START/RUN

Amber Redish orange Not illuminated • With manual transaxle • With manual transaxle • With manual transaxle Press the engine start/stop button Press the engine start/stop button To start the engine, depress the when the button is in the OFF posi- when the button is in the ACC posi- clutch pedal and brake pedal, then tion without depressing the clutch tion without depressing the clutch press the engine start/stop button pedal. pedal. with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. • With automatic transaxle / • With automatic transaxle / dual clutch transmission dual clutch transmission • With automatic transaxle / Press the ENGINE START/STOP Press the ENGINE START/STOP dual clutch transmission button while it is in the OFF position button while it is in the ACC position To start the engine, depress the without depressing the brake pedal. without depressing the brake pedal. brake pedal and press the ENGINE If the ENGINE START/STOP button The warning lights can be checked START/ STOP button with the shift is in the ACC position for more than before the engine is started. Do not lever in the P (Park) or the N 1 hour, the button is turned off auto- leave the ENGINE START/STOP (Neutral) position. For your safety, matically to prevent battery dis- button in the ON position for a long start the engine with the shift lever in charge. time. The battery may discharge, the P (Park) position. because the engine is not running.

6 10 Driving your vehicle

If you press the ENGINE Starting the engine with a START/STOP button without depress- WARNING - Starting smart key (if equipped) ing the clutch pedal for manual vehicle 1.Carry the smart key or leave it transaxle vehicles or without depress- Never press the ENGINE inside the vehicle. ing the brake pedal for automatic START/STOP button while the 2.Make sure the parking brake is transaxle vehicles, the engine will not vehicle is in motion except in an firmly applied start and the ENGINE START/STOP emergency. If the engine stops button changes as follow: while the vehicle is in motion, this 3.Manual Transaxle - Depress the OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC would result in loss of directional clutch pedal fully and shift the control and braking function, transaxle into Neutral. Keep the which could cause an accident. clutch pedal and brake pedal ✽ NOTICE depressed while starting the engine. If you leave the ENGINE START/ Automatic transaxle / Dual STOP button in the ACC or ON clutch transmission - Place the position for a long time, the battery WARNING - Leaving the Vehicle transaxle shift lever in P (Park). will discharge. Depress the brake pedal fully. To avoid unexpected or sudden vehicle movement, never leave You can also start the engine when CAUTION your vehicle if the transmission the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) position. If the driver takes foot off the is not locked in the P (Park) posi- clutch pedal of a manual tion and the parking brake is 4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP transaxle vehicle before the fully engaged. Before leaving the button while depressing the brake engine is fully started, the driver's seat, always make sure pedal. engine may not start. the shift lever is engaged in P It should be started without Make sure to fully depress the (Park), set the parking brake fully depressing the accelerator. clutch pedal and brake pedal to and shut the engine off. start the engine.

611 Driving your vehicle

Manual Transaxle 5.Do not wait for the engine to warm To start the vehicle, keep the clutch up while the vehicle remains sta- CAUTION - Starter pedal and brake pedal depressed, and tionary. If the engine stalls while the make sure the engine RPM is within Start driving at moderate engine vehicle is in motion, do not normal range (under 1000 rpm). After speeds. (Steep accelerating and attempt to move the shift lever checking, shift the transaxle shift lever decelerating should be avoided.) to the P (Park) position. If the to the desired position. • Even if the smart key is in the vehi- traffic and road conditions per- Unlock the parking brake, and take cle, if it is far away from you, the mit, you may put the shift lever your foot off the clutch pedal. Then, engine may not start. in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and lightly depress the accelerator pedal • When the ENGINE START/STOP and slowly start the vehicle. press the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ACC position or button in an attempt to restart above, if any door is opened, the the engine. system checks for the smart key. If the smart key is not in the vehicle, a message "key is not in the vehicle" will appear on the LCD display. And if all doors are closed, the chime will sound for 5 seconds. The indicator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving. Always have the smart key with you.

6 12 Driving your vehicle

Stopping manual transaxle vehicles • When the stop lamp fuse is blown, 1. After safely parking the vehicle, you can't start the engine normally. press the clutch pedal and brake Replace the fuse with a new one. If pedal at the same time. it is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE 2. While depressing the clutch pedal START/STOP button for 10 sec- and brake pedal at the same time, onds while it is in the ACC posi- shift the transaxle lever to ‘N’. tion. The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal. But for WARNING - Unintended your safety always depress the vehicle movement brake pedal before starting the Never leave the smart key in the OPS053007 engine. vehicle with children or vehicle • If the battery is weak or the smart Do not press the ENGINE START/ occupants who are unfamiliar key does not work correctly, you STOP button for more than 10 sec- with the vehicle operation. can start the engine by pressing onds except when the stop lamp fuse Pushing the ENGINE the engine start/stop button with is blown. START/STOP button while the the smart key. smart key is in the vehicle may The side with the lock button result in unintended engine should contact the engine activation and/or unintended start/stop button directly. vehicle movement. When you press the engine start/stop button directly with the smart key, the smart key should contact the button at a right angle.

613 Driving your vehicle

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED) Manual transaxle operation • Make sure the vehicle is complete- • The manual transaxle has 6 for- ly stopped before shifting into R ward gears. (Reverse). This shift pattern is imprinted on Never operate the engine with the the shift knob. The transaxle is fully tachometer (rpm) in the red zone. synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a CAUTION - Downshifting lower gear is easily accomplished. • When downshifting from 5 • Press the clutch pedal down fully (Fifth) gear to 4 (Fourth) gear, while shifting, then release it slowly. caution should be taken not to If your vehicle is equipped with an inadvertently move the shift lever sideways in such a man- The shift lever can be moved without ignition lock switch, the engine will pushing the ring (1). not start when starting the engine ner that second gear is without depressing the clutch engaged. Such a drastic The ring (1) must be pushed while pedal. (if equipped) downshift may cause the moving the shift lever. In order to start the vehicle, slowly engine speed to increase to OJD053058 let go of the fully depressed clutch the point that the tachometer pedal. Then, push the accelerator will enter the red-zone. Such pedal to start. overreving of the engine may possibly cause engine and • The gearshift lever must be transaxle damage. returned to the neutral position before shifting into R (Reverse). • Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear The ring (1) located immediately when the engine is running at below the shift knob must be pulled high speed (5,000 RPM or upward while moving the shift lever higher). Such a downshifting to the R (Reverse) position. (if may damage the engine, equipped) clutch and the transaxle. (Continued)

6 14 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) CAUTION WARNING - Incline parking • When shifting between 5th • To avoid premature clutch wear • Before leaving the driver’s seat, and 6th gear, you should and damage, do not drive with always set the parking brake always push the gear level all your foot resting on the clutch fully and shut the engine off. the way to the right. You could pedal. Also, don’t use the clutch Then make sure the transaxle is otherwise shift unintentionally to hold the vehicle stopped on shifted into 1st gear when the into 3rd or 4th gear and dam- an uphill grade, while waiting vehicle is parked on a level or age the transaxle. for a traffic light, etc. uphill grade, and shifted into R • Do not use the shift lever as a (Reverse) on a downhill grade. handrest during driving, as this Unexpected and sudden vehicle • During cold weather, shifting may movement can occur if these be difficult until the transaxle lubri- can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks. precautions are not followed in cant has warmed up. This is nor- the order identified. mal and not harmful to the • When operating the clutch transaxle. pedal, depress the clutch pedal • If your vehicle has a manual transaxle not equipped with a • If you've come to a complete stop down fully. If you don’t depress the clutch pedal fully, the clutch ignition lock switch, it may and it's hard to shift into 1st or R move and cause a serious acci- (Reverse), put the shift lever in N may be damaged or noise may occur. dent when starting the engine (Neutral) position and release the without depressing the clutch clutch. Press the clutch pedal back • To prevent possible damage to the clutch system, do not start pedal while the parking brake is down, and then shift into 1st or R released and the shift lever not (Reverse) gear position. with the 2nd (second) gear engaged except when you start in the neutral position. on a slippery road. • Do not exceed the maximum weight limits of the loading weight. Improper loading can result in damage to clutch system.

615 Driving your vehicle

Using the clutch WARNING - Engine Brake The clutch should be pressed all the CAUTION Use way to the floor before shifting, then • If half-clutch*1) driving style is Do not use the engine brake released slowly. The clutch pedal adopted, or driver’s foot is (shifting from a high gear to lower should always be fully released while placed on the pedal while driv- gear) rapidly on slippery roads. driving. Do not rest your foot on the ing, the clutch may be dam- The vehicle may slip causing an clutch pedal while driving. This can aged or worn out prematurely. accident. cause unnecessary wear. Do not par- • While parking on a steep tially engage the clutch to hold the grade, do not use half clutch vehicle on an incline. This causes method to park the vehicle. It unnecessary wear. Use the foot brake will cause premature wear of or parking brake to hold the vehicle on the clutch disc. an incline. Do not operate the clutch • While driving at fast speed, do pedal rapidly and repeatedly. not abruptly shift to low speed. It may lead to engine and transaxle damage.

*1): Half clutch? A condition where the clutch is half- engaged and sliding. It may occur when the clutch pedal is partially depressed (not fully depressed), or vehicle power is transferred to the clutch before the pedal is fully let go.

6 16 Driving your vehicle

Downshifting Good driving practices CAUTION When you must slow down in heavy • Never take the vehicle out of gear • When starting a fully stopped traffic or while driving up steep hills, and coast down a hill. This is vehicle, refrain to start in 2nd downshift before the engine starts to extremely hazardous. Always leave gear. When starting in 2nd labor. Downshifting reduces the the vehicle in gear. gear, abnormal clutch disc fric- chance of stalling and gives better tion heat may occur and result • Don't "ride" the brakes. This can acceleration when you again need to cause them to overheat and mal- in clutch cover and clutch disc increase your speed. When the vehi- damage. function. Instead, when you are cle is traveling down steep hills, driving down a long hill, slow down • When the vehicle is in motion, downshifting helps maintain safe and shift to a lower gear. When you please refrain from using half speed and prolongs brake life. do this, engine braking will help clutch. The use of half clutch slow down the vehicle. while the vehicle is in motion may result in early clutch disc • Slow down before shifting to a wear, abnormal vibration or lower gear. This will help avoid noise. over-revving the engine, which can cause damage. • The clutch pedal should be depressed fully for any opera- • Slow down when you encounter tion. When letting go of the cross winds. This gives you much depressed pedal, make sure better control of your vehicle. not to depress the pedal again • Be sure the vehicle is completely before the pedal goes back to stopped before you attempt to shift its initial position. If such unin- into reverse. The transaxle can be tended re-depressing occurs, damaged if you do not. To shift into the clutch system may be dam- reverse, depress the clutch, move aged. the shift lever to neutral, then shift to the reverse position.

617 Driving your vehicle

• Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be WARNING especially careful when braking, • Always buckle-up! In a colli- accelerating or shifting gears. On a sion, an unbelted occupant is slippery surface, an abrupt change significantly more likely to be in vehicle speed can cause the seriously injured or killed than drive wheels to lose traction and a properly belted occupant. the vehicle to go out of control. • Avoid high speeds when cor- • Always buckle-up! In a collision, an nering or turning. unbelted occupant is significantly • Do not make quick steering more likely to be seriously injured wheel movements, such as or killed than a properly belted sharp lane changes or fast, occupant. sharp turns. • Avoid high speeds when cornering • The risk of rollover is greatly or turning. High speed cornering increased if you lose control and turning increase the risk of of your vehicle at highway vehicle rollover. Rollover accidents speeds. are violent and unpredictable. • Loss of control often occurs if • Never exceed posted speed limits. two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway. • In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • Never exceed posted speed limits.

6 18 Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED) Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically, depending on the position of the shift lever.

✽ NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been disconnected, may be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condition, and the shifting + (UP) sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM (Transaxle Control Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control Module).

- (DOWN)

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting. (If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal. However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicle.) Press the lock release button when shifting. The shift lever can be shifted freely. OPS058008N

619 Driving your vehicle

For smooth operation, depress the Transaxle ranges brake pedal and the lock release but- CAUTION - Transaxle The indicator in the instrument clus- ton when shifting from N (Neutral) to To avoid damage to your ter displays the shift lever position a forward or reverse gear. transaxle, do not accelerate the when the ignition switch is in the ON engine in R (Reverse) or any for- position. ward gear position with the WARNING - Leaving the brakes on. The transaxle may be Vehicle damaged if you shift into P P (Park) To avoid unexpected or sudden (Park) while the vehicle is in Always come to a complete stop vehicle movement, never leave motion. before shifting into P (Park). This your vehicle if the transmission position locks the transaxle and pre- is not locked in the P (Park) vents the drive wheels from rotating. position and the parking brake When stopped on an incline, do not Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi- is fully engaged. Before leaving hold the vehicle with the engine cle is in motion will cause the drive the driver's seat, always make power. Use the service brake or the wheels to lock which will cause you sure the shift lever is engaged in parking brake. to lose control of the vehicle. P (Park), set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off.

6 20 Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse) - Parking in N (Neutral) gear Use this position to drive the vehicle Follow below steps when parking CAUTION backward. and you want the vehicle to move • With the exception of parking when pushed. in neutral gear, always park the vehicle in [P] (Park) for - Shifting CAUTION safety and engage the parking Always come to a complete stop 1.After parking your vehicle, step on brake. before shifting into or out of R the brake pedal and move the shift • Before parking in [N] (Neutral) (Reverse); you may damage the lever to [P] with the ignition button in gear, first make sure the park- transaxle if you shift into R [ON] or while the engine is running. ing ground is level and flat. Do (Reverse) while the vehicle is in 2.If the parking brake is applied, not park in [N] gear on any motion, except when “Rocking unlock the parking brake. slopes or gradients. the vehicle” explained in this 3.While pressing the brake pedal, section. If parked and left in [N], the turn the ignition button [OFF]. vehicle may move and cause - For smart key equipped vehicles, serious damage and injury. the ignition switch can be moved N (Neutral) to [OFF] only when the shift lever The wheels and transaxle are not is in [P]. engaged. The vehicle will roll freely 4.Change the gear shift lever to [N] even on the slightest incline unless (Neutral) while pressing the brake the parking brake or service brakes pedal and pushing [SHIFT LOCK are applied. RELEASE] button or inserting, pressing down a tool (e.g. flathead screw-driver) into the [SHIFT LOCK RELEASE] access hole at the same time. Then, the vehicle will move when external force is applied.

621 Driving your vehicle

D (Drive) In sports mode, moving the shift This is the normal forward driving lever backwards and forwards will position. The transaxle will automati- allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. cally shift through a 6-gear In contrast to a manual transaxle, the sequence, providing the best fuel sports mode allows gearshifts with economy and power. the accelerator pedal depressed. + (UP) Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear. For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades, depress Down (-) :Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one the accelerator fully, at which time the Sports mode - (DOWN) transaxle will automatically downshift gear. to the next lower gear. OPS053009 Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion, sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the main gate.

6 22 Driving your vehicle

• In sports mode, the driver must • To maintain the required levels of Shift lock system execute upshifts in accordance vehicle performance and safety, For your safety, the automatic with road conditions, taking care to the system may not execute cer- transaxle has a shift lock system keep the engine speed below the tain gearshifts when the shift lever which prevents shifting the transaxle red zone. is operated. from P (Park) into R (Reverse) • In sports mode, only the 6 forward • When driving on a slippery road, unless the brake pedal is depressed. gears can be selected. To reverse push the shift lever forward into the To shift the transaxle from P (Park) or park the vehicle, move the shift +(up) position. This causes the into R (Reverse): lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear position as required. which is better for smooth driving 1.Depress and hold the brake pedal. • In sports mode, downshifts are on a slippery road. Push the shift 2.Start the engine or turn the ignition made automatically when the vehi- lever to the -(down) side to shift switch to the ON position. cle slows down. When the vehicle back to the 1st gear. 3.Move the shift lever. stops, 1st gear is automatically If the brake pedal is repeatedly selected. depressed and released with the shift • In sports mode, when the engine lever in the P (Park) position, a chat- rpm approaches the red zone shift tering noise near the shift lever may points are varied to upshift auto- be heard. It is a normal condition. matically. WARNING - Shifting from park Always fully depress the brake pedal before and while shifting out of the P (Park) position into another position to avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle which could injure persons in or around the vehicle.

623 Driving your vehicle

Ignition key interlock system Good driving practices The ignition key cannot be removed • Never move the gear shift lever unless the shift lever is in the P from P (Park) to any other position (Park) position. Even if the ignition with the accelerator pedal switch is in the LOCK position, the depressed. key also cannot be removed. • Never move the gear shift lever into If your vehicle is equipped with P (Park) when the vehicle is in ENGINE START/STOP button, the motion. button will not change to the OFF • Slow down before shifting to a position unless the shift lever is in the lower gear. Otherwise, the lower P (Park) position. OPS053010 gear may not be engaged. Shift-lock override • Always use the parking brake. Do not depend on placing the If the shift lever cannot be moved transaxle in P (Park) to keep the from the P (Park) position into R vehicle from moving. (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depress- • Optimum vehicle performance and ing the brake, then do the following: economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the 1.Carefully remove the cap covering accelerator pedal. the shift-lock access hole (1). 2.Insert a screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the screwdriver. 3.Move the shift lever. 4.Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately.

6 24 Driving your vehicle

Moving up a steep grade from a standing start To move up a steep grade from a standing start, depress the brake pedal, shift the shift lever to D (Drive). Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade, and release the parking brake. Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes.

625 Driving your vehicle

DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (DCT) (IF EQUIPPED) Dual clutch transmission operation The dual clutch transmission has seven forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button while moving the shift lever. Press the shift button while moving the shift lever. The shift lever can freely operate.

❈ To move the shift lever from/to P (Parking) or between R (Reverse) and D (Drive), you must depress the brake pedal for the vehicle to stand still. OPS053008

6 26 Driving your vehicle

• The dual clutch transmission WARNING CAUTION adopts a dry-type dual clutch, To reduce the risk of serious To avoid damage to your trans- which is different from the torque injury or death: mission, do not try to accelerate converter of the automatic transaxle. It shows better accelera- • ALWAYS check the surround- in R (Reverse) or any forward tion performance and increased ing areas near your vehicle for gear position with the brakes fuel efficiency while driving but ini- people, especially children, on. tial launch might be little bit slower before shifting a vehicle into than the automatic transaxle. D (Drive) or R (Reverse). • The dual clutch transmission can As a result, gear shifts are some- • Before leaving the driver's be thought of as an automatically times more noticeable than a con- seat, always make sure the shifting manual transaxle. It gives ventional automatic transmission shift lever is in the P (Park) the driving feel of a manual and a light vibration during launch- position, then set the parking transaxle, yet provides the ease of ing can be felt as the transmission brake, and place the ignition a fully automatic transaxle. speed is matched with the engine switch in the LOCK/OFF posi- speed.This is a normal condition of tion. Unexpected and sudden • When D (Drive) is selected, the the dual clutch transmission. vehicle movement can occur transmission will automatically shift if this procedure is not fol- through the gears similar to a con- • The dry-type clutch transfers lowed. ventional automatic transaxle. torque more directly and provides a direct drive feeling which may • Do not use the engine braking Unlike a traditional automatic feel different from a conventional (shifting from a high gear to transaxle, the gear shifting can automatic transaxle with a torque lower gear) rapidly on slip- sometimes be felt and heard as the converter. This may be more pery roads. The vehicle may actuators engage the clutches and noticeable when launching the slip causing an accident. the gears are selected. vehicle from a stop or when traveling at low, stop-and-go vehicle speeds.

627 Driving your vehicle

• When rapidly accelerating at low • During the first 1,500 km (1,000 DCT warning messages speeds, the engine could rev at a miles), you may feel that the vehi- high rpm depending on the driving cle may not be smooth when accel- conditions. erating at low speed. During this • For smooth launch uphill, press break-in period, the shift quality down the accelerator pedal and performance of your new vehi- smoothly depending on the current cle is continuously optimized. conditions. • If you release your foot from the ✽ NOTICE accelerator pedal at low vehicle If your transmission should fail, speed, you may feel strong engine your gear shift lever may not move braking, which is similar to manual and the position indicator (D,R,N, transaxle. etc.) will blink on the cluster. If this OJF055111L • When driving downhill, you may occurs, have the system checked by This warning message is displayed use Sports Mode or press the pad- an authorized Kia dealership. when vehicle is driven slowly on a dle shifters (if equipped) to down- grade and the vehicle detects that shift to a lower gear in order to con- the brake pedal is not applied. trol your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. • When you turn the engine on and off, you may hear clicking sounds as the system goes through a self test. This is a normal sound for the Dual Clutch Transmission.

6 28 Driving your vehicle

Steep grade • When the clutch is overheated, the Driving up hills or on steep grades: safe protection mode engages and the gear position indicator on the • To hold the vehicle on an incline cluster blinks with a chime. At this use the foot brake or the parking time, “Transmission temp. is high! brake. Stop safely” warning message will • When in stop-and-go traffic on an appear on the LCD display and incline, keep some distance ahead driving may not be smooth. before moving the vehicle forward. • If this occurs, pull over to a safe Then hold the vehicle on the incline location, stop the vehicle with the with the foot brake. engine running, apply the brakes • If the vehicle is held on a hill by OJF058450L and shift the vehicle to P (Park), applying the accelerator pedal or and allow the transmission to cool. by creeping with brake pedal dis- Transmission high temperature • If you ignore this warning, the driv- engaged, the clutch and transmis- • Under certain conditions, such as ing condition may become worse. sion may overheat which can result repeated stop-and-go launches on You may experience abrupt shifts, in damage. At this time, a warning steep grades, sudden take off or frequent shifts, or jerkiness. To message will appear on the LCD acceleration, or other harsh driving return to the normal driving condi- display. conditions, the transmission clutch temperatures will increase exces- tion, stop the vehicle and apply the • If the LCD warning is active, the foot brake or shift into P (Park). foot brake must be applied. sively. Finally the clutch in transmission could be overheated. Then allow the transmission to cool • Ignoring the warnings can lead to for a few minutes with engine on, damage to the transmission. before driving off. • When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly.

629 Driving your vehicle

• If the vehicle continues to be driven and the clutch temperatures CAUTION - Holding the reach the maximum temperature Vehicle Using Accelerator limit, the " Transmission Hot! Park Pedal with engine on" warning will be dis- Do not attempt to hold your played. When this occurs the clutch vehicle on a hill by applying the is disabled until the clutch cools to accelerator pedal. This can normal temperatures. cause your clutch and transmis- • The warning will display a time to sion to be damaged as a result OJF055115L wait for the transmission to cool. of overheating. • If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow the transmission to cool. • When the message "Trans cooled. Resume driving.“ appears you can continue to drive your vehicle. OJF055117L • When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly.

If any of the warning messages in the LCD display continue to blink, for your safety, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. OJF055119L Transmission overheated

6 30 Driving your vehicle

Transmission ranges R (Reverse) The indicator in the instrument clus- WARNING Use this position to drive the vehicle ter displays the shift lever position • Shifting into P (Park) while the backward. when the ignition switch is in the ON vehicle is in motion may position. cause you to lose control of CAUTION the vehicle. Always come to a complete stop P (Park) • After the vehicle has stopped, before shifting into or out of R always make sure the shift Always come to a complete stop (Reverse); you may damage the lever is in P (Park), apply the transmission if you shift into R before shifting into P (Park). parking brake, and turn the To shift from P (Park), you must (Reverse) while the vehicle is in engine off. motion. depress firmly on the brake pedal • When parking on an incline, and make sure your foot is off the block the wheels to prevent accelerator pedal. the vehicle from rolling down. N (Neutral) If you have done all of the above • For safety, always engage the The wheels and transmission are not and still cannot shift the lever out parking brake with the shift engaged. of P (Park), see “Shift-Lock lever in the P (Park) position Release” in this chapter. Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart except for the case of emer- a stalled engine, or if it is necessary The shift lever must be in P (Park) gency parking. to stop with the engine ON. Shift into before turning the engine off. • Do not use the P (Park) posi- P (Park) if you need to leave your tion in place of the parking vehicle for any reason. brake. Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear.

631 Driving your vehicle

D (Drive) This is the normal driving position. WARNING The transmission will automatically • Do not shift into gear unless shift through a seven-gear your foot is firmly on the sequence, providing the best fuel brake pedal. Shifting into gear economy and power. when the engine is running at high speed can cause the + (UP) For extra power when passing anoth- vehicle to move very rapidly. er vehicle or driving uphill depress You may lose control of the the accelerator pedal further until vehicle and cause accidents. you feel the transmission downshift Sports mode - (DOWN) to a lower gear. • Do not drive with the shift lever in N (Neutral). OPS053009 The DRIVE MODE switch, located on the shift lever console, allows the The vehicle will not exhibit Sports mode driver to switch from NORMAL mode engine braking in N (Neutral). Whether the vehicle is stationary or to SPORT or ECO mode. (if in motion, sports mode is selected by equipped) pushing the shift lever from the D ✽ NOTICE For more information, refer to “Drive (Drive) position into the manual gate. Mode Integrated Control System” Always ensure vehicle is stationary, To return to D (Drive) range opera- later in this chapter. at a complete stop, before selecting tion, push the shift lever back into the D (Drive). main gate. In Sports Mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to select the desired range of gears for the current driving conditions.

6 32 Driving your vehicle

+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once ✽ NOTICE Shift lock system (if equipped) to shift up one gear. • Only the seven forward gears can For your safety, the Dual clutch trans- - (Down) :Pull the lever backwards be selected. To reverse or park the mission has a shift lock system once to shift down one vehicle, move the shift lever to the which prevents shifting the transmis- gear. R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse) required. unless the brake pedal is depressed. ✽ NOTICE • Downshifts are made automatical- To shift the transmission from P (Park) ly when the vehicle slows down. or N (Neutral) into R (Reverse): In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. may decrease. automatically selected. • When the engine rpm approaches 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition the red zone the transmission will switch to the ON position. upshift automatically. 3. Move the shift lever. • If the driver presses the lever to + If the brake pedal is repeatedly (Up) or - (Down) position, the trans- depressed and released with the shift mission may not make the request- lever in the P (Park) position, a chat- ed gear change if the next gear is tering noise near the shift lever may outside of the allowable engine rpm be heard. This is a normal condition. range. The driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the WARNING engine rpms below the red zone. Always fully depress the brake pedal before and while shifting out of the P (Park) position into another position to avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle which could injure persons in or around the car.

633 Driving your vehicle

Ignition key interlock system Parking (if equipped) Always come to a complete stop and The ignition key cannot be removed continue to depress the brake pedal. unless the shift lever is in the P Move the shift lever into the P (Park) (Park) position. position, apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.

OPS053010 WARNING Shift-lock override When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be If the shift lever cannot be moved careful not to depress the accel- from the P (Park) position into R erator pedal for a long period of (Reverse) position with the brake time.The engine or exhaust sys- pedal depressed, continue depress- tem may overheat and start a ing the brake, then do the following: fire. 1. Carefully remove the cap covering The exhaust gas and the the shift-lock override access hole. exhaust system are very hot. 2. Insert a screwdriver into the Keep away from the exhaust access hole and press down on system components. the screwdriver. Do not stop or park over flam- 3. Move the shift lever. mable materials, such as dry 4. Have your vehicle inspected by an grass, paper or leaves.They may authorized Kia dealer immediately. ignite and cause a fire.

6 34 Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices • Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be • Never move the shift lever from P WARNING especially careful when braking, (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other To reduce the risk of SERIOUS accelerating or shifting gears. On a position with the accelerator pedal INJURY or DEATH: slippery surface, an abrupt change depressed. • ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. in vehicle speed can cause the In a collision, an unbelted • Never move the shift lever into P drive wheels to lose traction and occupant is significantly more (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. the vehicle to go out of control. likely to be seriously injured • Be sure the car is completely • Optimum vehicle performance and or killed than a properly belt- stopped before you attempt to shift economy is obtained by smoothly ed occupant. into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). depressing and releasing the • Avoid high speeds when cor- • Never take the car out of gear and accelerator pedal. nering or turning. coast down a hill. This may be extremely hazardous. Always leave • Do not make quick steering the car in gear when moving. wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, • Do not "ride" the brakes. This can sharp turns. cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are • The risk of rollover is greatly driving down a long hill, slow down increased if you lose control and shift to a lower gear. When you of your vehicle at highway do this, engine braking will help speeds. slow the car. • Loss of control often occurs if • Slow down before shifting to a two or more wheels drop off lower gear. Otherwise, the lower the roadway and the driver gear may not be engaged. over steers to reenter the roadway. • Always use the parking brake. Do not depend on placing the trans- (Continued) mission in P (Park) to keep the car from moving.

635 Driving your vehicle

Kickdown Mechanism (Continued) (if equipped) • In the event your vehicle Use the kickdown mechanism for leaves the roadway, do not maximum acceleration. Depress the steer sharply. Instead, slow accelerator pedal beyond the pres- down before pulling back into sure point. The transmission will shift the travel lanes. to a lower gear depending on the • Kia recommends you follow all engine speed. posted speed limits. Moving up a steep grade from a standing start WARNING To move up a steep grade from a If your vehicle becomes stuck in standing start, depress the brake snow, mud, sand, etc., then you pedal, shift the shift lever to D(Drive). may attempt to rock the vehicle Select the appropriate gear depend- free by moving it forward and ing on load weight and steepness of backward. Do not attempt this the grade, and release the parking procedure if people or objects brake. Depress the accelerator grad- are anywhere near the vehicle. ually while releasing the brake pedal. During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects.

6 36 Driving your vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s CAUTION - Brake Pedal Your vehicle has power-assisted ability to safely slow down; the vehi- brakes that adjust automatically Do not drive with your foot rest- cle may also pull to one side when through normal usage. ing on the brake pedal. This will the brakes are applied. Applying the create abnormally high brake brakes lightly will indicate whether In the event that the power-assisted temperatures which can cause they have been affected in this way. brakes lose power because of a excessive brake lining and pad Always test your brakes in this fash- stalled engine or some other reason, wear. ion after driving through deep water. you can still stop your vehicle by To dry the brakes, apply them lightly applying greater force to the brake while maintaining a safe forward pedal than you normally would. The WARNING - Steep hill speed until brake performance stopping distance, however, will be returns to normal. longer. braking When the engine is not running, the Avoid continuous application of reserve brake power is partially the brakes when descending a depleted each time the brake pedal long or steep hill by shifting to a is applied. Do not pump the brake lower gear. Continuous brake pedal when the power assist has application will cause the been interrupted. brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of Pump the brake pedal only when braking performance. necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.

637 Driving your vehicle

In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator If service brakes fail to operate while When your brake pads are worn and WARNING - Brake wear the vehicle is in motion, you can new pads are required, you will hear Do not ignore high pitched make an emergency stop with the a high-pitched warning sound from whining sounds from your parking brake. The stopping dis- your front brakes or rear brakes. You brakes. If you ignore this audi- tance, however, will be much greater may hear this sound come and go or ble warning, you will eventually than normal. it may occur whenever you depress lose braking performance, the brake pedal. which could lead to a serious accident. WARNING - Parking Please remember that some driving brake conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or Applying the parking brake lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor- CAUTION - Parking brake while the vehicle is moving at mal and does not indicate a problem Driving with the parking brake normal speeds can cause a with your brakes. sudden loss of control of the applied will cause excessive vehicle. If you must use the Always replace the front or rear brake pad (or lining) and brake parking brake to stop the vehi- brake pads as pairs. rotor wear. cle, use great caution in applying the brake.

6 38 Driving your vehicle

Parking brake - Hand type Releasing the parking brake CAUTION - Parking brake Applying the parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.

OPS053012 OPS053011 To release the parking brake, first To engage the parking brake, first apply the foot brake and pull up the apply the foot brake and then without parking brake lever slightly. Secondly pressing the release button in, pull press the release button (1) and the parking brake lever up as far as lower the parking brake lever (2) possible. while holding the button. In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on a gradi- ent, the shift lever should be positioned in the appropriate low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the P (Park) position for automatic transaxle vehicles.

639 Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, cease driving the WARNING - Parking vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- Brake Use sible, use extreme caution while • Never allow a passenger to operating the vehicle and only con- touch the parking brake. If the tinue to drive the vehicle until you parking brake is released can reach a safe location or repair unintentionally, serious injury shop. may occur. • All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parked to avoid inadvertent movement W-75 of the car which can injure Check the brake warning light by occupants or pedestrians. turning the ignition switch ON (do not start the engine). This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. Before driving, be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off. If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.

6 40 Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS continuously senses the ✽ NOTICE ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci- speed of the wheels. If the wheels A click sound may be heard in the dents due to improper or dangerous are going to lock, the ABS system engine compartment when the vehi- driving maneuvers. Even though repeatedly modulates the hydraulic cle begins to move after the engine is vehicle control is improved during brake pressure to the wheels. started. These conditions are normal emergency braking, always maintain When you apply your brakes under and indicate that the anti-lock brake a safe distance between you and conditions which may lock the system is functioning properly. objects ahead. Vehicle speeds wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ should always be reduced during sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- • Even with the anti-lock brake sys- extreme road conditions. The vehicle responding sensation in the brake tem, your vehicle still requires suf- should be driven at reduced speeds pedal. This is normal and it means ficient stopping distance. Always in the following circumstances: your ABS is active. maintain a safe distance from the • When driving on rough, gravel or In order to obtain the maximum ben- vehicle in front of you. snow-covered roads efit from your ABS in an emergency • Always slow down when cornering. • When driving with tire chains situation, do not attempt to modulate The anti-lock brake system cannot installed your brake pressure and do not try to prevent accidents resulting from pump your brakes. Press your brake excessive speeds. • When driving on roads where the pedal as hard as possible to allows • On loose or uneven road surfaces, road surface is pitted or has differ- the ABS to control the force being ent surface heights. operation of the anti-lock brake delivered to the brakes. system may result in a longer stop- Driving in these conditions increase ping distance than for vehicles the stopping distance for your vehi- equipped with a conventional cle. brake system.

641 Driving your vehicle

• When you drive on a road having ✽ NOTICE poor traction, such as an icy road, and have operated your brakes When you jump start your vehicle continuously, the ABS will be active because of a drained battery, the continuously and the ABS warning engine may not run as smoothly and light may illuminate. Pull your vehi- the ABS warning light may turn on cle over to a safe place and stop at the same time. This happens the engine. because of low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS has mal- • Restart the engine. If the ABS functioned. warning light goes off, then your • Do not pump your brakes! ABS system is normal. Otherwise, • Have the battery recharged before W-78 you may have a problem with the driving the vehicle. The ABS warning light will stay on for ABS. Contact an authorized Kia approximately 3 seconds after the dealer as soon as possible. ignition switch is ON. During that time, the ABS will go through self- diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

6 42 Driving your vehicle

Electronic stability control Electronic stability control (ESC) will ✽ NOTICE (ESC) not prevent accidents. Excessive A click sound may be heard in the speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers and engine compartment when the vehi- hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still cle begins to move after the engine is result in serious accidents. Only a started. These conditions are normal safe and attentive driver can prevent and indicate that the Electronic accidents by avoiding maneuvers that Stability Control System is function- cause the vehicle to lose traction. ing properly. Even with ESC installed, always follow all the normal precautions for driv- ✽ NOTICE ing - including driving at safe speeds for the conditions. For maximum protection, always wear your seat belt. No system, no The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) matter how advanced, can compen- system is an electronic system OPS053013L sate for all driver error and/or driv- designed to help the driver maintain ing conditions. Always drive respon- The Electronic Stability control vehicle control under adverse condi- sibly. (ESC) system is designed to stabi- tions. It is not a substitute for safe driv- lize the vehicle during cornering ing practices. Factors including speed, maneuvers. ESC checks where you road conditions and driver steering are steering and where the vehicle is input can all affect whether ESC will be actually going. ESC applies the effective in preventing a loss of control. brakes on individual wheels and It is still your responsibility to drive and intervenes with the engine manage- corner at reasonable speeds and to ment system to stabilize the vehicle. leave a sufficient margin of safety. When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active.

643 Driving your vehicle

ESC operation When operating ESC operation off ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera- ESC OFF state • When the ignition is turned tion, the ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC - ON, ESC and ESC OFF blinks. off states. indicator lights illuminate for • When the Electronic If the engine stops when approximately 3 seconds, Stability Control is operat- ESC is off, ESC remains off. then ESC is turned on. ing properly, you can feel a Upon restarting the engine, • Press the ESC OFF but- slight pulsation in the vehi- the ESC will automatically ton for at least half a sec- cle. This is only the effect turn on again. ond after turning the igni- of brake control and indi- tion ON to turn ESC off. cates nothing unusual. (ESC OFF indicator will • When moving out of the illuminate). To turn the mud or driving on a slip- ESC on, press the ESC pery road, pressing the OFF button (ESC OFF accelerator pedal may not indicator light will go off). cause the engine rpm • When starting the engine, (revolutions per minute) to you may hear a slight tick- increase. ing sound. This is the ESC performing an automatic system self-check and does not indicate a problem.

6 44 Driving your vehicle

• ESC off state 1 • ESC off state 2 Indicator light To cancel ESC operation, press the To cancel ESC operation, press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for ■ ESC indicator light shortly (ESC OFF indicator light more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi- (ESC OFF ) illuminates). At this cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates state, the engine control function and ESC OFF warning chime will does not operate. It means the trac- sound. At this state, the engine con- tion control function does not oper- trol function and brake control func- ■ ESC OFF indicator light ate. Brake control function only oper- tion do not operate. It means the car ates. stability control function does not The message (“Traction Control dis- operate any more. abled”) will appear on the LCD dis- The message (“Traction & Stability play. Control disabled”) will appear on the LCD display. When ignition switch is turned to ON, the indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally. The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button.

645 Driving your vehicle

ESC OFF usage ✽ NOTICE CAUTION When driving • When operating the vehicle on a Driving with varying tire or • ESC should be turned on for daily dynamometer, ensure that the wheel sizes may cause the ESC driving whenever possible. ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light system to malfunction. When • To turn ESC off while driving, press illuminated). If the ESC is left on, replacing tires, make sure they it may prevent the vehicle speed are the same size as your origi- the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface. from increasing, and result in false nal tires. diagnosis. • Turning the ESC off does not WARNING - Operating affect ABS or brake system opera- WARNING - Electronic sta- ESC tion. bility control Never press the ESC OFF but- Drive carefully even though ton while ESC is operating (ESC your vehicle has Electronic indicator light blinks). Stability Control. It can only If ESC is turned off while ESC is assist you in maintaining con- operating, the vehicle may slip trol under certain circum- out of control. stances.

6 46 Driving your vehicle

Vehicle stability management The VSM does not operate when: Malfunction indicator (VSM) • Driving on bank road such as gra- The VSM can be deactivated even if This system provides further dient or incline you don’t cancel the VSM operation enhancements to vehicle stability • Driving in reverse by pressing the ESC OFF button. It indicates that a malfunction has and steering responses when a vehi- • ESC OFF indicator light ( ) been detected somewhere in the cle is driving on a slippery road or a remains on the instrument cluster vehicle detects changes in coeffi- Electric Power Steering system or cient of friction between right wheels • EPS indicator light remains on the VSM system. If the ESC indicator and left wheels when braking. instrument cluster light ( ) or EPS warning light remains on, take your vehicle to an VSM operation off authorized Kia dealer and have the VSM operation system checked. When the VSM is in operation, ESC If you press the ESC OFF button to indicator light ( ) blinks. turn off the ESC, the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator ✽ NOTICE When the vehicle stability manage- light ( ) illuminates. • The VSM is designed to function ment is operating properly, you can To turn on the VSM, press the button above approximately 13 mph (22 feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle km/h) on curves. and/or abnormal steering responses again. The ESC OFF indicator light goes out. • The VSM is designed to function (EPS). This is only the effect of brake above approximately 6 mph (10 and EPS control and indicates noth- km/h) when a vehicle is braking on ing unusual. a split-mu road. The split-mu road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces.

647 Driving your vehicle

• The Vehicle Stability Management Hill-start assist control (HAC) Good braking practices system is not a substitute for safe A vehicle has the tendency to roll • Check to be sure the parking brake driving practices but a supplemen- back on a steep hill when it starts to is not engaged and the parking tary function only. It is the respon- go after stopping. The Hill-start brake indicator light is out before sibility of the driver to always check Assist Control (HAC) prevents the driving away. the speed and the distance to the vehicle from rolling back by applying • Driving through water may get the vehicle ahead. Always hold the the brakes automatically for about 2 steering wheel firmly while driving. brakes wet. They can also get wet seconds. The brakes are released when the vehicle is washed. Wet • Your vehicle is designed to activate when the accelerator pedal is brakes can be dangerous! Your according to the driver’s intention, depressed or after about 2 seconds. vehicle will not stop as quickly if the even with installed VSM. Always The HAC is activated only for about 2 brakes are wet. Wet brakes may follow all the normal precautions seconds, so when the vehicle is cause the vehicle to pull to one for driving at safe speeds for the starting off always depress the accel- side. conditions – including driving in erator pedal. clement weather and on a slippery To dry the brakes, apply the brakes road. lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to WARNING - Maintaining keep the vehicle under control at Brake Pressure on Incline all times. If the braking action does HAC does not replace the need not return to normal, stop as soon to apply brakes while stopped on as it is safe to do so and call an an incline. While stopped, make authorized Kia dealer for assis- sure you maintain brake pres- tance. sure sufficient to prevent your vehicle from rolling backward and causing an accident. Don’t release the brake pedal until you are ready to accelerate forward.

6 48 Driving your vehicle

• Don't coast down hills with the • If your vehicle is equipped with an • Under some conditions your park- vehicle out of gear. This is extreme- automatic transaxle, don't let your ing brake can freeze in the ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in vehicle creep forward. To avoid engaged position. This is most like- gear at all times, use the brakes to creeping forward, keep your foot ly to happen when there is an slow down, then shift to a lower firmly on the brake pedal when the accumulation of snow or ice gear so that engine braking will vehicle is stopped. around or near the rear brakes or if help you maintain a safe speed. • Be cautious when parking on a hill. the brakes are wet. If there is a risk • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Firmly engage the parking brake that the parking brake may freeze, Resting your foot on the brake and place the shift lever in P (auto- apply it only temporarily while you pedal while driving can be danger- matic transaxle) or in first or put the shift lever in P (automatic ous because the brakes might reverse gear (manual transaxle). If transaxle) or in first or reverse gear overheat and lose their effective- your vehicle is facing downhill, turn (manual transaxle) and block the ness. It also increases the wear of the front wheels into the curb to rear wheels so the vehicle cannot the brake components. help keep the vehicle from rolling. If roll. Then release the parking brake. • If a tire goes flat while you are driv- your vehicle is facing uphill, turn ing, apply the brakes gently and the front wheels away from the • Do not hold the vehicle on the keep the vehicle pointed straight curb to help keep the vehicle from incline with the accelerator pedal. ahead while you slow down. When rolling. If there is no curb or if it is This can cause the transaxle to you are moving slowly enough for it required by other conditions to overheat. Always use the brake to be safe to do so, pull off the road keep the vehicle from rolling, block pedal or parking brake. and stop in a safe place. the wheels.

649 Driving your vehicle

AUTONOMOUS EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) (IF EQUIPPED) The AEB system is designed to System setting and activation potentially reduce accident risk. It WARNING System setting recognizes the distance from the Take the following precautions vehicle ahead or a pedestrian when using the Autonomous The driver can activate the AEB by placing the engine start/stop button through the sensors (i.e. radar and Emergency Braking (AEB): camera), and, if necessary, warns to the ON position and by selecting • This system is only a supple- the driver of a collision risk with ta 'User Settings', 'Driving Assist', and mental system and it is not warning message or warning alarms. 'Autonomous Emergency Braking intended to, nor does it System'. The AEB deactivates, when replace the need for extreme the driver cancels the system setting. WARNING care and attention of the driv- - Autonomous Emergency er. The sensing range and Braking (AEB) Limitations objects detectable by the sen- The AEB system is a supple- sors are limited. Pay attention mental system and is not a sub- to the road conditions at all stitute for safe driving prac- times. tices. It is still the responsibility • NEVER drive too fast in accor- of the driver to ensure it is safe dance with the road condi- to use the AEB based on the tions or while cornering. speed of traffic and the distance • Always drive cautiously to to the nearest vehicle ahead of prevent unexpected and sud- the driver. den situations from occurring. AEB does not stop the vehicle completely and does not avoid collisions.

6 50 Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi- • EARLY - When this condition is • LATE - When this condition is nates on the LCD display, selected, the initial selected, the initial Forward when you cancel the AEB Forward Collision Warning Collision Warning is activat- system. The driver can is activated earlier than ed later than normal. This monitor the AEB ON/OFF status on normal. This setting maxi- setting reduces the amount the LCD display. Also, the warning mizes the amount of dis- of distance between the light illuminates when the ESC tance between the vehicle vehicle or pedestrian ahead (Electronic Stability Control) is tuned or pedestrian ahead before before the initial warning off (Traction & Stability Control dis- the initial warning occurs. occurs. The driver can use it abled.) When the warning light • NORMAL - When this condition is when the traffic is not busy remains ON with the AEB activated, selected, the initial on the road and driving have your vehicle inspected by an Forward Collision speed is lower. authorized Kia dealer. Warning is activated normally. This setting allows The driver can select the initial warn- for a smaller amount of ing activation time in the User distance between the Settings in the instrument cluster vehicle or pedestrian LCD display. The options for the ini- ahead before the initial tial Forward Collision Warning warning occurs than include the following: EARLY mode.

651 Driving your vehicle

Prerequisite for activation AEB warning message and The AEB will activate when the AEB WARNING system control is selected on the LCD display, and Set or cancel AEB with the con- The AEB produces warning mes- when the following prerequisites are trolling switches on the steering sages, warning alarms, and emer- satisfied: wheel only when the vehicle is gency braking based on the level of - The ESC (Electronic Stability stopped. Do not attempt to set risk of a frontal collision, such as Control) is activated. or cancel the AEB while your when a vehicle ahead suddenly vehicle is moving. - The driving speed is over 6 mph brakes or when it detects a collision (10 km/h). (The AEB only works with a pedestrian is imminent. within a certain range of vehicle • The AEB automatically activates speeds) when you turn the vehicle on. - When the AEB recognizes a vehi- The driver can deactivate the AEB cle or the pedestrian in front. (The by canceling the in the system set- AEB may not recognize every ting on the LCD display. obstacle or provide warnings and braking in every situation, so do • The AEB automatically deactivates not rely on the AEB to stop the when canceling ESC. When the vehicle in instances where the driv- ESC is canceled, the AEB cannot er sees an obstacle and has the be activated on the LCD display. ability to apply the brakes)

6 52 Driving your vehicle

Forward Warning (1st warning) Collision Warning (2nd warning) Emergency braking (3rd warning)

OPS056107L OPS056129L OPS056130L The warning message appears on • The warning message appears on • The warning message appears on the LCD display with the warning the LCD display with the warning the LCD display with the warning alarms. alarms. alarms. • The AEB applies the brakes within • The AEB controls the brakes with- certain limit to reduce the impact in certain limit to reduce the impact from a collision. from the collision. The AEB controls the maximum brakes just before the collision.

653 Driving your vehicle

Brake operation ✽ NOTICE • In an urgent situation, the braking WARNING The AEB system logic operates with- system enters into the ready status The AEB cannot avoid all colli- in certain parameters, such as the for prompt reaction against the dri- sions. The AEB might not com- distance from the vehicle or pedes- ver’s depressing the brake pedal. pletely stop the vehicle before trian ahead, the speed of the vehicle collision, due to ambient weath- • The AEB provides additional brak- ahead, and the driver's vehicle er and road conditions. The ing power for optimum braking per- speed. Certain conditions such as driver has the responsibility to formance, when the driver inclement weather and road condi- drive safely and control the depresses the brake pedal. tions may affect the operation of the vehicle. AEB system. • The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the brake pedal, ✽ NOTICE WARNING or when the driver abruptly turns The AEB operates in accordance Never deliberately drive danger- the steering wheel. with the risk levels, such as the dis- ously to activate the system as • The braking control is automatical- tance from the vehicle/passer-by in such conduct increases the risk ly canceled, when risk factors dis- front, the speed of the vehicle/pass- of an accident. appear. er-by in front, and the driver's vehicle operation. The driver should always exercise caution when operating the vehicle, WARNING even though there is no warning The AEB braking control is a message or warning alarm. supplemental system and cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely drive and control the vehicle.

6 54 Driving your vehicle

Sensor to detect the distance • Do not apply license plate molding • Use only genuine Kia parts to from the vehicle in front or foreign objects such as a repair or replace a damaged sen- (front radar) bumper sticker or a bumper guard sor or sensor cover. Do not apply near the radar sensor. Doing so paint to the sensor cover. may adversely affect the sensing • NEVER install any accessories or performance of the radar. stickers on the front windshield, • Always keep the radar sensor and nor tint the front windshield. cover clean and free of dirt and • NEVER locate any reflective debris. objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) • Use only a soft cloth to wash the over the dashboard. Any light vehicle. Do not spray pressurized reflection may cause a malfunction water directly on the sensor or sen- of the system. sor cover. • Pay extreme caution to keep the • Be careful not to apply unneces- camera out of water. OPS057133N sary force on the radar sensor or • NEVER disassemble the camera sensor cover. If the sensor is assembly, nor apply any impact on The sensor detects the distance to forcibly moved out of proper align- the camera assembly. the vehicle in front. However, a for- ment, the AEB system may not eign substances on the sensor lens, operate correctly. In this case, a • Playing the vehicle audio system at such as snow and rain, may adverse- warning message may not be dis- high volume may offset the system ly affect the sensing performance. It played. Have the vehicle inspected warning sounds. may even temporarily cancel the by an authorized Kia dealer. AEB. Always keep the sensor lens • If the front bumper becomes dam- clean. aged in the area around the radar sensor, the AEB system may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

655 Driving your vehicle

Warning message and warning ✽ NOTICE System malfunction light • Do not install any accessories, such as a license plate bracket or bumper sticker near the sensor area. Do not replace the bumper by yourself. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance. • Always keep the sensor/bumper area clean. • Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Also, do not spray highly pressurized water on the sensor installed on the bumper. • Be careful not to apply unneces- OPS056132L OPS056131L sary force on the frontal sensor • When the AEB is not working prop- When the sensor is covered or the area. When the sensor moves out erly, the AEB warning light ( ) will sensor lens is dirty with foreign sub- of the correct position due to illuminate and the warning mes- stances, such as snow or rain, the external force, the system may not sage will appear for a few seconds. AEB operation may temporarily stop. operate correctly even without the After the message disappears, the In this case, a warning message will warning light or message. In this master warning light ( ) will illu- appear to notify the driver. case, have your vehicle inspected minate. In this case, have your vehi- by an authorized Kia dealer. cle inspected by an authorized Kia This is not a malfunction with the • Use only the genuine Kia sensor dealer. AEB. To operate the AEB again, cover. Do not arbitrarily apply • The AEB warning message may remove the foreign substances. paint on the sensor cover. appear along with the illumination of the ESC warning light.

6 56 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE WARNING WARNING • If there is a malfunction with the The AEB is only a supplemental • Always maintain a safe dis- AEB system, the automatic emer- system for the driver's conven- tance between your vehicle gency braking is not applied even ience. It is the driver's responsi- and the vehicle in front of you. though it is operating normally. bility of the driver to control the If the vehicle in front stops • The AEB system may not activate vehicle. Do not solely depend suddenly, you may have less if the driver applies the brake on the AEB system. Rather, control of the brake system. pedal to avoid a collision. maintain a safe braking dis- • Always keep loose objects tance, and, if necessary, secured. The AEB system depress the brake pedal to may activate during braking reduce the driving speed. and the vehicle may stop suddenly causing those loose objects to become dangerous ✽ NOTICE projectiles within the vehicle In certain instances and under cer- and increase the risk of tain driving conditions, the AEB sys- injuries to vehicle occupants. tem may activate prematurely. This • The AEB system cannot initial warning message appears on detect the driver approaching the LCD display with a warning the side view of a parked vehi- chime. cle (for example on a dead Also, in certain instances the front end street.) In these cases, radar sensor or camera recognition you must maintain a safe system may not detect the vehicle or braking distance, and if nec- pedestrian ahead. The AEB system essary, depress the brake may not activate and the warning pedal to reduce the driving message will not be displayed. speed in order to maintain a safe distance to avoid an accident.

657 Driving your vehicle

• The brake control may be insuffi- Limitations of the system Recognizing vehicles cient, possibly causing a collision, The Automatic Emergency Braking The sensor may be limited when: if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. (AEB) system is designed to monitor Always pay extreme caution. • The radar sensor or camera is the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian on blocked with a foreign object or • Occupants may get injured, if the the roadway through radar signals debris vehicle abruptly stops by the acti- and camera recognition to warn the • Inclement weather such as heavy vated AEB system. Pay extreme driver that a collision is imminent, caution. rain or snow obscures the field of and if necessary, apply emergency view of the radar sensor or camera • The AEB system operates only to braking. detect vehicles or pedestrians in • There is interference by electro- In certain situations, the radar sen- magnetic waves front of the vehicle. sor or the camera may not be able to • The AEB system does not operate detect the vehicle or pedestrian • There is severe irregular reflection when the vehicle is in reverse. ahead. In these cases, the AEB sys- from the radar sensor • The AEB system is not designed to tem may not operate.The driver must • The radar/camera sensor recogni- detect other objects on the road pay careful attention in the following tion is limited such as animals. situations where the AEB operation • The vehicle in front is too small to may be limited. • The AEB system does not detect be detected (for example a motor- vehicles in the opposite lane. cycle or a bicycle, etc.) • The AEB system does not detect • The camera cannot fit the full out- cross traffic vehicles that are line of a vehicle in front approaching. • The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.) • The driver's field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much back- light that obscures the field of view)

6 58 Driving your vehicle

• The vehicle in front does not have • The vehicle in front is stopped ver- • The windshield is fogged by humid their rear lights properly turned ON tically air in the vehicle or frosted over • The outside brightness changes • The vehicle in front is driving • In foggy weather suddenly, for example when enter- towards your vehicle or reversing • The radar/camera sensor recogni- ing or exiting a tunnel • Sensor recognition changes rapid- tion is limited • Light coming from a street light or ly when driving over a bump an oncoming vehicle is reflected on • When the vehicle vibrates heavily a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road • When the vehicle in front drives in circles, such as on a roundabout • The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare • Window tint on the front windshield, film, water repellent coat- • The windshield glass is fogged up; ing, damaged glass, camera lens a clear view of the road is obstruct- contaminated with foreign objects ed (e.g. a sticker, insect, etc.) • The vehicle in front is driving errat- • When the radar or camera/camera ically lens is damaged • The vehicle drives through a con- • When the headlights are off or struction area, on an unpaved weak at night or in a tunnel road, or above metal materials, such as a railway • Light such as street light, sunlight or oncoming vehicle light reflects • The vehicle drives inside a build- from water on the road ing, such as a basement parking lot • Driving with the sun in front of you (including headlights of a vehicle • The adverse road conditions cause coming from the opposite direc- excessive vehicle vibrations while tion) driving • Signs, shadow on the road, tunnel • The vehicle in front is moving verti- entrance, toll gate, partially paved cally to the driving direction roads

659 Driving your vehicle

Also, in certain instances the front radar sensor or camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle traveling on a curved road. In these cases, the driver must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

OQL055053 OQL055054 - Driving on a curve The AEB system may recognize a The performance of the AEB system vehicle in the next lane when driving on a curved road. may be limited when driving on a curved road. In this case, the system may apply the brake. In certain instances on a curved road, the AEB system may activate Always pay attention to road and prematurely. driving conditions, while driving. If necessary, depress the brake pedal The AEB (Autonomous Emergency to reduce your driving speed in order Braking) performance decreases to maintain a safe distance. while driving on a curve not recognizing the vehicle in front in the same Also, when necessary depress the lane. It may unnecessarily produce accelerator pedal to prevent the sys- the warning alarm or brake, or it may tem\ from unnecessarily decelerating not produce the warning alarm or your vehicle. brake at all. Check the traffic conditions around the vehicle before operating the AEB (Autonomous Emergency Braking).

6 60 Driving your vehicle

OPS056127N OQL055056 OQL055057 - Driving on a slope - Changing lanes When driving in stop-and-go traffic, The AEB performance decreases When a vehicle changes lanes in and a stopped vehicle in front of you while driving upward or downward on front of you, the AEB system may not merges out of the lane, the AEB sys- a slope, not recognizing the vehicle immediately detect the vehicle, espe- tem may not immediately detect the in front in the same lane. It may cially if the vehicle changes lanes new vehicle that is now in front of unnecessarily produce the warning abruptly. In this case, you must main- you. In this case, you must maintain message and the warning alarm, or it tain a safe braking distance, and if a safe braking distance, and if nec- may not produce the warning mes- necessary, depress the brake pedal essary, depress the brake pedal to sage and the warning alarm at all. to reduce your driving speed in order reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. When the AEB suddenly recognizes to maintain a safe distance. the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration. Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal.

661 Driving your vehicle

Recognizing pedestrians • It is difficult to detect and distin- The sensor may be limited when: guish the pedestrian from other objects in the surroundings, for • The pedestrian is not fully detected example, when there is a group of by the camera recognition system, pedestrians or a large crowd for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking • Sensor recognition changes rapid- upright ly when driving over a bump • The pedestrian is moving very • When the vehicle vibrates heavily quickly or appears abruptly in the • Window tint on the front wind- camera detection area shield, film, water repellent coating, damaged glass, camera lens OPS056128N • The pedestrian is wearing clothing that easily blends into the back- contaminated with foreign objects - Recognizing the vehicle ground, making it difficult to be (e.g. a sticker, insect, etc.) If the vehicle in front of you has cargo detected by the camera recogni- • When the radar or camera/camera that extends rearward from the cab, tion system lens is damaged or when the vehicle in front of you • The outside lighting is too bright • When the headlights are off or has higher ground clearance, addi- (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight weak at night or in a tunnel tional special attention is required. or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. • Light such as street light, sunlight The AEB system may not be able to when driving on a dark rural road or oncoming vehicle light reflects recognize the cargo extending from at night) from water on the road the vehicle. In these instances, you • There is an item similar to a per- • Driving with the sun in front of you must maintain a safe braking dis- son's body structure tance from the rearmost object, and (including headlights of a vehicle if necessary, depress the brake • The pedestrian is small coming from the opposite direc- pedal to reduce your driving speed in • The pedestrian has impaired tion) order to maintain distance. mobility • Signs, shadow on the road, tunnel • The sensor recognition is limited entrance, toll gate, partially paved roads

6 62 Driving your vehicle

• The windshield is fogged by humid • Never try to test the operation of air in the vehicle or frosted over the AEB system. Doing so may • In foggy weather cause severe injury or death. • The radar/camera sensor recogni- • Please have the system inspected tion is limited by a professional workshop when replacing or reinstalling the front • Do not use the Autonomous windshield, front bumper or Emergency Braking system when radar/camera. Kia recommends to towing a vehicle. visit an authorized Kia dealer/serv- Application of the AEB system ice partner. while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle. ✽ NOTICE • Use extreme caution when the In some instances, the AEB system vehicle in front of you has cargo may be cancelled when subjected to that extends rearward from the electromagnetic interference. cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance. • The AEB system is designed to detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition. It is not designed to detect bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers.

663 Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) • If the cruise control is left on (CRUISE indicator light in the WARNING - Misuse of instrument cluster illuminated), the Cruise Control cruise control can be switched on Do not use cruise control if the accidentally. Keep the cruise con- traffic situation does not allow trol system off (CRUISE indicator you to drive safely at a constant light OFF) when the cruise control speed and with sufficient dis- is not in use, to avoid inadvertently tance to the vehicle in front. setting a speed. • Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways ✽ NOTICE OPS053015 in good weather. • During normal cruise control opera- 1. Cruise indicator • Do not use the cruise control driv- tion, when the SET switch is activat- 2. Cruise set indicator ing in heavy or varying traffic, or on ed or reactivated after applying the slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov- brakes, the cruise control will ener- ered) or winding roads or over 6% gize after approximately 3 seconds. The cruise control system allows you up-hill or down-hill roads. The delay is normal. to program the vehicle to maintain a • To activate cruise control, depress constant speed without pressing the the brake pedal at least once after accelerator pedal. turning the ignition switch to the ON This system is designed to function position or starting the engine. This above approximately 20 mph (30 is to check if the brake switch, which km/h). is an important part to canceling cruise control, is in normal condition.

6 64 Driving your vehicle

Cruise control switch To set cruise control speed:

OPS053018

OPS053016 OPS053017 3. Push the SET - switch, and release it at the desired speed. CRUISE :Turns cruise control sys- 1. Press the CRUISE button on the The SET indicator light in the tem on or off. steering wheel to turn the system instrument cluster will illuminate. CANCEL: Cancels cruise control on. The CRUISE indicator light in Release the accelerator pedal at operation. the instrument cluster will illumi- the same time. The desired speed nate. RES+: Resumes or increases cruise will automatically be maintained. control speed. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, On a steep grade, the vehicle may which must be more than 20 mph slow down or speed up slightly while SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con- (30 km/h). trol speed. going uphill or downhill.

✽ NOTICE - Manual transaxle For manual transaxle vehicles, you should depress the brake pedal at least once to set the cruise control after starting the engine.

665 Driving your vehicle

To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising To temporarily accelerate with speed: speed: the cruise control on: If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator.

OPS053019 OPS053018 Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures: • Push the RES + switch and hold it. • Push the SET - switch and hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. Your vehicle will gradually slow Release the lever at the speed you down. Release the lever at the want. speed you want to maintain. • Push the RES + switch and • Push the SET - switch and release release it immediately. it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by The cruising speed will decrease 1 mph (or 2km/h) each time you by 1 mph (2 km/h) each time you move the lever up (to RES+) in this move the lever down (to SET-) in manner. this manner.

6 66 Driving your vehicle

To cancel cruise control, do Each of these actions will cancel To resume cruising speed at one of the following: cruise control operation (the SET more than approximately 20 indicator light in the instrument clus- mph (30 km/h): ter will go off), but it will not turn the system off. If you wish to resume cruise control operation, push the RES + switch located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed.

OPS053020 • Press the brake pedal. OPS053019 • Depress the clutch pedal if If any method other than the equipped with a manual transaxle. CRUISE button was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still • Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto- activated, the most recent set speed matic transaxle. will automatically resume when the • Push the CANCEL switch located RES+ switch is pushed. on the steering wheel. It will not resume, however, if the • Decrease the vehicle speed lower vehicle speed has dropped below than the memory speed by approx- approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). imately 12mph(20km/h). • Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 15 mph (25 km/h).

667 Driving your vehicle

To turn cruise control off, do one of the following:

OPS053017 • Press the CRUISE button (the CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off). • Turn the ignition off. Both of these actions cancel cruise control operation. If you want to resume cruise control operation, repeat the steps provided in “To set cruise control speed” on the previous page.

6 68 Driving your vehicle

SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (SCC) (IF EQUIPPED) • Use the SCC only when traveling on open highways in good weather. WARNING • Limited visibility (rain, snow, smog, The Smart Cruise Control etc) System (SCC) is deactivated • Cruise function should not be used when driving under the speed when the vehicle is being towed to of 6.0 mph (10 km/h). In this prevent any damage. case, the SCC will be unable to maintain the distance entered by the driver. It is the driver's WARNING responsibility to depress the - Smart Cruise Control brake to maintain a safe dis- OPS057119N Inadvertent Activation tance from the vehicle the driver is approaching. ➀ Cruise indicator If the smart cruise control is left ➁ Set speed on (CRUISE indicator in the ➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance instrument cluster illuminated), ❈ SCC is the abbreviation for Smart it can be activated inadvertent- Cruise Control. ly. Keep the advanced smart The SCC allows you to program the cruise control system off vehicle to maintain a set speed so (CRUISE indicator turn off) long as it is not limited by traffic. When when the smart cruise control is traffic is encountered the vehicle will not in use to avoid setting a slow down to maintain a set distance speed which the driver is not behind traffic without depressing the aware of. accelerator or brake pedal.

669 Driving your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) (Continued) - Smart Cruise Control - Abrupt curved road • The smart cruise control sys- Limitations - Steep hills tem cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or • The smart cruise control is a - Windy roads an oncoming vehicle. Always supplemental system and is - Off roads look ahead cautiously to pre- not a substitute for safe driv- - Roads under construction vent unexpected and sudden ing practices. It is the respon- situations from occurring. sibility of the driver to always - Rumble strip check the speed and distance - The sensing ability decreas- • Use the smart cruise control to the vehicle ahead. es if the level of front and rear system only when traveling on vehicle is changed from the open highways in good weath- • Do not use the smart cruise er conditions. control when it may not be factory. safe to keep the car at a con- - When driving near crash bar- stant speed. For instance. riers - Highway interchange and - When driving on a sharp tollgate curve - Road surrounded by multi- - When driving with limited ple steel con-structions view (possibly due to bad (subway con-struction, steel weather, such as fog, snow, tunnel, etc) rain or sandstorm) - Parking lot • Always pay attention to the - Lanes beside guard rail on a road and driving conditions to road prevent unexpected situations - Slippery road with rain, ice, from occurring even while the or snow SCC is operating. (Continued) (Continued)

6 70 Driving your vehicle

Speed setting (SCC) To increase cruise control set To set cruise control speed: speed:

OPS053018 3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it at the desired OPS053017 OPS053019 speed. The set speed and vehicle 1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn to vehicle distance on the LDC Follow either of these procedures: the system on. The CRUISE indi- screen will illuminate. • Move the lever up (to RES+), and cator in the instrument cluster will 4. Release the accelerator pedal. hold it. Your vehicle set speed will illuminate. The desired speed will automati- increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). 2. Accelerate to the desired speed. cally be maintained. Release the lever at the speed you • 20 mph (30 km/h) ~ 110 mph If there is a vehicle in front of you, the want. (180 km/h) : when there is no speed may decrease to maintain the • Move the lever up (to RES+), and vehicle in front distance to the vehicle ahead. release it immediately.The cruising • 6 mph (10 km/h) ~ 110 mph (180 On a steep grade, the vehicle may speed will increase by 1 mph (1.0 km/h) : when there is a vehicle in slow down or speed up slightly while km/h) each time you move the front going uphill or downhill. lever up (to RES+) in this manner. • SCC will operate to a maximum setting of 110 mph (180 km/h). However all local speed limit laws must be followed. 671 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE To decrease the cruise control To temporarily accelerate with the When vehicle speed is under 10 set speed: cruise control on: km/h (6 mph), the Smart Cruise If you want to speed up temporarily Control is canceled. The driver must when the cruise control is on, adjust the vehicle speed by depress- depress the accelerator pedal. ing the accelerator or brake pedal Increased speed will not interfere according to the road condition with cruise control operation or ahead and driving condition. change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your WARNING foot off the accelerator. Check the driving condition If you move the lever down (to SET-) before using the toggle switch. at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again. Driving speed sharply increases, when you push up and hold OPS053018 the toggle switch. Follow either of these procedures: ✽ NOTICE • Move the lever down (to SET-), and Be careful when accelerating tem- hold it. Your vehicle set speed will porarily, because the speed is not decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). regulated automatically at this time Release the lever at the speed you even if there is a vehicle in front of want. you. • Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1 mph (1.0 km/h) each time you move the lever down (to SET-) in this manner. • You can set the cruise control to any speed above 20 mph (30 km/h).

6 72 Driving your vehicle

SCC will be temporarily canceled Cancelled automatically • The driver starts driving by pushing when: • The driver's door is opened. the switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator • The vehicle is shifted to N pedal, after the vehicle is stopped (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park). by the Smart Cruise Control • The EPB (Electronic Parking System with no other vehicle Brake) is applied. ahead. • The vehicle speed is over 120 mph • When the AEB (Autonomous (190 km/h). Emergency Braking) is operating • The vehicle stops on a steep • When the engine speed is in dan- incline. gerous range • The ESC (Electronic Stability • The driver starts driving by pushing Control), TCS (Traction Control the switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) System) or ABS is operating. OPS056120N or depressing the accelerator pedal, after stopping the vehicle Cancelled manually • The ESC is turned off. • The sensor or the cover is dirty or with a vehicle stopped far away in The smart cruise control is temporar- front. ily canceled when the brake pedal is blocked with foreign matter. • The AEB is activated. depressed or the CANCEL button is • The vehicle is stopped for a certain pressed. The speed and vehicle to period of time. Each of these actions will cancel the vehicle distance indicator on the • The vehicle stops and goes repeat- Smart Cruise Control operation. cluster will disappear and the edly for a long period of time. The Set Speed and Vehicle-to- CRUISE indicator is illuminated con- • The accelerator pedal is continu- Vehicle Distance on the LCD display tinuously. ously depressed for a long period will go off. of time. • The engine performance is abnormal.

673 Driving your vehicle

In a condition the Smart Cruise To resume cruise control set Control is cancelled automatically, speed: WARNING - Following the Smart Cruise Control will not Distance resume even though the RES+ or • To avoid collisions, always be SET- switch is pushed. aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle dis- ✽ NOTICE tance settings when activat- ing your smart cruise control If the system is automatically can- system. celled, the warning chime will sound and a message (“Smart Cruise • Always maintain sufficient Control canceled”) will appear for a braking distance and deceler- few seconds. ate your vehicle by applying You must adjust the vehicle speed by the brakes if necessary. depressing the accelerator or brake OPS053019 pedal according to the road conditions ahead and driving condition. If any method other than the CRUISE button was used to cancel cruising Always check the road conditions. speed and the system is still activat- Do not rely on the warning chime. ed, the cruising speed will automatically resume when you move the lever up/down (to RES+ or SET-). If you move the lever up (to RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. When the speed of the vehicle is greater than or equal to 6 mph (10 km/h) but less than 20 mph (30 km/h), the smart cruise control system will be reset only when there is a vehicle in front.

6 74 Driving your vehicle

To turn cruise control off: Vehicle to vehicle distance The vehicle to vehicle distance will setting (SCC) automatically activate when the SCC is on. To set vehicle to vehicle distance: Select the appropriate distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed.

Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows: Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

OPS053017 Press the CRUISE button. (the Distance 1 CRUISE indicator in the instrument OPS056121N cluster will go off). This function allows you to program the vehicle to maintain relative distance to the vehicle ahead without depressing the accelerator pedal or brake pedal.

675 Driving your vehicle

For example, if you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the distance is maintained as follows;

Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet (52.5 m) Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet (40 m) Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet (32.5 m) Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet OPS057125N OPS057124N (25 m)

✽ NOTICE The smart cruise control system remember the last vehicle to vehicle distance which the driver used in the vehicle with AEB.

Distance 2 Distance 1 OPS057123N OPS057122N

6 76 Driving your vehicle

• The vehicle will maintain the set Radar to detect distance to the speed, when the lane ahead is clear. vehicle ahead • The vehicle will slow down or speed up within selected speed to maintain the selected distance, when there is a vehicle ahead of you in the lane. (A vehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD display only when there is an actual vehicle in front of you) • If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady OPS056126N cruising speed after accelerating to If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: the selected speed. less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) moves to OPS057133N • The warning chime sounds and the next lane, the warning chime will LCD display blinks if it is hard to sound and a message will appear. The sensor detects distance to the vehicle ahead. maintain the selected distance to If a vehicle enters into your lane mov- the vehicle ahead. ing less than the designated speed, If the sensor is covered with dirt or • If the warning chime sounds, you can adjust your vehicle speed by other foreign matter, the vehicle to actively adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal. vehicle distance control may not depressing the brake pedal operate correctly. according to the road condition Always keep the sensor clean. ahead and driving condition. • Even if the warning chime is not activated, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.

677 Driving your vehicle

Radar check message • Always keep the sensor and • Do not apply license plate frame or If the radar or cover is dirty or bumper clean. foreign objects such as a bumper obscured with foreign matter such as • Use only a genuine Kia sensor sticker or a bumper guard near the snow, this message (“Smart Cruise cover for your vehicle. radar sensor. Doing so may Control disabled temporarily”) will adversely affect the sensing per- • Do not install accessories around formance of the radar. appear and it will disappear after for the sensor and do not replace the a while. In this case, the system may bumper by yourself. It may interfere • Always keep the radar sensor and not function temporarily, but it does with the sensor performance. lens cover clean and free of dirt not indicate a malfunction of the and debris. Smart Cruise Control System. Clean • Impact damage to the sensor or sensor area may cause the sensor • Use only a soft cloth to wash the the radar or cover by using a soft vehicle. Do not spray pressurized cloth and it will operate normally. to move slightly off position and result in the SCC not operating water directly on the sensor or sen- correctly without any warning or sor cover. SCC (Smart Cruise Control) indicator from the cluster. If this • Be careful not to apply unneces- malfunction message occurs, have your vehicle checked sary force on the radar sensor or The message (“Check Smart Cruise by an authorized Kia dealer as sensor cover. If the sensor is Control System”) will appear when soon as possible. forcibly moved out of proper align- the vehicle to vehicle distance control ment, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate correctly. system is not functioning normally. CAUTION - Sensor Take your vehicle to an authorized In this case, a warning message Damage may not be displayed. Have the Kia dealer and have the system To prevent sensor cover dam- checked. vehicle inspected by an authorized age from occurring, wash the Kia dealer. car with a soft cloth. • If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

6 78 Driving your vehicle

• Use only genuine Kia parts to To adjust the sensitivity of To convert to cruise control repair or replace a damaged sen- Smart Cruise Control mode: sor or sensor cover. Do not apply The sensitivity of vehicle speed when The driver may choose to only use paint to the sensor cover. following the front vehicle to maintain the cruise control mode (speed con- the set distance can be adjusted. Go trol function) by doing as follows: to the User Settings Mode (Driving 1.Turn the SCC on (the cruise indi- Assist) and select SCC (Smart cator light will be on but the system Cruise Control). You may select one will not be activated). of the three stages you prefer. 2.Push the distance to distance • Slow: switch for more than 2 seconds. Vehicle speed following the front 3.Choose between “Smart cruise vehicle to maintain the set distance control (SCC) mode” and “Cruise is slower than normal speed. control (CC) mode”. • Normal: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance WARNING is normal When using the cruise control mode, ensure it is safe to use • Fast: the feature by assessing the Vehicle speed following the front distance to other vehicles since vehicle to maintain the set distance the system will not automatical- is faster than normal speed. ly slow down to avoid an accident. ✽ NOTICE The system remembers the last selected mode.

679 Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the system On curves • On curves, the SCC may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly slow down when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly. • Select the appropriate set speed on curves and adjust your vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the OJF055026 road condition ahead and driving OJF055025 • Your vehicle speed can be reduced condition. due to a vehicle in the adjacent The SCC may have limits to its ability lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by to detect distance to the vehicle ahead depressing the brake pedal due to road and traffic conditions. according to the road condition ahead and driving condition. Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the SCC.

6 80 Driving your vehicle

On inclines Lane changing

OJF055049

OPS056127N OJF055028 • Your vehicle may accelerate when a vehicle ahead of you disappears. • During uphill or downhill driving, the • A vehicle which moves into your SCC may not detect a moving vehi- lane from an adjacent lane cannot • When you are warned that the cle in your lane, and cause your be recognized by the sensor until it vehicle ahead of you is not detect- vehicle to accelerate to the set is in the sensor's detection range. ed, drive with caution. speed. Also, the vehicle speed will • The sensor may not detect imme- rapidly slow down when the vehicle diately when a vehicle cuts in sud- ahead is recognized suddenly. denly. Always pay attention to the • Select the appropriate set speed traffic, road and driving conditions. on inclines and adjust your vehicle • If a vehicle which moves into your speed by depressing the accelera- lane is slower than your vehicle, your tor or brake pedal according to the speed may decrease to maintain the road condition ahead. distance to the vehicle ahead. • If a vehicle which moves into your lane is faster than your vehicle, your vehicle will accelerate to the selected speed. 681 Driving your vehicle

Vehicle recognition A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs: - When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the liftgate - While making turns by steering - When driving to one side of the lane - When driving on narrow lanes or on curves Adjust your vehicle speed by OJF055029 depressing the brake pedal accord- OJF055048 • If the vehicle right in front moves to ing to the road condition ahead and another direction, the SCC system Some vehicles ahead in your lane driving condition. may not be able to avoid a not cannot be recognized by the sensor immediately sense a stopped vehi- as follows: cle in front and may crash. Always - Narrow vehicles such as motorcy- maintain a safe distance and be cles or bicycles prepared to apply the brake pedal - Vehicles offset to one side manually. - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden- decelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles - Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads

6 82 Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Safe Use of SCC The SCC can provide you with an additional level of safety and fatigue reduction. However you must maintain careful observation of the roadway in front and around you and maintain control of your vehicle and spacing around other vehicles as you OJF055050 OPS056128N normally would. For example, • Always look out for pedestrians • Always be cautious for vehicles this will require you to apply the when your vehicle is maintaining a that are taller with higher clear- brakes as needed when coming distance with the vehicle ahead. ance, or vehicles carrying loads upon a slower moving vehicle, or that stick out of the back of the when a vehicle from another lane vehicle. drives quickly in front of you.

WARNING - Emergency Stops WARNING - Inclines & Towing The smart cruise control system cannot guarantee the stop- Do not use SCC on steep ping in every emergency situa- inclines or when towing another tion. vehicle or trailer since such extreme loading can interfere If an emergency stop is neces- with your vehicle's ability to sary, you must apply the brakes. maintain the selected speed.

683 Driving your vehicle

When using the Smart Cruise • Vehicles moving in front of you with • After an engine start, please stop Control take the following precau- a frequent lane change may cause for several seconds. If system ini- tions: a delay in the system's reaction or tialization is not completed, the • If an emergency stop is necessary, may cause the system to react to a SCC does not normally operate. you must apply the brakes. The vehicle actually in an adjacent • After an engine start, if any objects vehicle cannot be stopped at every lane. Always drive cautiously to are not detected or the sensor emergency situation by using the prevent unexpected and sudden cover is obscured with foreign sub- Smart Cruise Control System. situations from occurring. stances, there is a possibility that • Keep a safe distance according to • Always be aware of the selected the SCC system may not work. road conditions and vehicle speed. speed and vehicle to vehicle dis- • The following conditions may If the vehicle to vehicle distance is tance. The driver should not solely cause a malfunction: over-loading too close during a high-speed driv- rely on the system but always pay the liftgate, suspension modifica- ing, a serious collision may result. attention to driving conditions and tion, tire replacement with unau- control your vehicle speed. • Always maintain sufficient braking thorized tires or tires with different distance and decelerate your vehi- • The Smart Cruise Control System tread wear and pressure levels. cle by applying the brakes if neces- may not recognize complex driving sary. situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control • The Smart Cruise Control System your vehicle speed. cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming • Make sure to be well informed of vehicle. Always look ahead cau- the owner's manual and practice tiously to prevent unexpected and using the smart cruise control sys- sudden situations from occurring. tem to ensure the safe use of the system.

6 84 Driving your vehicle

Outside rearview mirror may not This device complies with Part 15 Radio frequency radiation expo- alert the driver when: of the FCC rules. sure information: - The outside rearview mirror hous- Operation is subject to the following This equipment complies with FCC ing is severely polluted three conditions: radiation exposure limits set forth for - The window is severely polluted 1. This device may not cause harm- an uncontrolled environment. - The windows are severely tinted. ful interference, and This equipment should be installed 2. This device must accept any inter- and operated with minimum distance ference received, including inter- of 20 cm between the radiator ference that may cause undesired (antenna) and your body. operation. This transmitter must not be co- 3. Changes or modifications not located or operating in conjunction expressly approved by the party with any other antenna or transmit- responsible for compliance could ter. void the user’s authority to operate the device.

685 Driving your vehicle

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) The mode changes whenever the ECO mode (Active ECO) DRIVE MODE button is pressed. Active ECO helps improve ■ Except DCT ECO fuel efficiency by controlling certain engine and NORMAL transaxle system operating parameters. Fuel effi- SPORT ECO ciency depends on the driver's driving habit and road condition. ■ For DCT • When the DRIVE MODE button is pressed and OPS056118 NORMAL SPORT the ECO mode is select- The drive mode may be selected ed, the ECO indicator according to the driver’s preference ❈ When normal mode is selected, it (green) will illuminate to or road condition. is not displayed on the cluster. show that the Active The system resets to be in the ECO ECO is operating. mode, when the hybrid system is • When the Active ECO is restarted. activated, it does not turn If there is a problem with the instru- off even though the ment cluster, the drive mode will be engine is restarted again. in ECO mode and may not change to To turn off the system, NORMAL mode or SPORT mode. press the DRIVE MODE button again.

6 86 Driving your vehicle

When Active ECO is activated: Limitation of Active ECO operation: SPORT mode • The acceleration may slightly be If the following conditions occur while SPORT mode focuses on dynamic reduced even though you depress Active ECO is operating, the system driving by automatically controlling the accelerator fully. operation is limited even though there the steering wheel, engine and • The air conditioner performance is no change in the ECO indicator. transaxle system. may be limited • When the coolant temperature is • When the DRIVE MODE button is • The shift pattern of the automatic low: pressed and the SPORT mode is transaxle may change. The system will be limited until selected, the SPORT indicator (yellow) will illuminate. • The engine noise may get louder. engine performance becomes normal. • Whenever the hybrid system is • When driving up a hill: restarted, the Drive Mode will revert The above situations are normal back to ECO mode. If SPORT mode conditions when the active eco sys- The system will be limited to gain is desired, re-select SPORT mode tem is activated to improve fuel effi- power when driving uphill because from the DRIVE MODE button the engine torque is restricted. ciency. • If the system is activated: • When using manual mode: - After speeding, it maintains the The system will be limited accord- gear and RPM for some time ing to the shift location. even though the accelerator • When the accelerator pedal is pedal is not depressed. deeply depressed for a few seconds: - Up-shifting is delayed. The system will be limited, judging that the driver wants to speed up. ✽ NOTICE In Sport drive mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.

687 Driving your vehicle

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM (LDWS) (IF EQUIPPED) This system detects the lane with a • The LDWS does not make the sensor at the front windshield and vehicle change lanes. It is the dri- notifies you if it detects that your ver's responsibility to always check vehicle leaves the lane. the road conditions. • If the sensor cannot detect the lane or if the vehicle speed does not WARNING - LDWS Alert exceed 40 mph (64 km/h), the The LDWS is a supplemental LDWS will not be able to notify you system and only intended to OPS056039L if the vehicle leaves the lane. provide you with information • If your vehicle has window tint or regarding your vehicle's posi- other types of coating on the front tion on the roadway. Upon windshield, the LDWS may not receiving an LDWS alert, you work properly. must take the necessary steps to maintain control of your vehi- • Prevent damage to the LDWS sen- cle. The LDWS does not provide sor from water or any liquid. any steering inputs into the • Do not remove the LDWS parts vehicle for you. It can be dan- and avoid damaging the sensor by OPS055040N gerous to make a large sudden avoiding strong impacts. steering input in response to an • Do not put objects that reflect light alert, since that could result in on the dash board. loss of control. • The operation of the LDWS can be affected by several factors (including environmental conditions). It is the responsibility of the driver to pay attention to the roadway and to maintain the vehicle in it's lane at OPS056115L all times.

6 88 Driving your vehicle

■ When the sensor detects the lane line ■ Left lane departure warning

OPS046467L OPS046468L ■ When the sensor doesn’t detect the lane line ■ Right lane departure warning OPS056068L To operate the LDWS, press the button with the engine start/stop button in the ON position. The indicator illuminates on the cluster. To cancel the LDWS, press the button again.

OPS046466L OPS046469L If the system detects that your vehi- 1.Visual warning cle is leaving the lane when the If you leave the lane, the lane you LDWS is operating and vehicle leave on the LCD display blinks yel- speed exceeds 40 mph (64 km/h), low. the warning operates as follows: 2.Auditory warning If you leave the lane, the warning sound operates.

689 Driving your vehicle

- Green color : When you activate the Warning indicator lane departure warning system by pressing the LDWS button, system operating conditions are satisfied and the sensor detect the lane line - Yellow color : when there is a malfunction with the lane departure warning OJF055246L OPS056068L system. The color of symbol will change depend on the condition of LDWS system. - White color : When you activate the lane departure warning system by pressing the LDWS button, system operating con- OPS056069L ditions are not satisfied or the sensor does When the LDWS is not working prop- not detect the lane line erly, the warning light will illuminate and the warning message will come on for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light will illuminate. Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.

6 90 Driving your vehicle

The LDWS does not operate The LDWS may not warn you • The surrounding of the inside rear when: even if the vehicle leaves the view mirror temperature is high due to a direct ray of light. • The driver turns on the turn signal lane, or may warn you even if or the hazard warning flasher to the vehicle does not leave the • The lane is very wide or narrow. change lane. lane when; • The lane line is damaged or indis- • Driving on the lane line. • The lane is not visible due to snow, tinct. rain, stain, a puddle or other envi- • The windshield is fogged by humid ronmental conditions. ✽ NOTICE air in the vehicle. • The brightness of the outside • The shadow is on the lane line by a To change lanes, operate the turn changes suddenly such as tunnel median strip. signal switch then change the lane. enter/exit. • The sensor cannot distinguish the • The headlights are off at night or in lane from the road due to the WARNING - LDWS a tunnel. dust/dirt. Limitations • The color of the lane marking from • There is a mark similar to a lane the road is difficult to distinguish. The Lane Departure Warning line. System is a supplemental sys- • Driving on a steep grade or a • There is a boundary structure. tem. Do not solely rely on the curve. • The distance from vehicle ahead is system but always pay attention • Light such as street light, sunlight very short or the vehicle ahead and drive safely. or oncoming vehicle light reflects drives hiding the lane line. from water on the road. • The vehicle vibrates heavily due to • The lens or windshield is stained road conditions. with foreign matter. • The lane number increases or • The sensor cannot detect the lane decreases or the lane lines are because of fog, heavy rain or crossing. heavy snow.

691 Driving your vehicle

• Putting something on the dash- Outside rearview mirror may not This device complies with Part 15 board. alert the driver when: of the FCC rules. • Driving with the sun in front of you. - The outside rearview mirror hous- Operation is subject to the following • Driving in areas under construc- ing is severely polluted two conditions: tion. - The window is severely polluted 1. This device may not cause harm- • The lane line is more than two in - The windows are severely tinted. ful interference, and either side (Left/Right) 2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

6 92 Driving your vehicle

BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED) ➀ BSD(Blind spot detection) Warning range is dependent on your WARNING - BSD vehicle speed. However, if the speed Limitations of your vehicle is faster by 10km/h or • Always check the road condi- more than other nearby vehicles, the tion while driving for unex- warning is not operated. pected situations even though ➁ LCA(Lane change assist) the Blind Spot Detection System (BSD) is operating. When vehicles are approaching to your vehicle at high speed, the warn- • The Blind Spot Detection ing is operated. System (BSD) is a supplemental system. Do not solely rely ➂ RCTA(Rear cross traffic alert) on the system and always pay When your vehicle moves backward, attention to drive safely. the sensor detects approaching vehi- • The Blind Spot Detection cles to the left or right side direction System may not detect every and warning is operated. object alongside the vehicle and is not a substitute for proper and safe lane changing procedures. Always drive OUM054176L safely and use caution when The BSD (Blind spot detection) sys- changing lanes. tem uses a radar sensor to alert the driver while driving. It senses the rear side territory of the vehicle and provides information to the driver.

693 Driving your vehicle

BSD (Blind Spot Detection) / When the system is not used turn the 1st stage LCA (Lane Change Assist) system off by pressing the switch. Operating conditions When the system is turned on the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outside rearview mirror.

Warning type The system will activate when: 1.The system is on 2.Vehicle speed is above 18.6 mph (30 km/h) OUM054028 3.Other vehicles are detected in the If a vehicle is detected within the rear side boundary of the system, a warning light will illuminate on the outside OPS056116L rearview mirror. The indicator on the switch will illumi- WARNING If the detected vehicle is not in detec- nate when the BSD (Blind spot The Blind Spot Detection tion range, the warning will be turned detection) system switch is pressed System with Lane Change off. with the engine start/stop button Assist and Rear Cross Traffic switch ON. If the vehicle speed Alert is not a substitute for exceeds 18.6 mph (30 km/h), the proper and safe lane changing system will activate. procedures. Always drive safely If you press the switch again, the and use caution when changing switch indicator and system will be lanes. The Blind Spot Detection turned off. System may not detect every If the engine start/stop button switch object alongside the vehicle. is turned OFF and ON the system returns to the previous state.

6 94 Driving your vehicle

2nd stage - The second stage alarm can be Detecting sensor deactivated. • To activate the alarm: Go to the User Settings Mode → Sound and select "BSD" on the LCD display. • To deactivate the alarm: Go to the User Settings Mode → Sound and deselect "BSD" on the LCD display. OUM054029 The alarm function helps alert the driver. Deactivate this function only The second stage alarm will activate OPS056114L when: when it is necessary The sensors are located inside the 1. The first stage alert is on rear bumper. 2. The turn signal is on to change a Always keep the rear bumper clean lane for the system to work properly. When the second stage alert is activated, a warning light will be blinking on the outside rearview mirror and an alarm will sound. If you move the turn signal switch to origin position, the second stage alert will be deactivated.

695 Driving your vehicle

Warning message The warning message may activate The message (“Blind Spot Detection with the rear bumper, in which the disabled. Radar blocked”) will appear sensor is located, is covered or to notify the driver if there are foreign blocked with a foreign matter such as substances on the rear bumper or it a sticker, a bumper guard, a bicycle is hot near the rear bumper. The light stand, etc. on the switch and the system will be When trailer/carrier or other equip- turned off automatically. ment is installed on the rear of the Remove the foreign substance on vehicle the rear bumper. Turn OFF the system when using a After the foreign substance is trailer, carrier or other equipment. removed, if you drive for approxi- Make sure to remove a trailer, carrier OJF055247L mately 10 minutes, the system will or other equipment prior to use of the If the system does not work properly, work normally. BSD(Blind spot detection system). a warning message will appear and Remove the foreign substance on the light on the switch will turn off.The If the system does not work normally the bumper, if any. even though the foreign substance is system will turn off automatically. removed, take your vehicle to an Also, when a trailer or carrier is authorized Kia dealer and have the installed, the message may appear. Have the system checked by an system checked. In this case, the vehicle does not authorized Kia dealer. It is possible to get the message with need service. no foreign substance on the rear bumper, for example, when driving in sparse rural or open area, such as desert, where there is insufficient data for operation. This message may also activate during heavy rain or due to road spray.

6 96 Driving your vehicle

RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert) Operating conditions Warning type • Select RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) in “User Settings” under "Driving Assist" on the instrument cluster. The system will turn on and stand by to be activated. • Select RCTA again, to turn the system off. • If the vehicle is turned off and on again, the RCTA system will return OJF055196L to the state right before the vehicle was turned off. Turn the RCTA sys- OYP054026K tem off when not in use. When your vehicle moves backwards • The system is operated when the from a parking position, the sensor vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 detects approaching vehicles to the km/h) with the shift lever in R left or right side direction and gives (Reverse). information to the driver. • The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) detection range is 1.6 feet (0.5 m) ~ OPS046471L 65 feet (20 m) based on side direction. If an approaching vehicle speed is 4 mph (7 km/h) ~ 22 mph (36 km/h) in detection range, The warning is on. However, the system sensing range is different based on conditions. Always pay attention to surrounding.

OPS046470L

697 Driving your vehicle

• If an approaching vehicle detected ✽ NOTICE by sensors, the warning is chime WARNING • The system may not work proper- and the warning light will blink on The Blind Spot Detection ly if the bumper has been replaced the outside rearview mirror. System with Lane Change or if a repair work has been done • If the detected vehicle is out of Assist and Rear Cross Traffic near the sensor. detection range, moving away in Alert is not a substitute for • The detection area differs accord- the opposite direction or moving proper and safe lane changing ing to the roads width. If the road slow, the warning is cancelled. procedures. Always drive safely is narrow the system may detect • The system may not be operating and use caution when changing other vehicles in the second next properly due to other factors or cir- lanes. The Blind Spot Detection lane. cumstances, so always pay atten- System and Rear Cross Traffic • On the contrary, if the road is very tion to your surrounding. Alert may not detect every wide the system may not detect object alongside the vehicle. ❈ If the bumper on either side is other vehicles in the next lane. blocked by a barrier or vehicles, • The system might be turned off the system sensing ability may be due to strong electromagnetic deteriorated. waves.

6 98 Driving your vehicle

Non-operating condition Driver's Attention (Continued) Outside rearview mirror may not The driver must be cautious in the - There is a fixed object near the alert the driver when: below situations, because the sys- vehicle, such as a guardrail. - The outside rearview mirror housing tem may not detect other vehicles - A big vehicle is near such as a is damaged or covered with debris. or objects in certain circumstances. bus or truck. - The window is covered with debris. - The vehicle drives on a curved - A motorcycle or bicycle is near. - The windows are severely tinted. road or through a tollgate. - A flat trailer is near. - The sensor is polluted with rain, - If the vehicle has started at the snow, mud, etc. same time as the vehicle next to - The rear bumper, in which the you and has accelerated. sensor is located, is covered or - When the other vehicle passes blocked with a foreign matter at a very fast speed. such as a sticker, a bumper guard, a bicycle stand, etc. - While changing lanes. - The rear bumper is damaged, or - When going down or up a steep, the sensor is out of the original uneven road. default position. - When the other vehicle - The vehicle height gets lower or approaches very close. higher due to heavy loading in a - When a trailer or carrier is trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc. installed. - The vehicle drives in a bad - When the temperature of the weather such as heavy rain or rear bumper is very high or low. snow. (Continued) (Continued)

699 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) Outside rearview mirror may not This device complies with Part 15 - When the sensors are blocked alert the driver when: of the FCC rules. by other vehicles, walls or park- - The outside rearview mirror hous- Operation is subject to the following ing-lot pillars. ing is severely polluted two conditions: - When the detected vehicle also - The window is severely polluted 1. This device may not cause harm- moves back, as your vehicle - The windows are severely tinted. ful interference, and drives back. 2. This device must accept any inter- - If there are small things like ference received, including inter- shopping cart and baby carriage. ference that may cause undesired - If there is low height vehicle like operation. sport vehicle. - When other vehicles are close to your vehicle. - When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you. - When driving through a narrow road with many plants. - When driving on wet surface.

6 100 Driving your vehicle

ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake or clutch • Keep your vehicle in good condi- mainly on your style of driving, where pedal. This can increase fuel con- tion. For better fuel economy and you drive and when you drive. sumption and also increase wear reduced maintenance costs, main- Each of these factors affects how on these components. In addition, tain your vehicle in accordance many miles (kilometers) you can get driving with your foot resting on the with the maintenance schedule in from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate brake pedal may cause the brakes section 8. If you drive your vehicle your vehicle as economically as pos- to overheat, which reduces their in severe conditions, more frequent sible, use the following driving sug- effectiveness and may lead to maintenance is required (see sec- gestions to help save money in both more serious consequences. tion 8 for details). fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi- • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should moderate rate. Don't make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important and maintain a steady cruising essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be speed. Don't race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra the traffic so you don't have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular corrosion. sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces- tance from other vehicles so you faster tire wear and may also result sary weight in your vehicle. Weight can avoid unnecessary braking. in other problems as well as reduces fuel economy. This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer • Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go. is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.

6101 Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does not • Use your air conditioning sparingly. require extended warm-up. After The air conditioning system is WARNING the engine has started, allow the operated by engine power so your - Engine off during motion engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds fuel economy is reduced when you Never turn the engine off to prior to placing the vehicle in gear. use it. coast down hills or anytime the In very cold weather, however, give • Open windows at high speeds can vehicle is in motion. The power your engine a slightly longer warm- reduce fuel economy. steering and power brakes will up period. • Fuel economy is less in crosswinds not function properly without • Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. and headwinds. To help offset the engine running. In addition, Lugging is driving too slowly in a some of this loss, slow down when turning off the ignition while very high gear resulting in engine driving in these conditions. driving could engage the steer- bucking. If this happens, shift to a ing wheel lock resulting in loss lower gear. Over-revving is racing of vehicle steering. Keep the the engine beyond its safe limit. Keeping a vehicle in good operating engine on and downshift to an This can be avoided by shifting at condition is important both for econ- appropriate gear for engine the recommended speed. omy and safety. Therefore, have an braking effect. authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance.

6 102 Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, Reducing the risk of a rollover When hazardous driving conditions use second gear. Accelerate slow- This multi-purpose passenger vehi- are encountered such as water, ly to avoid spinning the drive cle is defined as a Crossover Utility snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- wheels. Vehicle (CUV). Utility vehicles have a ards, follow these suggestions: • Use sand, rock salt, or other non- significantly higher rollover rate than • Drive cautiously and allow extra slip material under the drive other types of vehicles. CUV's have distance for braking. wheels to provide traction when higher ground clearance and a nar- stalled in ice, snow, or mud. rower track to make them capable of • Avoid sudden braking or steering. performing in a wide variety of off- • When braking with non-ABS road applications. Specific design brakes pump the brake pedal with WARNING - Downshifting characteristics give them a higher a light up-and-down motion until Do not downshift with an auto- center of gravity than ordinary vehi- the vehicle is stopped. matic transaxle while driving on cles. An advantage of the higher Do not pump the brake pedal on a slippery surfaces. The sudden ground clearance is a better view of vehicle equipped with ABS. change in tire speed could the road, which allows you to antici- cause the tires to skid and pate problems. They are not result in an accident. designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehicles, any more than low-slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satisfactorily in off-road conditions. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover.

6103 Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or Rocking the vehicle - Rollover abrupt maneuvers, do not load your WARNING If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to roof rack with heavy cargo, and As with other Crossover Utility free it from snow, sand, or mud, first never modify your vehicle in any way. Vehicle (CUV), failure to operate turn the steering wheel right and left this vehicle correctly may result to clear the area around your front in loss of control, an accident or - Replacement wheels. Then, shift back and forth WARNING vehicle rollover. tires between 1st (First) and R (Reverse) • Utility vehicles have a signifi- in vehicles equipped with a manual Always use the size and type of cantly higher rollover rate transaxle or R (Reverse) and any for- tires recommended in the tire than other types of vehicles. ward gear in vehicles equipped with section of the manual. an automatic transaxle. Do not race Installation of variant tires can • Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance, the engine, and spin the wheels as lit- affect the safety and perform- tle as possible. If you are still stuck ance of your vehicle. narrower track, etc.) give this vehicle a higher center of after a few tries, have the vehicle gravity than ordinary vehicles. pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible • A CUV is not designed for cor- damage to the transaxle. nering at the same speeds as conventional vehicles. • Avoid sharp turns or abrupt WARNING maneuvers. - Sudden vehicle movement • In a rollover crash, an unbelt- Do not attempt to rock the vehi- ed person is significantly cle if people or objects are near- more likely to die than a per- by. The vehicle may suddenly son wearing a seat belt. Make move forward or backwards as sure everyone in the vehicle is it becomes unstuck. properly buckled up.

6 104 Driving your vehicle

Smooth cornering Driving at night CAUTION - Vehicle rocking Prolonged rocking may cause engine overheating, transaxle damage or failure, and tire damage.

CAUTION - Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/h). Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the OUN056051 OCM053010 vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat which Avoid braking or gear changing in Because night driving presents more could result in tire damage that corners, especially when roads are hazards than driving in the daylight, may injure bystanders. wet. Ideally, corners should always here are some important tips to be taken under gentle acceleration. If remember: you follow these suggestions, tire • Slow down and keep more dis- The ESC system should be turned wear will be held to a minimum. tance between you and other vehi- OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. cles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.

6105 Driving your vehicle

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the Driving in the rain • A heavy rainfall will make it harder glare from other driver's head- to see and will increase the dis- lights. tance needed to stop your vehicle, • Keep your headlights clean and so slow down. properly aimed. (On vehicles not • Keep your windshield wiping equipped with the automatic head- equipment in good shape. Replace light aiming feature.) Dirty or your windshield wiper blades when improperly aimed headlights will they show signs of streaking or make it much more difficult to see missing areas on the windshield. at night. • If your tires are not in good condi- • Avoid staring directly at the head- tion, making a quick stop on wet lights of oncoming vehicles. You pavement can cause a skid and could be temporarily blinded, and it possibly lead to an accident. Be 1VQA3003 will take several seconds for your sure your tires are in good shape. eyes to readjust to the darkness. Rain and wet roads can make driving • Turn on your headlights to make it dangerous, especially if you’re not easier for others to see you. prepared for the slick pavement. Here are a few things to consider • Driving too fast through large pud- when driving in the rain: dles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly. • If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.

6 106 Driving your vehicle

Driving in flooded areas Driving off-road - Under/over Avoid driving through flooded areas Drive carefully off-road because your WARNING unless you are sure the water is no vehicle may be damaged by rocks or inflated tires higher than the bottom of the wheel roots of trees. Become familiar with Always check the tires for proper hub. Drive through any water slowly. the off-road conditions where you inflation before driving. Allow adequate stopping distance are going to drive before you begin Underinflated or overinflated because brake performance may be driving. tires can cause poor handling, affected. loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to acci- After driving through water, dry the Highway driving brakes by gently applying them sev- dents, injuries, and even death. eral times while the vehicle is moving Tires For proper tire pressures, refer to “Tires and wheels” in section 9. slowly. Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification. Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires. WARNING - Tire tread Avoid using worn or damaged tires Always check the tire tread which may result in reduced traction before driving your vehicle. or tire failure. Worn-out tires can result in loss Never exceed the maximum tire of vehicle control. Worn-out tires inflation pressure shown on the tires. should be replaced as soon as possible. For further information and tread limits, refer to "Tires and wheels" in section 8.

6107 Driving your vehicle

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring. Do not for- get to check both the engine coolant and engine oil.

Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine.

6 108 Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi- may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of or to install tire chains on your tires. the same size and load range as the If snow tires are needed, it is neces- original tires. Mount snow tires on all sary to select tires equivalent in size four wheels to balance your vehicle’s and type of the original equipment handling in all weather conditions. tires. Failure to do so may adversely Keep in mind that the traction provid- affect the safety and handling of your ed by snow tires on dry roads may vehicle. Furthermore, speeding, not be as high as your vehicle's orig- rapid acceleration, sudden brake inal equipment tires.You should drive 1VQA3005 applications, and sharp turns are cautiously even when the roads are Severe weather conditions in the potentially very hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for winter result in greater wear and During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations. other problems. To minimize the braking to the fullest extent. Sudden Do not install studded tires without problems of winter driving, you brake applications on snowy or icy first checking local, state and munic- should follow these suggestions: roads may cause skids to occur. You ipal regulations for possible restric- need to keep sufficient distance tions against their use. between the vehicle in operation in front of your vehicle. Also, apply the brake gently. It should be noted that WARNING - Snow tire size installing tire chains on the tire will Snow tires should be equivalent provide a greater driving force, but in size and type to the vehicle's will not prevent side skids. standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehi- ✽ NOTICE cle may be adversely affected. Tire chains are not legal in all states. Check state laws before fitting tire chains.

6109 Driving your vehicle

Tire chains Install tire chains only in pair and When mounting snow chains, park only on the front tires. the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning flashers and place a triangu- - Snow chains CAUTION lar emergency warning device behind Make sure the snow chains are the vehicle if available. Always place the correct size and type for the vehicle in P (Park), apply the your tires. Incorrect snow parking brake and turn off the engine chains can cause damage to the before installing snow chains. vehicle body and suspension • The use of chains may adversely and may not be covered by your affect vehicle handling. vehicle manufacturer warranty. • Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h) or the chain manufacturer’s recom- 1VQA3007 Chain installation mended speed limit, whichever is Since the sidewalls of radial tires are When installing chains, follow the lower. thinner, they can be damaged by manufacturer's instructions and mounting some types of snow chains • Drive carefully and avoid bumps, mount them as tightly as you can. holes, sharp turns, and other road on them. Therefore, the use of snow Drive slowly with chains installed. If tires is recommended instead of hazards, which may cause the you hear the chains contacting the vehicle to bounce. snow chains. Do not mount tire body or chassis, stop and tighten chains on vehicles equipped with them. If they still make contact, slow • Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel aluminum wheels; snow chains may down until it stops. Remove the braking. cause damage to the wheels. If snow chains as soon as you begin driving chains must be used, use wire-type on cleared roads. chains with a thickness of less than 0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty.

6 110 Driving your vehicle

Check battery and cables To keep locks from freezing CAUTION - Snow chains Winter puts additional burdens on the To keep the locks from freezing, • Chains that are the wrong size battery system. Visually inspect the squirt an approved de-icer fluid or or improperly installed can battery and cables as described in glycerine into the key opening. If a damage your vehicle's brake section 8. The level of charge in your lock is covered with ice, squirt it with lines, suspension, body and battery can be checked by an author- an approved de-icing fluid to remove wheels. ized Kia dealer or a service station. the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, • Stop driving and retighten the you may be able to thaw it out by chains any time you hear them using a heated key. Handle the heat- hitting the vehicle. Change to "winter weight" oil ed key with care to avoid injury. if necessary In some climates it is recommended Use high quality ethylene gly- that a lower viscosity "winter weight" Use approved window washer col coolant oil be used during cold weather. See anti-freeze in system Your vehicle is delivered with high qual- section 9 for recommendations. If you To keep the water in the window ity ethylene glycol coolant in the cool- aren't sure what weight oil you should washer system from freezing, add an ing system. It is the only type of coolant use, consult an authorized Kia dealer. approved window washer anti-freeze that should be used because it helps solution in accordance with instruc- prevent corrosion in the cooling sys- tions on the container. Window wash- Check spark plugs and ignition er anti-freeze is available from an tem, lubricates the water pump and system prevents freezing. Be sure to replace authorized Kia dealer and most auto or replenish your coolant in accor- Inspect your spark plugs as parts outlets. Do not use engine dance with the maintenance schedule described in section 8 and replace coolant or other types of anti-freeze in section 8. Before winter, have your them if necessary. Also check all as these may damage the paint finish. coolant tested to assure that its freez- ignition wiring and components to be ing point is sufficient for the tempera- sure they are not cracked, worn or tures anticipated during the winter. damaged in any way.

6111 Driving your vehicle

TRAILER TOWING Don’t let your parking brake Don't let ice and snow accu- We do not recommend using this freeze mulate underneath vehicle for trailer towing. Under some conditions your parking Under some conditions, snow and brake can freeze in the engaged ice can build up under the fenders position. This is most likely to happen and interfere with the steering. When when there is an accumulation of driving in severe winter conditions snow or ice around or near the rear where this may happen, you should brakes or if the brakes are wet. If periodically check underneath the there is a risk the parking brake may vehicle to be sure the movement of freeze, apply it only temporarily while the front wheels and the steering you put the gear shift lever in P components are not obstructed. (Park, automatic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear (manual transaxle) and block the rear wheels so the Carry emergency equipment vehicle cannot roll. Then release the Depending on the severity of the parking brake. weather, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tow straps or chains, flash- light, emergency flares, sand, shov- el, jumper cables, window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.

6 112 Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Tire and loading information label

OPS077153N/OPS077150N/OPS077154N/OPS077151N/OPS077155N/OPS077152N The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

6113 Driving your vehicle

Vehicle capacity weight: Seating capacity: Towing capacity: 827 lbs. (375 kg) Total - 5 persons We do not recommend using this Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- (Front seat : 2 persons, vehicle for trailer towing. mum combined weight of occupants Rear seat : 3 persons) and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped Seating capacity is the maximum with a trailer, the combined weight number of occupants including a includes the tongue load. driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.

6 114 Driving your vehicle

Cargo capacity: Steps for determining correct 6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail- The cargo capacity of your vehicle load limit er, load from your trailer will be will increase or decrease depending 1.Locate the statement "The com- transferred to your vehicle. Consult on the weight and the number of bined weight of occupants and this manual to determine how this occupants and the tongue load, if cargo should never exceed XXX kg reduces the available cargo and your vehicle is equipped with a trailer. or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac- luggage load capacity of your vehi- ard. cle. 2.Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. 3.Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4.The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) 5.Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.

6115 Driving your vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

ABC ABC ABC

C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM

Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs A A A Weight (635 kg) Weight (635 kg) Weight (635 kg) Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant 300 lbs 750 lbs 860 lbs B Weight B Weight B Weight (136 kg) (340 kg) (390 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg) × 2 150 lbs (68 kg) × 5 172 lbs (78 kg) × 5 Available Cargo and 1100 lbs Available Cargo and 650 lbs Available Cargo and 540 lbs C C C Luggage weight (499 kg) Luggage weight (295 kg) Luggage weight (245 kg) Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.

6 116 Driving your vehicle

Certification label To find out the actual loads on your The label will help you decide how front and rear axles, you need to go to much cargo and installed equipment a weigh station and weigh your vehi- your vehicle can carry. cle.Your dealer can help you with this. Be sure to spread out your load equal- ly on both sides of the centerline. If you carry items inside your vehicle - like suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else - they are moving as WARNING - Over loading fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop Never exceed the GVWR for or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, your vehicle, the GAWR for the items will keep going and can either the front or rear axle and cause an injury if they strike the driv- vehicle capacity weight. er or a passenger. OEN056020 Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle’s handling The certification label is located on and braking ability. the driver's door sill at the center pillar. This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

6117 Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Over loading WARNING - Loose cargo Do not overload your vehicle. Do not travel with unsecured Overloading your vehicle can blunt objects in the passenger cause heat buildup in your vehi- compartment of your vehicle cle's tires and possible tire fail- (e.g. suit cases or unsecured ure, increased stopping dis- child seats). These items may tances and poor vehicle han- strike occupant during a sud- dling all of which may result in a den stop or crash. crash.

✽ NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.

6 118 Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR proper loading of your vehicle and/or This figure includes all weight added (Gross vehicle weight rating) trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle to the Base Curb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable weight within its design rating capa- cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle bility, with or without a trailer. (including all options, equipment, Properly loading your vehicle will passengers and cargo). The GVWR provide maximum return of the vehi- GAW (Gross axle weight) is shown on the certification label cle design performance. Before load- This is the total weight placed on located on the driver’s door sill. ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself each axle (front and rear) - including with the following terms for determin- vehicle curb weight and all payload. ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's specifications and the certification GAWR label: (Gross axle weight rating) This is the maximum allowable Base curb weight weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers This is the weight of the vehicle are shown on the certification label. including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not The total load on each axle must include passengers, cargo, or option- never exceed its GAWR. al equipment. GVW (Gross vehicle weight) Vehicle curb weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus This is the weight of your new vehicle actual Cargo Weight plus passen- when you picked it up from your deal- gers. er plus any aftermarket equipment.

6119 What to do in an emergency

Road warning ...... 7-2 If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mo bility Kit). . 7-24 • Hazard warning flasher ...... 7-2 • Introduction ...... 7-24 In case of an emergency while driving...... 7-3 • Notes on the suggested use of the Tire Mobility Kit . . 7-25 • If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...... 7-3 • Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 7-26 • If you have a flat tire while driving ...... 7-3 • Using the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 7-27 • If the engine stalls while driving ...... 7-3 • Distributing the sealant...... 7-29 If the engine will not start ...... 7-4 Towing ...... 7-32 • If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 7-4 • Towing service ...... 7-32 • If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 7-4 • Removable towing hook (front) ...... 7-33 Emergency starting ...... 7-5 • Emergency towing ...... 7-34 • Jump starting...... 7-5 • Push-starting ...... 7-7 If the engine overheats...... 7-8 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 7-9 • Changing a tire with TPMS ...... 7-12 • This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. . . 7-14 If you have a flat tire (with Spare Tire) ...... 7-15 7 • Jack and tools ...... 7-15 • Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 7-16 • Changing tires ...... 7-16 • Jack label ...... 7-23 What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position. The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not. • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. • Care must be taken when using OPS066001L the hazard warning flasher while The hazard warning flasher serves the vehicle is being towed. as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.

27 What to do in an emergency

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a cross- 2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn If the engine stalls while driv- road or crossing on your emergency hazard flashing ers, set the parking brake and put If the engine stalls at a crossroad or 1.Reduce your speed gradually, the transaxle in P (Park, automatic crossing, set the shift lever in the N keeping a straight line. Move cau- transaxle) or reverse (manual (Neutral) position and then push the tiously off the road to a safe place. transaxle). vehicle to a safe place. 2.Turn on your emergency flashers. 3.Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on 3.Try to start the engine again. If your If you have a flat tire while the side of the vehicle that is away vehicle will not start, contact an driving from traffic. authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance. If a tire goes flat while you are driv- 4.When changing a flat tire, follow ing: the instruction provided later in this 1.Take your foot off the accelerator section. ✽ NOTICE pedal and let the vehicle slow If there was a check light and loss of down while driving straight ahead. power or stall and, if say to do so, Do not apply the brakes immedi- wait at least 10 seconds to restart the ately or attempt to pull off the road vehicle after it stalls. This may reset as this may cause a loss of control. the car so it will no longer run at low When the vehicle has slowed to power (limp home) condition. such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.

73 What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally turns over slowly WARNING - Push/pull but does not start start 1.If your vehicle has an automatic 1.Check the fuel level. Do not push or pull the vehicle transaxle, be sure the shift lever is 2.With the ignition switch in the to start it. Push or pull starting in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the LOCK position, check all connec- may cause the catalytic con- emergency brake is set. tors at the ignition coils and spark verter to overload and create a 2.Check the battery connections to plugs. Reconnect any that may be fire hazard. be sure they are clean and tight. disconnected or loose. 3.Turn on the interior light. If the light 3.Check the fuel line in the engine dims or goes out when you operate compartment. the starter, the battery is dis- 4.If the engine still does not start, call charged. an authorized Kia dealer or seek 4.Check the starter connections to other qualified assistance. be sure they are securely tightened. 5.Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. See instructions for "Jump starting".

47 What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING Jump starting - Battery Jump starting can be dangerous if WARNING done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid Never attempt to check the elec- harm to yourself or damage to your trolyte level of the battery as vehicle or battery, follow these jump this may cause the battery to starting procedures. If in doubt, we rupture or explode causing seri- strongly recommend that you have a ous injury. competent technician or towing service jump start your vehicle. WARNING - Frozen OJF065036L CAUTION - 12 volt battery batteries Connect cables in numerical order Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- Do not attempt to jump start the and disconnect in reverse order. tem. You can damage a 12-volt vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte ❈ starting motor, ignition system, (A) : Jumper Cables and other electrical parts level is low as the battery may (B) : Booster battery beyond repair by use of a 24- rupture or explode. (C) : Discharged battery volt power supply (either two 12-volt batteries in series or a 24-volt motor generator set).

75 What to do in an emergency

Jump starting procedure Do not allow the jumper cables to WARNING - Battery 1.Make sure the booster battery is contact anything except the correct Keep all flames or sparks away 12-volt and that its negative termi- battery terminals or the correct from the battery. The battery nal is grounded. ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections. produces hydrogen gas which 2.If the booster battery is in another will explode if exposed to flame vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to or sparks. come in contact. WARNING - Battery 3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical cables loads. Do not connect the jumper WARNING - Sulfuric acid 4.Connect the jumper cables in the cable from the negative terminal risk exact sequence shown in the illus- of the booster battery to the When jump starting your vehi- tration. First connect one end of a negative terminal of the dis- cle be careful not to get acid on jumper cable to the positive termi- charged battery. yourself, your clothing or on the nal of the discharged battery (1), This can cause the discharged vehicle. Automobile batteries then connect the other end to the battery to overheat and crack, contain sulfuric acid. This is positive terminal of the booster releasing battery acid. poisonous and highly corro- battery (2). sive. Make sure to connect one end Proceed to connect one end of the of the jumper cable to the nega- other jumper cable to the negative tive terminal of the booster bat- terminal of the booster battery (3), tery, and the other end to a then the other end to a solid, sta- metallic point, far away from the tionary, metallic point (for example, battery. the engine lifting bracket) away from the battery (4). Do not connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked.

67 What to do in an emergency

✽ NOTICE Push-starting Make sure to connect one end of the Vehicles equipped with automatic jumper cable to the negative termi- transaxle lock system cannot be nal of the booster battery, and the push-started. other end to a metalic point, far Follow the directions in this section away from the battery. for jump-starting.

5.Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at WARNING - Tow starting 2,000 rpm, then start the engine of vehicle the vehicle with the discharged Never tow a vehicle to start it battery. because the sudden surge for- If the cause of your battery discharg- ward when the engine starts ing is not apparent, you should have could cause a collision with the your vehicle checked by an author- tow vehicle. ized Kia dealer.

77 What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates 4.Check to see if the water pump overheating, you experience a loss drive belt is missing. If it is not WARNING - Radiator cap of power, or hear loud pinging or missing, check to see that it is Do not remove the knocking, the engine will probably be tight. If the drive belt seems to be radiator cap when the too hot. If this happens, you should: satisfactory, check for coolant leak- engine is hot. This ing from the radiator, hoses or may result in coolant 1.Pull off the road and stop as soon under the vehicle. (If the air condi- being blown out of as it is safe to do so. tioning had been in use, it is nor- the opening and mal for cold water to be draining cause serious burns. 2.Place the shift lever in P (Park, from it when you stop). automatic transaxle) or Neutral (manual transaxle) and set the 6.If you cannot find the cause of the parking brake. If the air condition- WARNING - Under the overheating, wait until the engine ing is on, turn it off. hood temperature has returned to nor- 3.If engine coolant is running out While the engine is mal. Then, if coolant has been lost, under the vehicle or steam is com- running, keep hair, carefully add coolant to the reser- ing out from underneath the hood, hands and clothing voir to bring the fluid level in the stop the engine. Do not open the away from moving reservoir up to the halfway mark. hood until the coolant has stopped parts such as the fan 7.Proceed with caution, keeping running or the steaming has and drive belts to pre- alert for further signs of overheat- stopped. If there is no visible loss vent injury. ing. If overheating happens again, of engine coolant and no steam, call an authorized Kia dealer for leave the engine running and 5.If the water pump drive belt is bro- assistance. check to be sure the engine cool- ken or engine coolant is leaking Serious loss of coolant indicates ing fan is operating. If the fan is not out, stop the engine immediately running, turn the engine off. there is a leak in the cooling system and call the nearest authorized Kia and this should be checked as soon dealer for assistance. as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

87 What to do in an emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Each tire, including the spare (if pro- Please note that the TPMS is not a vided), should be checked monthly substitute for proper tire mainte- when cold and inflated to the inflation nance, and it is the driver’s responsi- pressure recommended by the vehi- bility to maintain correct tire pres- cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- sure, even if under-inflation has not ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If reached the level to trigger illumina- your vehicle has tires of a different tion of the TPMS low tire pressure size than the size indicated on the telltale. vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the OPS063002 proper tire inflation pressure for ■ Type A those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as OPS046490L possible, and inflate them to the Low tire pressure telltale (1) / proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- TPMS malfunction indicator (2) cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

79 What to do in an emergency

Your vehicle has also been equipped ✽ NOTICE Low tire pressure tell- with a TPMS malfunction indicator to If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure tale indicate when the system is not oper- indicator do not illuminate for 3 sec- ating properly.The TPMS malfunction onds when the ignition switch is indicator is combined with the low tire When the tire pressure monitoring turned to the ON position or engine system warning indicators are illumi- pressure telltale. When the system is running, or if they remain illumi- detects a malfunction, the telltale will nated, one or more of your tires is nated after coming on for approxi- significantly under-inflated. flash for approximately one minute mately 3 seconds, take your vehicle and then remain continuously illumi- If the telltale illuminates, immediately to your nearest authorized Kia deal- reduce your speed, avoid hard cor- nated. This sequence will continue er and have the system checked. upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as nering and anticipate increased stop- long as the malfunction exists. When ping distances. You should stop and the malfunction indicator is illuminat- check your tires as soon as possible. ed, the system may not be able to Inflate the tires to the proper pres- detect or signal low tire pressure as sure as indicated on the vehicle’s intended. TPMS malfunctions may placard or tire inflation pressure label occur for a variety of reasons, includ- located on the driver’s side center pil- ing the installation of replacement or lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a alternate tires or wheels on the vehi- service station or if the tire cannot cle that prevent the TPMS from func- hold the newly added air, replace the tioning properly. Always check the low pressure tire with the spare tire. TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

7 10 What to do in an emergency

Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale TPMS (Tire Pressure may flash for approximately one WARNING - Low pressure Monitoring System) minute and then remain continuously damage malfunction indicator illuminated after restarting and about Do not drive on low pressure 20 minutes of continuous driving at tires. Significantly low tire pres- speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) The TPMS malfunction indicator will sure can cause the tires to over- illuminate after it blinks for approxi- before you have the low pressure tire heat and fail making the vehicle repaired and replaced on the vehicle. mately one minute when there is a unstable and resulting in problem with the Tire Pressure In winter or cold weather, the low tire increased braking distances Monitoring System. Have the system pressure telltale may be illuminated if and a loss of vehicle control. checked by an authorized Kia dealer the tire pressure was adjusted to the as soon as possible to determine the recommended tire inflation pressure cause of the problem. in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure. When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure.

711 What to do in an emergency

• The TPMS malfunction indicator Changing a tire with TPMS Even if you replace the low pressure may blink for approximately 1 If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire minute and then remain continuous- Pressure telltale will come on. Have Pressure telltale will remain on until ly illuminated if the vehicle is moving the flat tire repaired by an authorized the low pressure tire is repaired and around electric power supply cables Kia dealer as soon as possible or placed on the vehicle. or radios transmitters such as at replace the flat tire with the spare tire. After you replace the low pressure police stations, government and tire with the spare tire, the TPMS public offices, broadcasting sta- malfunction indicator may illuminate tions, military installations, airports, CAUTION - Repair Agents after a few minutes because the or transmitting towers, etc. This can Never use a puncture-repairing TPMS sensor mounted on the spare interfere with normal operation of agent not approved by Kia to wheel is not initiated. the Tire Pressure Monitoring repair and/or inflate a low pres- System (TPMS). Once the low pressure tire is reinflat- sure tire. The tire sealant not ed to the recommended pressure • The TPMS malfunction indicator approved by Kia may damage and installed on the vehicle or the may blink for approximately 1 the tire pressure sensor. TPMS sensor mounted on the minute and then remain continuous- replaced spare wheel is initiated by ly illuminated if snow chains are Each wheel is equipped with a tire an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS used or some separate electronic pressure sensor mounted inside the malfunction indicator and the low tire devices such as notebook comput- tire behind the valve stem. You must pressure telltale will extinguish within er, mobile charger, remote starter or use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec- a few minutes of driving. navigation etc., are used in the vehi- ommended that you always have cle. This can interfere with normal If the indicator is not extinguished your tires serviced by an authorized after a few minutes of driving, please operation of the Tire Pressure Kia dealer. Monitoring System (TPMS). visit an authorized Kia dealer.

7 12 What to do in an emergency

If an original mounted tire is replaced You may not be able to identify a low • The TPMS cannot alert you to with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor tire by simply looking at it. Always severe and sudden tire damage on the replaced spare wheel should use a good quality tire pressure caused by external factors such as be initiated and the TPMS sensor on gauge to measure the tire's inflation nails or road debris. the original mounted wheel should be pressure. Please note that a tire that • If you feel any vehicle instability, deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on is hot (from being driven) will have a immediately take your foot off the the original mounted wheel located in higher pressure measurement than a accelerator, apply the brakes grad- the spare tire carrier still activates, tire that is cold (from sitting station- ually and with light force, and slow- the tire pressure monitoring system ary for at least 3 hours and driven ly move to a safe position off the may not operate properly. Have the less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that road. tire with TPMS serviced or replaced 3 hour period). by an authorized Kia dealer. Allow the tire to cool before measur- ✽ ing the inflation pressure. Always be NOTICE - Protecting TPMS sure the tire is cold before inflating to Tampering with, modifying, or dis- the recommended pressure. abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring Do not use any tire sealant if your System (TPMS) components may vehicle is equipped with a Tire interfere with the system's ability to Pressure Monitoring System. The liq- warn the driver of low tire pressure uid sealant can damage the tire conditions and/or TPMS malfunc- pressure sensors. tions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle.

713 What to do in an emergency

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1.This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

7 14 What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE, IF EQUIPPED) Jack and tools Jacking instructions • Always move the vehicle complete- The jack is provided for emergency ly off the road and onto the shoulder tire changing only. before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on a firm level To prevent the jack from “rattling” ground. If you cannot find a firm, while the vehicle is in motion, store it level place off the road, call a towing properly. service company for assistance. Follow jacking instructions to reduce • Be sure to use the correct front and the possibility of personal injury. rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any WARNING - Tire Jack other part of the vehicle for jack Do not place any portion of your support. • Do not allow anyone to remain in OPS063003 body under a vehicle that is only supported by a jack since the vehicle while it is on the jack. The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut the vehicle can easily roll off the • Make sure any children present are wrench are stored in the luggage jack. Use vehicle support in a secure place away from the compartment. stands. road and from the vehicle to be Pull up the luggage box cover to raised with the jack. reach this equipment. (1) Jack handle WARNING - Changing (2) Jack tires (3) Wheel lug nut wrench Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway.

715 What to do in an emergency

Removing and storing the Changing tires WARNING spare tire - Running vehicle on jack Do not start or run the engine of the vehicle while the vehicle is on the jack as this may cause the vehicle to fall off the jack.

OPS066018L OAM069008 1.Park on a level surface and apply Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt the parking brake firmly. counterclockwise. 2.Place the transaxle shift lever in R Store the tire in the reverse order of (Reverse) with manual transaxle or removal. P (Park) with automatic transaxle. To prevent the spare tire and tools 3.Activate the hazard warning flash- from “rattling” while the vehicle is in ers. motion, store them properly.

7 16 What to do in an emergency

WARNING - Changing a tire • To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed. • We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be 1VQA4023 blocked, and that no person OPS063004 4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, remain in a vehicle that is 6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter- jack, jack handle, and spare tire being jacked. clockwise one turn each, but do from the vehicle. not remove any nut until the tire 5.Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground. wheel that is diagonally opposite from the jack position.

717 What to do in an emergency

WARNING - Jack location To reduce the possibility of injury, be sure to use only the jack provided with the vehicle in the correct jack position; never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support.

OPS066006L 9.Loosen the wheel nuts and remove OAM069009 them with your fingers. Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so 8.Insert the jack handle into the jack it cannot roll away.To put the wheel and turn it clockwise, raising the on the hub, pick up the spare tire, vehicle until the tire just clears the line up the holes with the studs and ground. This measurement is slide the wheel onto them. If this is approximately 1 in. (30 mm). difficult, tip the wheel slightly and Before removing the wheel lug get the top hole in the wheel lined nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta- up with the top stud.Then jiggle the ble and that there is no chance for wheel back and forth until the OPS066005L movement or slippage. wheel can slide over the other 7.Place the jack at the front (1) or studs. rear (2) jacking position closest to the tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame.

7 18 What to do in an emergency

Wheels may have sharp edges. 10. To install the wheel, hold it on the Handle them carefully to avoid possi- studs, put the wheel nuts on the ble severe injury. Before putting the studs and tighten them finger wheel into place, be sure that there tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is is nothing on the hub or wheel (such completely seated, then tighten as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that pre- the nuts as much as possible vents the wheel from fitting solidly with your fingers again. against the hub. 11. Insert the wrench into the jack and lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut WARNING - Installing a wrench counterclockwise. wheel OPS063007 Make sure the wheel makes Then position the wrench as shown good contact with the hub when in the drawing and tighten the wheel installed. If the contact of the nuts. Be sure the socket is seated mounting surface between the completely over the nut. Do not stand wheel and hub is not good, the on the wrench handle or use an wheel nuts could come loose extension pipe over the wrench han- and cause the loss of a wheel. dle. Go around the wheel tightening Loss of a wheel may result in every nut following the numerical loss of control of the vehicle. sequence shown in the image until they are all tight. Then double-check each nut for tightness. After changing wheels, have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque: 79 ~ 94 lb·ft (11 ~ 13 kg·m)

719 What to do in an emergency

If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve cap and check the air pressure. CAUTION - Reusing lug WARNING - Wheel studs If the pressure is lower than recom- nuts If the studs are damaged, they mended, drive slowly to the nearest Make certain during wheel may lose their ability to retain service station and inflate to the cor- removal that the same nuts that the wheel.This could lead to the rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust were removed are reinstalled - loss of the wheel and a colli- it until it is correct. Always reinstall or, if replaced, that nuts with sion. the valve cap after checking or metric threads and the same adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap chamfer configuration are used. is not replaced, dust and dirt may get Your vehicle has metric threads To prevent the jack, jack handle, into the tire valve and air may leak on the wheel studs and nuts. wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, Installation of a non-metric from rattling while the vehicle is in buy another and install it as soon as thread nut on a metric stud will motion, store them properly. possible. not secure the wheel to the hub Check the inflation pressures as After you have changed the wheels, properly and will damage the soon as possible after installing the always secure the flat tire in its place stud so that it must be replaced. spare tire. Adjust it to the specified and return the jack and tools to their pressure, if necessary. Refer to proper storage locations. “Tires and wheels” in chapter 9. Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads. Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

7 20 What to do in an emergency

Important - use of compact spare When using a compact spare tire, tire (if equipped) WARNING - Spare tire observe the following precautions: Your vehicle is equipped with a com- Do not operate your vehicle on • Under no circumstances should pact spare tire. This compact spare this compact spare at speeds you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a tire takes up less space than a regu- over 50 mph (80 km/h). The higher speed could damage the lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a compact spare tire is for emer- tire. conventional tire and is designed for gency use only. The original tire • Ensure that you drive slowly temporary use only. should be repaired or replaced enough for the road conditions to • You should drive carefully when as soon as possible to avoid avoid all hazards. Any road hazard, the compact spare is in use. The failure of the spare. such as a pothole or debris, could compact spare should be replaced seriously damage the compact by the proper conventional tire and spare. The compact spare should be inflat- rim at the first opportunity. ed to 60 psi (420 kPa). • Any continuous road use of this tire • The operation of this vehicle is not could result in tire failure, loss of recommended with more than one vehicle control, and possible per- compact spare tire in use at the ✽ NOTICE sonal injury. same time. Check the inflation pressure after • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi- installing the spare tire. Adjust it to mum load rating or the load-carry- the specified pressure, as necessary. ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire.

721 What to do in an emergency

• Avoid driving over obstacles. The • The compact spare tire should not compact spare tire diameter is be used on any other wheels, nor smaller than the diameter of a con- should standard tires, snow tires, ventional tire and reduces the wheel covers or trim rings be used ground clearance approximately 1 with the compact spare wheel. If inch (25 mm), which could result in such use is attempted, damage to damage to the vehicle. these items or other vehicle com- • Do not take this vehicle through an ponents may occur. automatic vehicle wash while the • Do not use more than one compact compact spare tire is installed. spare tire at a time. • Do not use tire chains on the com- • Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire. Because of the pact spare tire is installed. smaller size, a tire chain will not fit properly. This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain. • Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle. • The compact spare tire’s tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel.

7 22 What to do in an emergency

Jack label 1. Model Name

■ Exemple 2. Maximum allowable load • Type A 3. When using the jack, set your parking brake. 4. When using the jack, stop the engine. 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. 6. The designated locations under OHYK064001 the frame • Type B 7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point. 8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with automatic transmis- OHYK064005 sion. • Type C 9. The jack should be used on firm level ground. 10. Jack manufacturer 11. Production date 12. Representative company and address

OHYK064002 ❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack. 723 What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED) When two or more tires are flat, do Introduction not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire.

WARNING - Tire wall Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair punctures in the tire walls. This can result in an accident due to tire failure. OAM060013L

For safe operation, carefully read OPS063008 and follow the instructions in this manual before use. Have your tire repaired as soon as With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay (1) Compressor possible. The tire may lose air pres- mobile even after experiencing a tire sure at any time after inflating with puncture. (2) Sealant bottle the Tire Mobility Kit. The system of compressor and sealing The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary compound effectively and comfortably fix to the tire and the tire should be seals most punctures in a passenger inspected by an authorized Kia deal- car tire caused by nails or similar er as soon as possible. objects and reinflates the tire. After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 200 km (120 miles)) at a max. speed of (80 km/h) in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement.

7 24 What to do in an emergency

It is possible that some tires, espe- Notes on the suggested use of • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a cially with larger punctures or dam- the Tire Mobility Kit tire is severely damaged by driving age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed run flat or with insufficient air pres- • Park your car at the side of the road completely. sure. so that you can work with the Tire Air pressure loss in the tire may Mobility Kit away from moving traf- • Do not remove any foreign objects adversely affect tire performance. fic. such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire. For this reason, you should avoid • To be sure your vehicle will not abrupt steering or other driving move, even when you're on fairly • Provided the car is outdoors, leave maneuvers, especially if the vehicle level ground, always set your park- the engine running. Otherwise is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in ing brake. operating the compressor may use. eventually drain the car battery. • Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed sealing/inflation passenger car tires. • Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit or intended as a permanent tire Only punctured areas located with- unattended while it is being used. repair method and is to be used for in the tread region of the tire can be • Do not leave the compressor run- one tire only. sealed using the tire mobility kit. ning for more than 10 min. at a time This instruction shows you step by • Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles or it may overheat. step how to temporarily seal the or any other type of tires. • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if puncture simply and reliably. • When the tire and wheel are dam- the ambient temperature is below - Read the section "Notes on the safe aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for 22°F (-30°C). use of the Tire Mobility Kit". your safety. • Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 0.24 in (6 mm). Please contact the nearest Kia dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.

725 What to do in an emergency

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 10. Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.

WARNING - Expired sealant Do not use the Tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. pasted the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.

WARNING - Sealant • Keep out of reach of children. • Avoid contact with eyes. OPS066020L • Do not swallow. 1. Speed restriction label 5. Holder for the sealant bottle 2. Sealant bottle and label with 6. Compressor Strictly follow the specified speed restriction 7. On/off switch sequence, otherwise the sealant 3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the may escape under high pressure. wheel tire inflation pressure 4. Connectors and cable for the 9. Screw cap for reducing tire infla- power outlet direct connection tion pressure

7 26 What to do in an emergency

Using the Tire Mobility Kit 1. Detach the speed restriction label (1) from the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast.

OPS066021L OTAM061022 Carefully follow below steps. ✽ NOTICE 2. Shake the sealant case. Before using the tire repair kit, please read carefully the instruction attached on the sealant case. Detach the speed limit label on the sealant case and put it on a highly visible place. Always drive within the speed limit.

727 What to do in an emergency

3. Screw connection hose (10) onto the connector of the sealant bottle. 4. Ensure that screw cap (9) is closed. 5. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw filling hose (3) of the sealant bottle onto the valve. 6. Insert the sealant bottle into the housing (5) of the compressor so that the bottle is upright. OPS063008 OPS043204 7. Ensure that the compressor is 8. Plug the compressor power cord switched off, position 0. into the front passenger side power outlet of the vehicle. WARNING ✽ If sealant is dispersed when the NOTICE injection hose and tire air injec- Only use the front passenger side tion valve have not been fully power outlet when connecting the connected, the sealant may power cord. overflow and clog the valve.

7 28 What to do in an emergency

9. With the engine start/stop button 10. Switch off the compressor. Distributing the sealant position on or ignition switch posi- 11. Detach the hoses from the 12. Immediately drive approximately tion on, switch on the compressor sealant bottle connector and 4~6 miles (7~10 km or, about 10 and let it run for approximately 5~7 from the tire valve. min) to evenly distribute the minutes to fill the sealant up to sealant in the tire. proper pressure. (refer to the Tire Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor- and Wheels, chapter 9). The infla- age location in the vehicle. Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph tion pressure of the tire after filling (80 km/h). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). is unimportant and will be WARNING - Carbon checked/corrected later. monoxide While driving, if you experience any Be careful not to overinflate the tire Do not leave your vehicle run- unusual vibration, ride disturbance or and stay away from the tire when ning in a poorly ventilated area noise, reduce your speed and drive filling it. for extended periods of time. with caution until you can safely pull Carbon monoxide poisoning off of the side of the road. and suffocation can occur. Call for road side service or towing. WARNING - Tire pressure When you use the Tire Mobility Kit, Do not attempt to drive your the tire pressure sensors and wheel vehicle if the tire pressure is may be stained by sealant. below 29 PSI(200kpa). This Therefore, remove the tire pressure could result in an accident due sensors and wheel stained by to sudden tire failure. sealant and have it serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.

729 What to do in an emergency

Checking the tire inflation pres- ✽ NOTICE sure CAUTION - Tire pressure The pressure gauge may show high- sensor 1.After driving approximately 4 ~ 6 er than actual reading when the miles (7 ~ 10 km or about 10 min), compressor is running. To get an When you use the Tire Mobility stop at a safe location. accurate tire pressure, the compres- Kit including sealant not 2.Connect connection hose (10) of sor needs to be turned off. approved by Kia, the tire pres- the compressor directly to the tire sure sensors may be damaged valve. by sealant. The sealant on the - To reduce the inflation pres- tire pressure sensor and wheel 3.Plug the compressor power cord sure: Loosen the screw cap (9) should be removed when you into the vehicle power outlet. on the compressor hose. replace the tire with a new one 4.Adjust the tire inflation pressure to and inspect the tire pressure the recommended tire inflation. sensors in authorized dealer. With the ignition switched on, proceed as follows. - To increase the inflation pressure : Switch on the compressor, position I. To check the current inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the compressor.

7 30 What to do in an emergency

Technical Data System voltage: DC 12 V Working voltage: DC 10 - 15 V Amperage rating: max. 15 A Suitable for use at temperatures: -22 ~ +158°F (-30 ~ +70°C) Max. working pressure: 87 psi (6 bar) Size Compressor: 6.7 x 5.9 x 2.4 in. (170 x 150 x 60 mm) Sealant bottle: 3.3 x 2.8 ø in. (85 x 70 ø mm) Compressor weight: 1.77 lbs (0.8 kg) Sealant volume: 12.2 cu. in. (200 ml)

731 What to do in an emergency

TOWING Towing service For trailer towing guidelines information, refer to “Trailer towing” in chap- WARNING - Side and ter 6. curtain air bag If your vehicle is equipped with It is acceptable to tow the vehicle side and curtain air bag, set the with the rear wheels on the ground ignition switch to LOCK or ACC (without dollies) and the front wheels position when the vehicle is off the ground. being towed. If any of the loaded wheels or sus- The side and curtain air bag pension components are damaged may deploy when the ignitions or the vehicle is being towed with the is ON, and the rollover sensor front wheels on the ground, use a detects the situation as a rollover. dolly towing dolly under the front wheels. When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear. dolly OXM069028 If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.

7 32 What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook (front) emergency without wheel dollies : (if equipped) 1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC position. 2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.

OUN046030 CAUTION - Towing gear position Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the OPS066009L transaxle. 1.Remove the towing hook from the tool case.

OCM054034 2.Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front bumper. CAUTION - Towing • Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle. • Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.

733 What to do in an emergency

Emergency towing If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be Front temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front (or rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes. Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a OPS066011L OPS066010L short distance and at low speeds. 3.Install the towing hook by turning it Rear (if equipped) Also, the wheels, axles, power train, clockwise into the hole until it is steering and brakes must all be in fully secured. good condition. 4.Remove the towing hook and • Do not use the tow hooks to pull a install the cover after use. vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power. • Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing. OPS066012L • The drivers of both vehicles should If towing is necessary, we recom- communicate with each other fre- mend you to have it done by an quently. authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service.

7 34 What to do in an emergency

CAUTION WARNING - Emergency Using a portion of the vehicle Towing Precautions other than the tow hooks for Use extreme caution when tow- towing may damage the body of ing the vehicle. your vehicle. • Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving maneuvers which • Attach a towing strap to the tow would place excessive stress hook. on the emergency towing hook and towing cable or chain. The • Using a portion of the vehicle other hook and towing cable or than the tow hooks for towing may chain may break and cause OPA067014 damage the body of your vehicle. serious injury or damage. • Use a towing strap less than 16 • Only use a cable or chain specifi- • If the disabled vehicle is feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or cally intended for use in towing vehi- unable to be moved, do not red cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm) cles. Securely fasten the cable or forcibly continue the towing. wide) in the middle of the strap for chain to the towing hook provided. We recommend that you con- easy visibility. • Before emergency towing, check tact an authorized Kia dealer • Drive carefully so that the towing that the hook is not broken or dam- or a commercial tow truck strap is not loose during towing. aged. service for assistance. • Fasten the towing cable or chain • Tow the vehicle as straight securely to the hook. ahead as possible. • Do not jerk the hook. Apply it • Keep away from the vehicle steadily and with even force. during towing. • To avoid damaging the hook, do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Always pull straight ahead.

735 What to do in an emergency

Emergency towing precautions • Turn the ignition switch to ACC so CAUTION - Automatic the steering wheel isn’t locked. transaxle • Place the transaxle shift lever in N To avoid serious damage to the (Neutral). automatic transaxle, limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph (15 • Release the parking brake. km/h) and drive less than 1 mile • Press the brake pedal with more (1.5 km) when towing. force than usual since you will have reduced brake performance. ✽ • More steering effort will be NOTICE required because the power steer- Before towing, check the automatic ing system will be disabled. transaxle for fluid leaks under your • If you are driving down a long hill, vehicle. If the automatic transaxle the brakes may overheat and brake fluid is leaking, a flatbed equipment performance will be reduced. Stop or towing dolly must be used. often and let the brakes cool off. • If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground, it can be towed only from the front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral. Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position. A driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and brakes.

7 36 Maintenance

Engine compartment ...... 8-3 Parking brake ...... 8-36 Maintenance services ...... 8-5 • Checking the parking brake...... 8-36 • Owner’s responsibility ...... 8-5 Air cleaner...... 8-36 • Owner maintenance precautions ...... 8-6 • Filter replacement ...... 8-36 Owner maintenance ...... 8-8 Climate control air filter ...... 8-38 • Owner maintenance schedule...... 8-8 • Filter inspection...... 8-38 Scheduled maintenance service...... 8-10 • Filter replacement ...... 8-38 • Normal maintenance schedule ...... 8-11 Wiper blades ...... 8-40 • Normal maintenance schedule - Non turbo models. 8-12 • Blade inspection...... 8-40 • Maintenance under severe usage conditions...... 8-15 • Blade replacement ...... 8-40 • Normal maintenance schedule - Turbo models . . . . 8-17 Battery...... 8-44 • Maintenance under severe usage conditions...... 8-20 • For best battery service ...... 8-44 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 8-22 • Battery recharging ...... 8-45 Checking fluid levels ...... 8-27 • Reset items ...... 8-46 Engine oil...... 8-28 Tires and wheels ...... 8-47 • Checking the engine oil level ...... 8-28 • Tire care ...... 8-47 • Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 8-29 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 8-47 Engine coolant ...... 8-30 • Checking tire inflation pressure...... 8-48 • Checking the coolant level ...... 8-30 • Tire rotation...... 8-49 • Changing the coolant ...... 8-32 • Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 8-50 8 Brake/clutch fluid...... 8-33 • Tire replacement ...... 8-51 • Checking the brake/clutch* fluid level ...... 8-33 • Wheel replacement ...... 8-52 • Tire traction ...... 8-52 Washer fluid ...... 8-35 • Tire maintenance...... 8-52 • Checking the washer fluid level ...... 8-35 • Tire sidewall labeling ...... 8-52 • All season tires ...... 8-59 • High mounted stop lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-89 • Summer tires ...... 8-59 • High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb • Snow tires ...... 8-59 replacement ...... 8-90 • Tire chains ...... 8-59 • License plate lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-90 • Radial-ply tires ...... 8-60 • Map lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-90 • Low aspect ratio tire ...... 8-61 • Room lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-91 Fuses ...... 8-62 • Glove box lamp bulb replacement...... 8-92 • Inner panel fuse replacement...... 8-64 • Luggage lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-92 • Engine compartment fuse replacement...... 8-65 • Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-93 • Fuse/relay panel description...... 8-67 Appearance care...... 8-94 Light bulbs ...... 8-76 • Exterior care ...... 8-94 • Bulb replacement precaution ...... 8-76 • Interior care ...... 8-100 • Light bulb position (Front)...... 8-77 Emission control system ...... 8-103 • Light bulb position (Rear) ...... 8-78 • Crankcase emission control system ...... 8-103 • Headlamp (HID type) bulb replacement ...... 8-78 • Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: • Headlamp (Low/High beam) bulb replacement. . . . 8-79 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . 8-103 • Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement...... 8-81 • Exhaust emission control system ...... 8-104 • Front side marker bulb replacement...... 8-83 California perchlorate notice ...... 8-106 • Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb replacement. . 8-84 • Front fog lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-84 8 • Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 8-85 • Rear turn signal lamp bulb Replacement...... 8-86 • Stop and tail lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-87 • Back-up lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-88 • Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . 8-89 Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Gamma 1.6L GDI

1. Engine oil filler cap 2. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 3. Engine oil dipstick 4. Engine coolant reservoir 5. Radiator cap ■ Gamma 1.6L T-GDI 6. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Negative battery terminal 9. Fuse box 10. Air cleaner

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OPS076113/OPS076133

83 Maintenance

■ Nu 2.0L GDI

1. Engine oil filler cap 2. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 3. Engine oil dipstick 4. Engine coolant reservoir 5. Radiator cap 6. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Negative battery terminal 9. Fuse box 10. Air cleaner

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OPS076002N

48 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility We recommend you have your vehi- to prevent damage to your vehicle cle maintained and repaired by an and injury to yourself whenever per- authorized Kia dealer. An authorized forming any maintenance or inspec- ✽ NOTICE Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record quality standards and receives tech- Should you have any doubts con- Retention are the owner's responsi- nical support from Kia in order to pro- cerning the inspection or servicing of bility. You should retain documents vide you with a high level of service your vehicle, we strongly recom- that show proper maintenance has satisfaction. mend that you have an authorized been performed on your vehicle in Kia dealer perform this work. accordance with the scheduled An authorized Kia dealer has factory maintenance service charts shown trained technicians and genuine Kia on the following pages. You need this parts to service your vehicle proper- information to establish your com- ly. For expert advice and quality serv- pliance with the servicing and main- ice, see an authorized Kia dealer. tenance requirements of your vehicle warranties. Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- Detailed warranty information is cient servicing may result in opera- provided in your Warranty & tional problems with your vehicle that Consumer Information manual. could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.

85 Maintenance

✽ NOTICE - NHTSA Safety (Continued) Owner maintenance precau- Corrosion Alert • Immediately seek an inspection of tions The National Highway Traffic your vehicle if you become visually aware of corrosion flaking or Improper or incomplete service may Safety Administration (NHTSA) has result in problems. This section gives issued a general warning to all vehi- scaling or if you become aware of a change in vehicle performance, instructions only for the maintenance cle owners of all brands regarding items that are easy to perform. the risks associated with vehicle such as soft or spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impairment of direc- As explained earlier in this section, underbody corrosion. From your several procedures can be done only initial purchase, take the following tional control, suspension noises or rattling metal straps. by an authorized Kia dealer with spe- steps to prevent unsafe corrosion cial tools. damage to your vehicle: NHTSA further advises that after • Wash the undercarriage of your a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essen- vehicle regularly during the win- tial that you take these indicated ✽ NOTICE maintenance steps to ensure that ter and whenever your vehicle has Improper owner maintenance dur- been exposed to salts or chemicals. you protect yourself from unsafe corrosion conditions. ing the warranty period may affect • Do a thorough washing of the warranty coverage. For details, read undercarriage at the end of the the separate Warranty & Consumer winter. Information manual provided with • Use professional service techni- the vehicle. If you're unsure about cians or governmental inspection any servicing or maintenance proce- stations to annually inspect for dure, have it done by an authorized corrosion. Kia dealer. (Continued)

68 Maintenance

WARNING - Maintenance work Do not wear jewelry or loose clothing while working under the hood of your vehicle with the engine running. These can become entangled in moving parts, if you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and neck- laces) and all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fans.

87 Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle: and inspections that should be per- When you stop for fuel: • Note any changes in the sound of formed by the owner or an author- the exhaust or any smell of • Check the engine oil level. ized Kia dealer at the frequencies exhaust fumes in the vehicle. indicated to help ensure safe, • Check the coolant level in the • Check for vibrations in the steering dependable operation of your vehi- coolant reservoir. cle. wheel. Notice any increased steer- • Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer- Any adverse conditions should be level. ing wheel, or change in its straight- brought to the attention of your deal- • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position. er as soon as possible. Check if the front of the radiator • Notice if your vehicle constantly These Owner Maintenance Checks and condenser are clean and not turns slightly or “pulls” to one side are generally not covered by war- blocked with leaves, dirt or insects when traveling on smooth, level ranties and you may be charged for etc. If any of the above parts are roads. labor, parts and lubricants used. extremely dirty or you are not sure • When stopping, listen and check of their condition, take your vehicle for unusual sounds, pulling to one to an authorized Kia dealer. side, increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal. WARNING - Hot coolant • If any slipping or changes in the Be careful when checking your operation of your transaxle occurs, engine coolant level when the check the transaxle fluid level. engine is hot. Scalding hot • Check the automatic transaxle P coolant and steam may blow out (Park) function. under pressure. • Check the parking brake. • Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

88 Maintenance

At least monthly: At least once a year: • Check the coolant level in the • Clean the body and door drain engine coolant reservoir. holes. • Check the operation of all exterior • Lubricate the door hinges and lights, including the stoplights, turn checks, and hood hinges. signals and hazard warning flash- • Lubricate the door and hood locks ers. and latches. • Check the inflation pressures of all • Lubricate the door rubber weather- tires including the spare. strips. • Check the air conditioning system. At least twice a year • Inspect and lubricate the automat- (i.e., every Spring and Fall): ic transaxle linkage and controls. • Check the radiator, heater and air • Clean the battery and terminals. conditioning hoses for leaks or • Check the brake fluid level. damage. • Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid. • Check the headlight alignment. • Check the muffler, exhaust pipes, shields and clamps. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear and function. • Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts.

89 Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance • Towing a trailer or using a camper, Schedule if the vehicle is usually or roof rack operated where none of the following • Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other conditions apply. If any of the follow- commercial use of vehicle towing ing conditions apply, follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage • Driving over 106 mile/h(170 km/h) Conditions. • Frequently driving in stop-and-go • Repeated driving short distance of conditions less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles If your vehicle is operated under the (16 km)in freezing temperature above conditions, you should • Extensive engine idling or low inspect, replace or refill more fre- speed driving for long distances quently than the following Normal • Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, Maintenance Schedule. After 120 unpaved, graveled or salt-spread months or 150,000 miles continue to roads follow the prescribed maintenance intervals. • Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather • Driving in heavy dust conditions • Driving in heavy traffic areas • Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly

8 10 Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

*1 lnspect "Water Pump" when replacing the drive belt or *6 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one timing belt. bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are avail- *2 Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free able from your authorized Kia dealer along with infor- but periodic inspection is recommended for this main- mation on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. tenance schedule depends on fuel quality. *3 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. *4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively. *5 When replacing coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.

811 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months, Drive belts *1 after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months Engine oil and engine oil Gamma 1.6L GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R filter Nu 2.0L GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Fuel additives *2 Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I Gamma 1.6L GDI Replace every 105,000 miles or 84 months Spark plugs Nu 2.0L GDI Replace every 105,000 miles or 84 months Valve clearance *3 Gamma 1.6L GDI Inspect every 60,000 miles or 72 months I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced. *2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the operation.

8 12 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models (CONT.) MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Rotate tires Rotate every 6,500 miles or 12 months Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, Coolant (Engine) after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Air conditioner compressor/refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

813 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models (CONT.) MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Cooling system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Automatic transmission fluid No check, No service required Manual transaxle fluid Inspect every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months Dual clutch transmission fluid Inspect every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 30 months Vapor hose and fuel filler cap - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel tank air filter *4 - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Parking brake I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

8 14 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION ENGINE OIL AND A, B, C, D, E, F, 1.6 GDI / 2.0 GDI R Every 3,750 miles or 6 months ENGINE OIL FILTER G, H, I, J, K AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A, B, H, I, K DISC BRAKE/ PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H REAR BRAKE DRUMS/ LININGS, PARKING I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H BRAKE STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/ LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I BSALL JOINT DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I Every 7,500 miles OR 6 months C, D, E, F, G, H MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL R Every 80,000 miles C, D, F, G, H, I, J DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID R Every 80,000 miles C, D, F, G, H, I, J AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R Every 60,000 miles A, C, F, G, H, I, J CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

815 Maintenance

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A - Repeatedly driving shorts distance of less than 5miles in E - Driving in heavy dust condition normal temperature or less than 10miles in freezing tem- F - Driving in heavy traffic area perature G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- H - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack tances I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle C - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- towing spread roads J - Driving over 106 MPH D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions very cold weather

8 16 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Turbo Models The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 ITEM Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months, Drive belts *1 after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months Engine oil and engine oil Gamma 1.6L T-GDI Replace every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months filter Fuel additives *2 Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I Spark plugs Gamma 1.6L T-GDI Replace every 45,000 miles or 36 months Valve clearance *3 Gamma 1.6L T-GDI Inspect every 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 48 months I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced. *2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the operation.

817 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Turbo Models (CONT.) MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 ITEM Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 Rotate tires Rotate every 6,500 miles or 12 months Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years : Engine coolant after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Propeller shaft I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

8 18 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Turbo Models (CONT.) MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 Intercooler, in/out hose, Gamma 1.6L T-GDI I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I air intake hose Cooling system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Automatic transaxle fluid No check, No service required Manual transaxle fluid Inspect every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 48 months Dual clutch transmission fluid Inspect every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 30 months Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel tank air filter *4 - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Parking brake I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *4 : Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality.

819 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION ENGINE OIL AND A, B, C, D, E, F, 1.6L T-GDI R Every 3,000 miles or 6 months ENGINE OIL FILTER G, H, I, J, K AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A, B, H, I, K DISC BRAKE/ PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H REAR BRAKE DRUMS/ LININGS, PARKING I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H BRAKE STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/ LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I BSALL JOINT DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I Every 7,500 miles OR 6 months C, D, E, F, G, H MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL R Every 80,000 miles C, D, F, G, H, I, J DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID R Every 80,000 miles C, D, F, G, H, I, J AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R Every 60,000 miles A, C, F, G, H, I, J CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

8 20 Maintenance

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A - Repeatedly driving shorts distance of less than 5 miles in E - Driving in heavy dust condition normal temperature or less than 10 miles in freezing tem- F - Driving in heavy traffic area perature G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- H - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack tances I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle C - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- towing spread roads J - Driving over 106 MPH D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions very cold weather

821 Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter Fuel filter (for gasoline) Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con- The engine oil and filter should be Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped with nections changed at the intervals specified in a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and the maintenance schedule. If the with the fuel tank. Regular mainte- connections for leakage and dam- vehicle is being driven in severe con- nance or replacement is generally not age. Have an authorized Kia dealer ditions, more frequent oil and filter needed. This may vary depending on replace any damaged or leaking changes are required. fuel quality. If you experience any of parts immediately. the following: fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, or a hard Drive belts starting issue, inspection and, if nec- Vapor hose and fuel filler cap Inspect all drive belts for evidence of essary, replacement may be needed. The vapor hose and fuel filler cap cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil Have the fuel filter inspected or should be inspected at those inter- saturation and replace if necessary. replaced by an authorized Kia dealer. vals specified in the maintenance Drive belts should be checked peri- schedule. Make sure that a new odically for proper tension and vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor- adjusted as necessary. rectly replaced.

8 22 Maintenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Valve clearance (if equipped) hoses (if equipped) A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is Inspect for excessive valve noise Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- recommended when the filter is and/or engine vibration and adjust if dence of heat and/or mechanical replaced. necessary. An authorized Kia dealer damage. Hard and brittle rubber, should perform the operation. cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive swelling indicate deterio- Spark plugs ration. Particular attention should be Make sure to install new spark plugs Cooling system paid to examine those hose surfaces of the correct heat range. Check the cooling system compo- nearest to high heat sources, such nents, such as the radiator, coolant as the exhaust manifold. reservoir, hoses and connections for Inspect the hose routing to assure leakage and damage. Replace any that the hoses do not come in con- damaged parts. tact with any heat source, sharp edges or moving components which Coolant might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose The coolant should be changed at connections, such as clamps and the intervals specified in the mainte- couplings, to make sure they are nance schedule. secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage.

823 Maintenance

Manual transaxle fluid Brake hoses and lines CAUTION - Transaxle fluids (if equipped) Visually check for proper installation, Inspect the manual transaxle fluid The use of a non-specified fluid chafing, cracks, deterioration and according to the maintenance sched- could result in transaxle mal- any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- ule. function and failure. ed or damaged parts immediately. Use only specified automatic transaxle fluid. (Refer to Automatic transaxle fluid “Recommended lubricants and ✽ NOTICE - NHTSA Safety (if equipped) capacities” in chapter 9.) Corrosion Alert Automatic transaxle fluid should not NHTSA has warned all vehicle own- be checked under normal usage ers of all brands that they must main- conditions. Dual clutch transmission Fluid tain their vehicles in a manner which will prevent brake hose and brake line But in severe conditions, the fluid Inspect the dual clutch transmission failures due to corrosion when such should be changed at an authorized fluid according to the maintenance vehicles are exposed to winter road Kia dealer in accordance to the schedule. salt and related chemicals. While seri- scheduled maintenance at the begin- ous corrosion conditions typically only ning of this section. manifest themselves as safety issues after 7 years of vehicle use, the corro- ✽ NOTICE sion process starts immediately and Automatic transaxle fluid color is thus underbody cleaning maintenance reddish. must commence from your vehicle's As the vehicle is driven, the auto- first exposure to road salts and chem- matic transaxle fluid will begin to icals. NHTSA urges vehicle owners to look darker. take the following steps to prevent It is the normal condition and you corrosion: should not judge the need to replace (Continued) the fluid based upon the changed color.

8 24 Maintenance

(Continued) Brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid Brake discs, pads, calipers 1. Wash the undercarriage of your Check the brake fluid level in the and rotors vehicle regularly throughout the brake fluid reservoir. The level should Check the pads for excessive wear, winter and do a thorough washing be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks in the spring to remove road salt discs for run out and wear, and on the side of the reservoir. Use only calipers for fluid leakage. and other de-icing chemicals. hydraulic brake fluid conforming to 2. Monitor the brake system for DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. signs of corrosion by having regu- Exhaust pipe and muffler lar professional inspections and watching for signs of problems, Parking brake Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, dete- including loss of brake fluid, Inspect the parking brake system unusual leaks and soft or spongy rioration, or damage. Start the including the parking brake lever (or engine and listen carefully for any feel in the brake pedal. pedal) and cables. 3. Replace the entire brake pipe exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con- assembly if you find severe corro- nections or replace parts as neces- sion that causes scaling or flaking sary. of brake components.

825 Maintenance

Suspension mounting bolts Drive shafts and boots Check the suspension connections Check the drive shafts, boots and for looseness or damage. Retighten clamps for cracks, deterioration, or to the specified torque. damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease. Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine Air conditioning refrigerant off, check for excessive free-play in Check the air conditioning lines and the steering wheel. connections for leakage and dam- Check the linkage for bends or damage. age. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.

8 26 Maintenance

CHECKING FLUID LEVELS When checking engine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid, always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant or fluid. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.

827 Maintenance

ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground. CAUTION - Replacing ■ 1.6 GDI 2. Start the engine and allow it to engine oil reach normal operating tempera- Do not overfill the engine oil. It ture. may damage the engine. 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan. ✽ NOTICE - Replacing engine 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, oil and re-insert it fully. • Do not spill engine oil, when OPS076114 adding or changing engine oil. If ■ 1.6 T-GDI you drop the engine oil on the WARNING - Radiator engine room, wipe it off immedi- hose ately. Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you.

OPS076135L ■ 2.0 GDI 5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L.

OPS073003

8 28 Maintenance

■ 1.6 GDI If it is near or at L, add enough oil to Changing the engine oil and bring the level to F. Do not overfill. filter Use a funnel to help prevent oil Have engine oil and filter changed by from being spilled on engine com- an authorized Kia dealer according ponents. to the Maintenance Schedule at the Use only the specified engine oil. beginning of this chapter. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in chapter 9.) OPS076115 CALIFORNIA PROPO- ■ 1.6 T-GDI SITION 65 WARNING Engine oil contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always protect OPS076136L your skin by washing your hands ■ 2.0 GDI thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

OPS073004

829 Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level has a reservoir filled with year round WARNING - Cooling fan antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is CAUTION - Radiator Cap Use caution when filled at the factory. Never attempt to remove the working near the Check the antifreeze protection and radiator cap while the engine is blade of the cooling coolant level at least once a year, at operating or hot. Doing so fan. The electric the beginning of the winter season, might lead to cooling system motor (cooling fan) is and before traveling to a colder cli- and engine damage. controlled by engine coolant mate. temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. it may sometimes operate even when Turn the engine off and wait until it the engine is not running. cools down. Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.

8 30 Maintenance

■ 1.6 GDI/2.0 GDI If the coolant level is low, add enough Recommended engine coolant specified coolant to provide protec- • When adding coolant, use only tion against freezing and corrosion. deionized water or soft water for Bring the level to F, but do not over- your vehicle and never mix hard fill. If frequent additions are required, water in the coolant filled at the fac- see an authorized Kia dealer for a tory. An improper coolant mixture cooling system inspection. can result in serious malfunction or engine damage. • The engine in your vehicle has alu- OPS076116 minum engine parts and must be ■ 1.6 T-GDI protected by an ethylene-glycol with phosphate based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing. • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant. • Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the OAM079005 solution. Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses. The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool.

831 Maintenance

For mixture percentage, refer to the Changing the coolant following table. Have the coolant changed by an Mixture Percentage authorized Kia dealer according to Ambient (volume) the Maintenance Schedule at the Temperature beginning of this chapter. Antifreeze Water 5°F (-15°C) 35 65 Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in -13°F (-25°C) 40 60 order to prevent the coolant from -31°F (-35°C) 50 50 overflowing into engine parts such as -49°F (-45°C) 60 40 the alternator.

OPS076117

WARNING Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure which may result in serious injury.

8 32 Maintenance

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID Checking the brake/clutch* In the event the brake/clutch* system fluid level CAUTION - Proper fluid requires frequent additions of fluid, Only use brake fluid in brake the vehicle should be inspected by system. Small amounts of an authorized Kia dealer. improper fluids (such as engine oil) can cause damage to the When changing and adding brake system. brake/clutch* fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it come in contact with If the level is low, add fluid to the your eyes. If brake/ clutch* fluid MAX level. The level will fall with should come in contact with your accumulated mileage. This is a nor- eyes, immediately flush them with a mal condition associated with the large quantity of fresh tap water. wear of the brake linings and/or Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible. OPS076118 clutch disc (if equipped). If the fluid level is excessively low, have the Check the fluid level in the reservoir brake/clutch* system checked by an periodically. The fluid level should be authorized Kia dealer. between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir. Before removing the reservoir cap Use only the specified brake/clutch* and adding brake/clutch* fluid, clean fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubri- the area around the reservoir cap cants and capacities” in chapter 9.) thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch* fluid contamination. Never mix different types of fluid. * if equipped

833 Maintenance

CAUTION - Brake/clutch* fluid Do not allow brake/clutch* fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint damage will result.

Brake/clutch* fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.

8 34 Maintenance

WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid Check the fluid level in the washer level fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- WARNING - Coolant sary. Plain water may be used if ■ Type A • Do not use radiator coolant or washer fluid is not available. antifreeze in the washer fluid However, use washer solvent with reservoir. antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- • Radiator coolant can severely mates to prevent freezing. obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may WARNING - Flammable cause loss of vehicle control. Fluid Do not allow the washer fluid to come in contact with open WARNING - Windshield OPS073006 flames or sparks.The windshield fluid ■ Type B washer fluid reservoir is flamma- Do not drink the windshield ble under certain circumstances. washer fluid. The windshield This can result in a fire. washer fluid is poisonous to humans and animals.

OPS073007 The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection.

835 Maintenance

PARKING BRAKE AIR CLEANER Checking the parking brake Filter replacement

OPS076120

OPS053011 OPS076119 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover. Check the stroke of the parking It must be replaced when necessary, brake by counting the number of and should not be washed. “clicks’’ heard while fully applying it You can clean the filter when inspect- from the released position. Also, the ing the air cleaner element. parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep Clean the filter by using compressed grade. If the stroke is more or less air. than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer.

Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).

8 36 Maintenance

Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals. (Refer to “Maintenance under severe usage conditions” in this chapter.)

CAUTION - Air filter main- OPS076121 tenance 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner. • Do not drive with the air clean- 3. Replace the air cleaner filter. er removed; this will result in excessive engine wear. 4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips. • When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. • Use a Kia genuine part. Use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.

837 Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED) Filter inspection Filter replacement The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components. OPS073009 OPS073008 2. With the glove box open, remove the Air filter cover. 1. Open the glove box.

8 38 Maintenance

OPS073010 OPS073011 3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air filter. ter case by pulling out both sides 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of the cover. of disassembly.

When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

839 Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Blade replacement CAUTION - Wiper blades When the wipers no longer clean To prevent damage to the wiper adequately, the blades may be worn blades, do not use gasoline, or cracked, and require replacement. kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually. The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.

1JBA5122 Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic vehicle washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean. Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial vehicle washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly with clean water.

8 40 Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade

1JBA7037

OHM078059

1LDA5023 Type B Type A 1. Raise the wiper arm. 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose CAUTION - Wiper arms the plastic locking clip. Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, CAUTION - Wiper arms since it may chip or crack the 1JBA7038 windshield. Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, 2. Compress the clip and slide the since it may chip or crack the blade assembly downward. windshield. 3. Lift it off the arm. 4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.

841 Maintenance

Rear window wiper blade

OHM078060 OHM078061

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then 3. Install the new blade assembly in OHM078062 pull down the blade assembly and the reverse order of removal. remove it. 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly.

8 42 Maintenance

OHM078063 2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place. 3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade.

843 Maintenance

BATTERY For best battery service WARNING - Risk of WARNING - Sulfuric acid explosion in batteries Keep lit cigarettes and Keep batteries out of the all other flames or reach of children sparks away from the because batteries con- battery. tain highly corrosive The battery contains SULFURIC ACID and hydrogen -- a highly electrolytes. Do not combustible gas which allow battery acid to will explode if it comes contact your skin, eyes, in contact with a flame or clothing or paint finish. OPS076122 spark. Wear eye protection when charging or work- • Keep the battery securely mounting near a battery. ed. Always provide ventila- • Keep the battery top clean and dry. tion when working in an • Keep the terminals and connec- enclosed space. tions clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda. • If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.

8 44 Maintenance

Always read the following ✽ NOTICE instructions carefully when WARNING - Risk of elec- If you connect unauthorized elec- handling a battery. trocution tronic devices to the battery, the bat- If any electrolyte gets into Never touch the electrical igni- tery may be discharged. Never use your eyes, flush your eyes tion system while the vehicle is unauthorized devices. with clean water for at least running. This system works 15 minutes and get immedi- with high voltage which can ate medical attention. "zap" you. WARNING - Recharging If electrolyte gets on your battery skin, thoroughly wash the Never attempt to recharge the contacted area. If you feel CALIFORNIA PROPO- battery when the battery cables pain or burning sensation, SITION 65 WARNING are connected. get medical attention imme- Battery posts, terminals, and diately. related accessories contain An inappropriately disposed lead and lead compounds, Battery recharging battery can be harmful to the chemicals known to the State of Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, environment and human California to cause cancer, birth calcium-based battery. health. Dispose the battery defects and reproductive harm. • If the battery becomes discharged according to your local law(s) Batteries also contain other in a short time (because, for exam- or regulation. chemicals known to the State of ple, the headlights or interior lights California to cause cancer. Never attempt to recharge the bat- were left on while the vehicle was Wash hands after handling. tery when the battery cables are con- not in use), recharge it by slow nected. charging (trickle) for 10 hours. • If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

845 Maintenance

When recharging the battery, 1.Turn off the battery charger main Reset items observe the following precautions: switch. Items should be reset after the bat- • The battery must be removed from 2.Unhook the negative clamp from tery has been discharged or the bat- the vehicle and placed in an area the negative battery terminal. tery has been disconnected. with good ventilation. 3.Unhook the positive clamp from • Auto up/down window • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or the positive battery terminal. (See chapter 4) flame near the battery. • Before performing maintenance or • Sunroof (See chapter 4) • Watch the battery during charging, recharging the battery, turn off all • Trip computer (See chapter 4) and stop or reduce the charging accessories and stop the engine. rate if the battery cells begin • Climate control system • The negative battery cable must be (See chapter 4) gassing (boiling) violently or if the removed first and installed last temperature of the electrolyte of when the battery is disconnected. • Clock (See chapter 4) any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C). • Audio (See chapter 5) • Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging. • Disconnect the battery charger in the following order.

8 46 Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care - Tire under For proper maintenance, safety, and WARNING maximum fuel economy, you must inflation always maintain recommended tire Inflate your tire consistent with inflation pressures and stay within the instructions provided in this the load limits and weight distribution manual. Severe under inflation recommended for your vehicle. can lead to severe heat buildup, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire fail- Recommended cold tire infla- ures that can result in the loss tion pressures of vehicle control. This risk is All tire pressures (including the OXM079101L much higher on hot days and spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres- when driving for long periods at tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the sures) can be found on a label high speeds. vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the driver’s side center least three hours or driven less than pillar. one mile (1.6 km). Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 9.

847 Maintenance

• Underinflation also results in Always observe the following: Checking tire inflation pressure excessive wear, poor handling and • Check tire pressure when the tires Check your tires once a month or reduced fuel economy. Wheel are cold. (After vehicle has been more. deformation also is possible. Keep parked for at least three hours or your tire pressures at the proper Also, check the tire pressure of the hasn't been driven more than one spare tire. levels. If a tire frequently needs mile (1.6 km) since startup.) refilling, have it checked by an authorized Kia dealer. • Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pres- How to check • Overinflation produces a harsh sure of other tires. Use a good quality gauge to check ride, excessive wear at the center tire pressure. You cannot tell if your of the tire tread, and a greater pos- • Never overload your vehicle. Be careful not to overload a vehicle tires are properly inflated simply by sibility of damage from road haz- looking at them. Radial tires may ards. luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one. look properly inflated even when • Warm tires normally exceed rec- they're underinflated. ommended cold tire pressures by 4 Check the tire's inflation pressure to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not WARNING - Tire inflation when the tires are cold. - "Cold" release air from warm tires to Overinflation or underinflation means your vehicle has been sitting adjust the pressure or the tires will can reduce tire life, adversely for at least three hours or driven no be underinflated. affect vehicle handling, and more than 1 mile (1.6 km). • Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation lead to sudden tire failure. This valve caps. Without the valve cap, could result in loss of vehicle dirt or moisture could get into the control and potential injury. valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

8 48 Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tire • Inspect your tires frequently for Tire rotation valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- proper inflation as well as wear and To equalize tread wear, it is recom- ly onto the valve to get a pressure damage. Always use a tire pres- mended that the tires be rotated every measurement. If the cold tire inflation sure gauge. 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or sooner if pressure matches the recommended • Tires with too much or too little irregular wear develops. pressure on the tire and loading pressure wear unevenly causing information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for cor- poor handling, loss of vehicle con- rect balance. ment is necessary. If the pressure is trol, and sudden tire failure leading low, add air until you reach the rec- to accidents, injuries, and even When rotating tires, check for uneven ommended amount. death. The recommended cold tire wear and damage. Abnormal wear is If you overfill the tire, release air by pressure for your vehicle can be usually caused by incorrect tire pres- pushing on the metal stem in the found in this manual and on the tire sure, improper wheel alignment, out- center of the tire valve. Recheck the label located on the driver's side of-balance wheels, severe braking or tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be center pillar. severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire. sure to put the valve caps back on • Remember to check the pressure the valve stems. They help prevent Replace the tire if you find either of of your spare tire. Kia recommends these conditions. Replace the tire if leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- that you check the spare every ture. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, time you check the pressure of the be sure to bring the front and rear tire other tires on your vehicle. pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 9.

849 Maintenance

Without a spare tire Disc brake pads should be inspected Wheel alignment and tire bal- for wear whenever tires are rotated. ance The wheels on your vehicle were Rotate radial tires that have an aligned and balanced carefully at the asymmetric tread pattern only from factory to give you the longest tire life front to rear and not from right to left. and best overall performance. In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. WARNING - Mixing tires However, if you notice unusual tire S2BLA790A • Do not use the compact spare wear or your vehicle pulling one way Directional tires (if equipped) tire (if equipped) for tire rota- or the other, the alignment may need tion. to be reset. • Do not mix bias ply and radial If you notice your vehicle vibrating ply tires under any circum- when driving on a smooth road, your stances. This may cause wheels may need to be rebalanced. unusual handling characteristics. CAUTION - Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's alu- CBGQ0707A minum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

8 50 Maintenance

Tire replacement The ABS works by comparing the Compact spare tire replacement speed of the wheels. The tire size A compact spare tire has a shorter affects wheel speed. When replacing tread life than a regular size tire. tires, all 4 tires must use the same Replace it when you can see the size originally supplied with the vehi- tread wear indicator bars on the tire. cle. Using tires of a different size can The replacement compact spare tire cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake should be the same size and design System) and ESC (Electronic tire as the one provided with your Stability Control) to work irregularly. new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire ✽ NOTICE wheel. The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular We recommend that when replacing OUM076204L size wheel, and the compact spare tires, use the same originally sup- tire wheel is not designed for mount- plied with the vehicles. If not, that ing a regular size tire. If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear affects driving performance. indicator (A) will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing the tire.

851 Maintenance

Wheel replacement Tire traction Tire sidewall labeling When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators A wheel that is not the correct size appear. Slow down whenever there may adversely affect wheel and is rain, snow or ice on the road to bearing life, braking and stopping reduce the possibility of losing con- abilities, handling characteristics, trol of the vehicle. ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow chain clearance, Tire maintenance speedometer and odometer calibra- OJF085008L tion, headlight aim and bumper In addition to proper inflation, correct height. wheel alignment helps to decrease This information identifies and tire wear. If you find a tire is worn describes the fundamental charac- unevenly, have your dealer check the teristics of the tire and also provides CAUTION - Wheels wheel alignment. the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The Wheels that do not meet Kia When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This TIN can be used to identify the tire in specifications may fit poorly case of a recall. and result in damage to the will increase vehicle ride comfort and vehicle or unusual handling and tire life. Additionally, a tire should poor vehicle control. always be rebalanced if it is removed 1. Manufacturer or brand name from the wheel. Manufacturer or Brand name is shown.

8 52 Maintenance

2. Tire size designation P - Applicable vehicle type (tires Wheel size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire marked with the prefix “P’’ are Wheels are also marked with impor- size designation. You will need this intended for use on passenger tant information that you need if you information when selecting replace- vehicles or light trucks; however, ever have to replace one. The follow- ment tires for your vehicle. The fol- not all tires have this marking). ing explains what the letters and lowing explains what the letters and 235 - Tire width in millimeters. numbers in the wheel size designa- numbers in the tire size designation 65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section tion mean. mean. height as a percentage of its Example tire size designation: width. Example wheel size designation: (These numbers are provided as an R - Tire construction code (Radial). 7.0JX17 example only; your tire size designa- 17 - Rim diameter in inches. tor could vary depending on your vehicle.) 108 - Load Index, a numerical code 7.0 - Rim width in inches. associated with the maximum J - Rim contour designation. P235/65R17 108T load the tire can carry. 17 - Rim diameter in inches. T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information.

853 Maintenance

Tire speed ratings 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire The chart below lists many of the dif- Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over 6 years old, Replace tires within the recom- used for passenger vehicle tires. The based on the manufacturing date, mended time frame. Failure to speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be replace tires as recommended designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find can result in sudden tire failure, tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire which could lead to a loss of tire's designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside of the control and an accident. ating speed. wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of num- Speed bers on a tire consisting of numbers Rating Maximum Speed and English letters. The manufactur- Symbol ing date is designated by the last four S 112 mph (180 km/h) digits (characters) of the DOT code. T 118 mph (190 km/h) H 130 mph (210 km/h) DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO V 149 mph (240 km/h) The front part of the DOT means a Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h) plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1618 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2018.

8 54 Maintenance

4. Tire ply composition and mate- 6. Maximum load rating Tread wear rial This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara- The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire can be carried by the tire. When the tire when tested under controlled manufacturers also must indicate the replacing the tires on the vehicle, conditions on a specified govern- materials in the tire, which include always use a tire that has the same ment test course. For example, a tire steel, nylon, polyester, and others. load rating as the factory installed graded 150 would wear one-and-a- The letter "R" means radial ply con- tire. half times (1½) as well on the gov- struction; the letter "D" means diago- ernment course as a tire graded 100. nal or bias ply construction; and the 7. Uniform tire quality grading The relative performance of tires letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- depends upon the actual conditions struction. Quality grades can be found where of their use, however, and may applicable on the tire sidewall depart significantly from the norm between tread shoulder and maxi- due to variations in driving habits, 5. Maximum permissible inflation mum section width. pressure service practices and differences in For example: road characteristics and climate. This number is the greatest amount TREADWEAR 200 of air pressure that should be put in These grades are molded on the the tire. Do not exceed the maximum TRACTION AA side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. permissible inflation pressure. Refer TEMPERATURE A The tires available as standard or to the Tire and Loading Information optional equipment on your vehicle Tires degrade over time, even when may vary with respect to grade. label for recommended inflation they are not being used. Regardless pressure. of the remaining tread, we recommend that tires be replaced after approximately six (6) years of normal service. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process.

855 Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C Temperature -A, B & C Tire terminology and definitions The traction grades, from highest to The temperature grades are A (the Air Pressure: The amount of air lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those highest), B and C representing the inside the tire pressing outward on grades represent the tire’s ability to tire’s resistance to the generation of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in stop on wet pavement as measured heat and its ability to dissipate heat pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- under controlled conditions on spec- when tested under controlled condi- pascal (kPa). ified government test surfaces of tions on a specified indoor laboratory Accessory Weight: This means the asphalt and concrete. A tire marked test wheel. combined weight of optional acces- C may have poor traction perform- Sustained high temperature can sories. Some examples of optional ance. cause the material of the tire to accessories are, automatic The traction grade assigned to this degenerate and reduce tire life, and transaxle, power seats, and air con- tire is based on straight-ahead brak- excessive temperature can lead to ditioning. ing traction tests, and does not sudden tire failure. The grade C cor- Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a include acceleration, cornering, responds to a level of performance tire's height to its width. hydroplaning, or peak traction char- which all passenger vehicle tires acteristics. must meet under the Federal Motor Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. that is located between the plies and Grades B and A represent higher the tread. Cords may be made from levels of performance on the labora- steel or other reinforcing materials. tory test wheel than the minimum Bead: The tire bead contains steel required by law. wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim. Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

8 56 Maintenance

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of Intended Outboard Sidewall: The Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: air pressure in a tire, measured in side of an asymmetrical tire, that The sum of curb weight; accessory pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- must always face outward when weight; vehicle capacity weight; and pascals (kPa) before a tire has built mounted on a vehicle. production options weight. up heat from driving. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for Normal Occupant Weight: The Curb Weight: This means the weight air pressure. number of occupants a vehicle is of a motor vehicle with standard and Light truck (LT) tire: A tire designat- designed to seat multiplied by 150 optional equipment including the ed by its manufacturer as primarily pounds (68 kg). maximum capacity of fuel, oil and intended for use on lightweight trucks Occupant Distribution: Designated coolant, but without passengers and or multipurpose passenger vehicles. seating positions. cargo. Load ratings: The maximum load Outward Facing Sidewall: The side DOT Markings: A code molded into that a tire is rated to carry for a given of a asymmetrical tire that has a par- the sidewall of a tire signifying that inflation pressure. ticular side that faces outward when the tire is in compliance with the U.S. mounted on a vehicle. The outward Department of Transportation motor Load Index: An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre- facing sidewall bears white lettering vehicle safety standards. The DOT or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or code includes the Tire Identification sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire. model name molding that is higher or Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des- deeper than the same moldings on ignator which can also identify the Maximum Inflation Pressure: The the inner facing sidewall. tire manufacturer, production plant, maximum air pressure to which a brand and date of production. cold tire may be inflated. The maxi- Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire used on passenger cars and some GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall. light duty trucks and multipurpose GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight vehicles. Rating for the Front Axle. Maximum Load Rating: The load rating for a tire at the maximum per- Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight missible inflation pressure for that tire. cords. Rating for the Rear axle.

857 Maintenance

Pneumatic tire: A mechanical Sidewall: The portion of a tire Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num- device made of rubber, chemicals, between the tread and the bead. ber of designated seating positions fabric and steel or other materials, Speed Rating: An alphanumeric multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the that, when mounted on an automo- code assigned to a tire indicating the rated cargo and luggage load. tive wheel, provides the traction and maximum speed at which a tire can Vehicle Maximum Load on the contains the gas or fluid that sustains operate. Tire: Load on an individual tire due the load. Traction: The friction between the to curb and accessory weight plus Production options weight: The tire and the road surface. The maximum occupant and cargo combined weight of installed regular amount of grip provided. weight. production options weighing over 5 Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire: lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standard Tread: The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road. Load on an individual tire that is items which they replace, not previ- determined by distributing to each ously considered in curb weight or Treadwear Indicators: Narrow axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, including heavy bands, sometimes called "wear bars," accessory weight, and normal occu- duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, that show across the tread of a tire pant weight and driving by 2. heavy duty battery, and special trim. when only 2/32 inch of tread remains. Vehicle Placard: A label permanent- Recommended Inflation Pressure: UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality ly attached to a vehicle showing the Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- Grading Standards, a tire information original equipment tire size and rec- ed tire inflation pressure and shown system that provides consumers with ommended inflation pressure. on the tire placard. ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in ture and treadwear. Ratings are which the ply cords that extend to the determined by tire manufacturers beads are laid at 90 degrees to the using government testing proce- centerline of the tread. dures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire. Rim: A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.

8 58 Maintenance

All season tires Snow tires Tire chains Kia specifies all season tires on If you equip your vehicle with snow Tire chains, if necessary, should be some models to provide good per- tires, they should be the same size installed on the front wheels. formance for use all year round, and have the same load capacity as Be sure that the chains are installed including snowy and icy road condi- the original tires. Snow tires should in accordance with the manufactur- tions. All season tires are identified be installed on all four wheels; other- er's instructions. by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud wise, poor handling may result. To minimize tire and chain wear, do and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 tires have better snow traction than not continue to use tire chains when kPa) more air pressure than the they are no longer needed. all season tires and may be more pressure recommended for the stan- appropriate in some areas. dard tires on the tire label on the driver's side of the center pillar, or up to Summer tires the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less. Kia specifies summer tires on some Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 models to provide superior perform- km/h) when your vehicle is equipped ance on dry roads. Summer tire per- with snow tires. formance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, Kia recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels.

859 Maintenance

• When driving on roads covered Radial-ply tires Longer wearing tires can be more with snow or ice, drive at less than Radial-ply tires provide improved susceptible to irregular tread wear. It 20 mph (30 km/h). tread life, road hazard resistance and is very important to follow the tire • Use the SAE “S” class or wire smoother high speed ride. The radi- rotation interval shown in this section chains. al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of to achieve the tread life potential of these tires. Cuts and punctures in • If you hear noise caused by chains belted construction, and are selected to complement the ride and handling radial-ply tires are repairable only in contacting the body, retighten the the tread area, because of sidewall chain to avoid contact with the characteristics of your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have the same load flexing. Consult your tire dealer for vehicle body. radial-ply tire repairs. • To prevent body damage, retighten carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 belted tires of the same size, and use miles (0.5~1.0 km). the same recommended inflation pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires • Do not use tire chains on vehicles with bias-ply or bias belted tires is equipped with aluminum wheels. not recommended. Any combina- In unavoidable circumstance, use tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias a wire type chain. belted tires when used on the same • Use wire chains less than 0.59 vehicle will seriously deteriorate inches (15 mm) to prevent damage vehicle handling. The best rule to fol- to the chain’s connection. low is: Identical radial-ply tires should always be used as a set of four.

8 60 Maintenance

Low aspect ratio tire • It is not easy to recognize the tire (if equipped) CAUTION damage with your own eyes. But if Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect Because the sidewall of the low there is the slightest hint of tire ratio is lower than 50, are provided aspect ratio tire is shorter than damage, even though you cannot for sporty looks. the normal, the wheel and tire of see the tire damage with your own the low aspect ratio tire is easi- eyes, have the tire checked or Because the low aspect ratio tires er to be damaged. So, follow the replaced because the tire damage are optimized for handling and brak- instructions below. may cause air leakage from the ing, it may be more uncomfortable to tire. ride in and there is more noise com- - When driving on a rough road pare with normal tires. or off road, drive cautiously • If the tire is damaged by driving on because tires and wheels may a rough road, off road, pothole, be damaged. And after driving, manhole, or curb stone, it will not inspect tires and wheels. be covered by the warranty. - When passing over a pothole, • You can find out the tire information speed bump, manhole, or curb on the tire sidewall. stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged. - If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer. - To prevent damage to the tire, inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1,900 miles (3,000 km).

861 Maintenance

FUSES ■ Micro mini type A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload dam- WARNING - Fuse Blown age by fuses. replacement This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, • Never replace a fuse with anyone located in the driver’s side panel thing but another fuse of the bolster, the other in the engine com- same rating. Normal partment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could ■ Cartridge type If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a Blown sories, or controls do not work, check fire. the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Never install a wire or alu- has blown, the element inside the minum foil instead of the fuse will melt. proper fuse - even as a tem- Normal If the electrical system does not porary repair. It may cause work, first check the driver’s side extensive wiring damage and ■ Multi fuse fuse panel. a possible fire. Blown Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating. • Do not arbitrarily modify or add-on If the replacement fuse blows, this electric wiring to the vehicle. indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and imme- Normal diately consult an authorized Kia OPS073054 dealer. Three kinds of fuses are used: micro mini type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings.

8 62 Maintenance

CAUTION WARNING - Electrical Fire CAUTION - Fuse fire Do not use a screwdriver or any • Always ensure replacements • When replacing a blown fuse other metal object to remove fuses and relays are securely or relay, make sure the new fuses because it may cause a fastened when installed. fuse or relay fits tightly into short circuit and damage the Failure to do so can result in a the clips. Failure to tightly system. vehicle fire. install the fuse or relay may • We recommend that you do not cause damage to the wiring and electric systems. ✽ NOTICE remove fuses, relays and terminals that are fastened with • Do not remove fuses, relays • When replacing fuse, turn the bolts or nuts. If they are not and terminals fastened with ignition “OFF” and turn off completely re-installed, such bolts or nuts.The fuses, relays switches of all electrical devices looseness may cause electrical and terminals may not be fas- then remove battery (-) terminal. arcing and a possible fire. If tened correctly which may • The actual fuse/relay panel label fuses, relays and terminals fas- cause vehicle damage. may differ from equipped items. tened with bolts or nuts need replacement, consult with an authorized Kia dealer. CAUTION - Fuse Replacement Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse/relay terminals such as a driver or wiring. It may cause contact failure and system malfunction.

863 Maintenance

Inner panel fuse replacement If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the power outlet fuse. If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced.

OPS073017

OPS073014 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the fuse puller provided 1. Turn the ignition switch and all on the engine compartment fuse other switches off. panel cover. 2. Open the fuse panel cover. 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the engine compartment fuse panel. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

8 64 Maintenance

Fuse switch ✽ NOTICE Engine compartment fuse If you need to park your vehicle for replacement prolonged periods more than 1 month, move the transportation fuse switch to the OFF position to prevent the battery being discharged.

OPS073015 Put the fuse switch at the ON posi- OPS073016 tion. 1. Turn the ignition switch and all If you move the switch to the OFF other switches off. position, some items such as audio 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by and digital clock must be reset and pressing the tab and pulling the transmitter (or smart key) may not cover up. When the blade type work properly. fuse is disconnected, remove it by using the clip designed for changing fuses located in the engine room fuse box. Upon removal, securely insert reserve fuse of equal quantity.

865 Maintenance

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it Multi fuse ✽ NOTICE if it is blown. To remove or insert If the multi fuse is blown, consult an the fuse, use the fuse puller in the authorized Kia dealer. engine compartment fuse panel. 4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly CAUTION in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult Visually inspect the battery cap an authorized Kia dealer. for secure closing. If the battery cap is not securely latched, the electrical system may be dam- CAUTION - Fuse panel aged due to moisture entering covers the system. After checking the fuse panel in OPS073039 the engine compartment, securely install the fuse panel If the multi fuse is blown, it must be cover with using cover locking removed as follows: sound. If not, electrical failures 1. Turn off the engine. may occur from water contact. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- ture above. 4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. 5. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

8 66 Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel description

OPS073014 Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in OPS076107N this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

867 Maintenance

Inner fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected component

POWER OUTLET 20A P_OUTLET

O_S_MIRR_SW, AMP, AUDIO/UVO/AVN 4.0_HEAD UNIT, BCM, MOOD_LAMP_UNIT, SMK_UNIT, ACC 10A LDC_AMP(400W), LDC_AMP(200W), ISG, USB_CHARGER, ICM_BOX(POWER_OUTLET_RLY_COIL), E_CALL_UNIT

HEAD LAMP 25A C/LIGHT, REAR_P_OUTLET

DRL 10A BCM(DAY_RUNNNIG_LIGHT_LAMP_POWER)

SUNROOF_MOTOR, LUGGAGE_PORTABLE_LAMP(CHARGE_POWER), SEAT_EXTN_DRV(HEAT- MODULE 6 7.5A ED), REAR_SEAT(IGN2)

WIPER FRT 2 25A FRONT_WIPER_MOTOR(POWER), FRONT_WIPER_RLY(LOW)

REAR_WIPER_MOTOR, MULTI_FUNCTION_SW(WIPER), REAR_WIPER_RLY, WIPER RR 15A REAR_WIPER_RLY_COIL,

AMP 30A AMP, LDC_AMP(400W)

MODULE 5 7.5A BCM, SMK_UNIT

WIPER FRT 1 10A MULTI_FUNCTION_SW(WIPER), BCM(WASHER_MOTOR_POWER),

HEATED STEERING 15A STEERING_HEATED

A/CON 1 7.5A AIR_CONTROL_UNIT(MANUAL, AUTO), IONIZER, PTC_RLY_COIL, BLOWER_RLY_COIL

OUTSIDE_MIRROR(HEATED), ECU(ELEC. LOAD DEFROST), HEATED MIRROR 10A AIR_CONTROL_UNIT_MANUAL/AUTO(HEATED_SIGNAL)

8 68 Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component LIFTGATE OPEN 15A T/GATE_OPEN_RLY(T/GATE_LATCH_MOTOR), T/GATE_OPEN_RLY_COIL

S/HEATER FRT 20A FRONT_SEAT_EXTN(HEATED_POWER) DOOR_LOCK_RLY, DOOR_LOCK_RLY_COIL, DOOR_UNLOCK_RLY_COIL, DEAD_LOCK_RLY, DR LOCK 20A DEAD_LOCK_RLY_COIL A/BAG IND 7.5A CLUSTER

AIR BAG 15A ACU, WCS_ECU

POWER_OUTLET_EXTN, HLLD_SW, AUDIO/UVO/AVN4.0_HEAD_UNIT, E_CALL_UNIT, I_S_MIRR_ECM, LDC_AMP(200W), LDC_AMP(200W), DIAGNOSIS, AUTO_HLLD_ECU, MODULE 4 10A AIR_CONTROL_UNIT(MANUAL, AUTO), SEAT_EXTN_DRV, REAR_SEAT_WARMER_SW, REAR_SEAT_HEATER_UNIT

STOP LAMP 15A HAZARD_SW(ESS_INDICATOR_POWER), STOP_SIGNAL_ELECTRONIC_MODULE

MODULE 7 10A KEY_LOCK_SOLENOID, OBD_II(POWER)

S/HEATER RR 20A REAR_SEAT(HEATED_POWER)

P/WDW RH 25A FRONT_P/WINDOW_SW(POWER), P/WINDOW_SAFETY_ECU(POWER)

P/WDW LH 25A FRONT_P/WINDOW_SW(POWER), P/WINDOW_SAFETY_ECU(POWER)

MODULE 1 10A BCM, SPORTS_MODE_SW(ATM_SHIFT_LOCK_SOLENOID)

ABS 10A ABS/ESP_UNIT

MODULE 2 10A LOWER_SW, CENTER_SW, STOP_LP_SW, WATER_FUEL_SNSR

869 Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component HLLD_ACTR, TPMS_UNIT, BLIND_SPOT_DETECTOR, REAR_PARKING_ASSIST_SYSTEM_SNSR, MODULE 3 10A SMART_PARKING_ASSIST_SYSTEM_SNSR, SMART_PARKING_ASSIST_SYSTEM_UNIT, LANE_DEPARTURE_WARNING_SYSTEM_UNIT, OIL_LEVEL_SNSR_EXTN

VACUUM PUMP 2 15A VACUUM_PUMP ENGINE_CONTROL_UNIT, AIR_FLOW_SNSR, START_RLY_COIL, SMK_UNIT, SMATRA_IMMOBI- ECU 7.5A LIZATION, GLOW_UNIT IOD 2 15A LDC_AMP(200W), AUDIO/UVO/AVN4.0_HEAD_UNIT

IOD 3 7.5A E_CALL_UNIT

AEB 15A AUTONOMOUS_EMERGENCY_BRAKING_UNIT

CLUSTER 10A CLUSTER SPEED_SNSR (MT), BACK_UP_LAMP_SW, OIL_PUMP_INVERTER, INHIBITOR, TCU 15A TRANSMISSION_CONTROL_UNIT TPMS_UNIT(POWER), CLUSTER, AIR_CONTROL_UNIT(MANUAL, AUTO), BCM, REAR- PARKING_ASSIST_SYSTEM_BUZZER, OUTSIDE_MIRROR_FOLDING_RLY, IOD 4 7.5A OUTSIDE_MIRROR_FOLDING_RLY_COIL, OUTSIDE_MIRROR_UNFOLDING_RLY, OUTSIDE_MIR- ROR_UNFOLDING_RLY_COIL, RAIN_SNSR SPARE 10A -

SUNROOF 2 20A SUNROOF_MOTOR (POWER)

P/SEAT DRV 30A SEAT_EXTN_DRV(POWER)

SUNROOF 1 20A SUNROOF_MOTOR (POWER)

8 70 Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component MDPS 7.5A MDPS_UNIT

A/CON 2 7.5A AIR_CONTROL_UNIT_MANUAL(MAX_BLOWER), AIR_CONTROL_UNIT_AUTO(BLOWER_MOTOR)

START 7.5A E/R_FUSE & RELAY_BOX(RELAY - START / SUB START), PDM GLOVE_BOX_LAMP, DOOR_WARNING_SW, OVER_HEAD_CONSOLE_LAMP, PERSONAL_LAMP, IOD 1 7.5A SUNVISOR_LAMP, LUGGAGE_LAMP, PORTABLE_LAMP(DOOR) PDM 2 7.5A SMK_UNIT(BATT_CPU), SMATRA_IMMOBILIZATION(BATT)

P/SEAT PASS 30A SEAT_EXTN_PASS(POWER)

PDM 1 20A SMK_UNIT(POWER)

BRAKE SWITCH 10A STOP_LAMP_SW(NORMAL_OPEN), SMK_UNIT

871 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

OPS073013

✽ NOTICE The actual fuse/relay panel label may differ from equipped items.

OPS076106N

8 72 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected component IG1 40A IGN_SW(B1), BUTTON_START_RLY(IG1), BUTTON_START_RLY(ACC)

BLOWER 40A BLOWER_RLY, BLOWER_MOTOR

REAR HEATED 40A REAR_GLASS_HEATED_RLY, REAR_GLASS_HEATED_RLY_COIL

ECU 2 30A MAIN_RLY, MAIN_RLY_COIL

ECU 3 15A ECU(AFTER_AIN_RELAY)

IGN COIL 20A IGNITION_COIL(POWER)

ECU 1 20A ECU(AFTER_MAIN_RELAY) STOP_LAMP_SW(NORMAL_CLOSE), O2_SNSR, PURGE_CONTROL_SOLENOID_VALVE, OCV, SENSOR 1 10A PCSV, VIS, CAM_P_SNSR, CAM POSITION SENSOR, VGT_VACCUM CMP, COOLING_FAN_LOW_RLY_COIL, AIR_FLAP_SNSR, VIS , EGR_VALVE, O2_SNSR, SENSOR 2 10A LAMBDA_SNSR, WGV, EGR_ACTUATOR INJECTOR 10A -

B/UP LAMP 10A RR_COMBI_LAMP(BACK_UP_LAMP)

WIPER 10A ECU(WIPER_SWITCH)

FUEL PUMP 15A FUEL_PUMP_MOTOR

HORN 15A HORN_RLY, HORN_RLY_COIL, HORN

TCU4 15A TRANSMISSION_CONTROL_UNIT

A/CON 10A A/CON_RLY

873 Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component H/LAMP WASHER 20A HEAD_LAMP_WASHER_RLY, HEAD_LAMP_WASHER_RLY_COIL, HEAD_LAMP_WASHER_MOTOR

POWER OUTLET 4 20A P_OUTLET

B+ 1 50A SMART_JUNCTION_BLOCK(B+1)

B+ 2 50A SMART_JUNCTION_BLOCK(B+2)

TCU 3 30A TRANSMISSION_CONTROL_UNIT

B+ 3 50A SMART_JUNCTION_BLOCK(B+3)

IG2 40A IGN_SW(IG2), BUTTON_START_RLY(IG2), START_RLY

MDPS 80A MDPS_UNIT

ALT (GAMMA) 125A ALTERNATOR ALT (NU) 180A

TCU 20A TRANSMISSION_CONTROL_UNIT

DEICER 20A DEICER

ECU 4 15A ECU(BATT_DIRECT)

ECU 5 15A ECU(BATT_DIRECT)

POWER OUTLET 3 20A P_OUTLET

VACUUM PUMP 1 30A VACUUM_PUMP

8 74 Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component 40A (*/**) COOLING FAN COOLING_FAN_MOTOR, SUB_FUEL_PUMP, SUB_FUEL_VALVE, COOLING_FAN_PWM_MOTOR 60A (***) INVERTER (**) 50A OIL_PUMP_INVERTER, TRANSMISSION_CONTROL_UNIT TCU2 (*/****) ABS 1 40A ABS/ESP_UNIT(MOTOR)

ABS 2 30A ABS/ESP_UNIT(SOLENOID)

875 Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS Bulb replacement precaution Use only bulbs of the specified ✽ NOTICE Please keep extra bulbs on hand wattage. • If the light bulb or lamp connector with appropriate wattage ratings in is removed while the lamp is still case of emergencies. CAUTION - Light replace- on, the fuse box's electronic sys- Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 9. ment tem may log it as a malfunction. Be sure to replace the burned- Therefore, a lamp malfunction When changing lamps, first turn off incident may be recorded as a the engine at a safe place, firmly out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in apply the parking brake and detach the fuse box. the battery’s negative (-) terminal. may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system. • It is normal for an operating lamp to flicker momentarily. This is due to a stabilization function of the WARNING - Working on vehicle’s electronic control device. the lights CAUTION - Headlamp If the lamp lights up normally Prior to working on the light, Lens after momentarily blinking, then firmly apply the parking brake, To prevent damage, do not it is functioning as normal. ensure that the ignition switch clean the headlamp lens with However, if the lamp continues to is turned to the LOCK position chemical solvents or strong flicker several times or turns off and turn off the lights to avoid detergents. completely, there may be an error sudden movement of the vehi- in the vehicle’s electronic control cle and burning your fingers or device. Please have the vehicle receiving an electric shock. checked by an authorized Kia dealer immediately.

8 76 Maintenance

If you don’t have the necessary tools, Light bulb position (Front) (1) Front turn signal lamp the correct bulbs and the expertise, ■ (2) Headlamp (Low/High) consult an authorized Kia dealer. In Type A many cases, it is difficult to replace (3) Side marker vehicle light bulbs because other (4) Headlamp (High) parts of the vehicle must be removed (5) Headlamp (Low) before you can get to the bulb. This is (6) Position lamp (LED Type) especially true if you have to remove the headlamp assembly to get to the (7) Position lamp/Daytime running bulb(s). lamp (LED Type) (8) Front fog lamp Removing/installing the headlamp OPS076021N assembly can result in damage to ■ Type B the vehicle. If non-genuine parts or substandard bulbs are used, it may lead to blow- ing a fuse or other wiring damages. Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to the vehicle. If additional lights are installed, it may lead to lamp malfunctions and flickering. Additionally, OPS076020N the fuse box and other writing may ■ Type C be damaged.

OPS076134N

877 Maintenance

Light bulb position (Rear) Headlamp (HID type) bulb ✽ NOTICE ■ Type A replacement HID lamps have superior perform- If the light bulb does not operate, ance vs. halogen bulbs. HID lamps have the vehicle checked by an are estimated by the manufacturer to authorized Kia dealer. last twice as long or longer than halogen bulbs depending on their frequency of use. They will probably WARNING - HID require replacement at some point in Headlamp (if equipped) the life of the vehicle. Cycling the Do not attempt to replace or headlamps on and off more than typ- inspect the HID headlamp ical use will shorten HID lamps life. OPS076030L (XENON bulb) due to electric HID lamps do not fail in the same ■ Type B shock danger. If the light bulb manner as halogen incandescent does not operate, have your lamps. If a headlamp goes out after a vehicle checked by an author- period of operation but immediately ized Kia dealer. relights when the headlamp switch is cycled, it is likely the HID lamp needs to be replaced. HID lamping components are more complex than conventional halogen bulbs thus have higher replacement cost.

OPS076029L (1) Tail lamp (Bulb type) (2) Tail and stop lamp (Bulb type) (3) Rear turn signal lamp (4) Back-up lamp (5) Tail lamp (Bulb type) (6) Tail and stop lamp (LED type) 8 78 Maintenance

Headlamp (Low/High beam) 2. Disconnect the power connector bulb replacement front the back of the headlamp assembly. 3. Loosen the retaining bolts.

OPS076046L OPS073051 4. Pull out the end of the front bumper. 5. Remove the headlamp assembly from the body of the vehicle.

❈ If you can reach the bulb without removing the headlamp assembly, you do not need to do step 3,4 and 5.

OPS076028L 1. Turn off the engine and open the hood. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

879 Maintenance

9. Remove the bulb from the head- Headlamp bulb lamp assembly. 10. Install a new headlamp bulb and snap the headlamp bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb. 11. Connect the headlamp bulb socket connector. 12. Install the headlamp bulb cover OPS073047 by turning it clockwise. 13. Connect the power connector to the back of the headlamp assembly. OHD076046 14. Reinstall the headlamp assembly to the body of the vehicle. WARNING - Halogen bulbs ✽ NOTICE Handle halogen bulbs with care. If the headlamp aiming adjustment • Halogen bulbs contain pres- is necessary after the headlamp surized gas that will produce OPS073023 assembly is reinstalled, we recom- flying pieces of glass if bro- 6. Remove the headlamp bulb cover mend that you consult an authorized ken. by turning it counterclockwise. Kia dealer. 7. Disconnect the headlamp bulb socket-connector. 8. Unsnap the headlamp bulb retaining wire by depressing the end and pushing it upward.

8 80 Maintenance

• Always handle them carefully, and Front turn signal lamp bulb 2. Disconnect the power connector avoid scratches and abrasions. If replacement front the back of the headlamp the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with assembly. liquids. Never touch the glass with 3. Loosen the retaining bolts. bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp. • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. • Wear eye protection when chang- OPS073051 ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it.

OPS076028L 1. Turn off the engine and open the hood. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

881 Maintenance

■ Type A 6. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 7. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the OPS073049 ■ Type B socket. 8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it OPS076046L into the socket and rotating it until 4. Pull out the end of the front it locks into place. bumper. 9. Install the socket in the assembly 5. Remove the headlamp assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket from the body of the vehicle. with the slots in the assembly and turning the socket clockwise. 10. Reinstall the lamp assembly to ❈ If you can reach the bulb without OPS073024 removing the headlamp assembly, ■ Type C the body of the vehicle. you do not need to do step 3,4 and 5.

OPS076125L

8 82 Maintenance

Front side marker bulb 2. Disconnect the power connector replacement front the back of the headlamp assembly. 3. Loosen the retaining bolts.

OPS076046L OPS073051 4. Pull out the end of the front bumper. 5. Remove the headlamp assembly from the body of the vehicle.

❈ If you can reach the bulb without removing the headlamp assembly, you do not need to do step 3,4 and 5.

OPS076028L 1. Turn off the engine and open the hood. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

883 Maintenance

Position lamp + DRL (LED Front fog lamp bulb replace- type) bulb replacement ment

OPS073025 6. Remove the socket from the OPS076028L assembly by turning the socket OPS076127L counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on If the position lamp + DRL (1) does the assembly. not operate, we recommend that you 7. Pull the bulb out of the socket. checked an authorized Kia dealer. 8. Insert a new bulb into the socket. 9. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots on the assembly and turning the socket OPS073027 clockwise. 1. Remove the front bumper under 10. Reinstall the lamp assembly to cover. the body of the vehicle. 2. Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper.

8 84 Maintenance

3. Disconnect the power connector ✽ NOTICE Side repeater lamp (LED type) from the socket. If the fog lamp aiming adjustment is bulb replacement 4. Remove the bulb-socket from the necessary after the fog lamp assem- housing by turning the socket bly is reinstalled, we recommend that counter clockwise until the tabs on you consult an authorized Kia dealer. the socket align with the slots on the housing. 5. Install the new bulb-socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the housing. Push the socket into the housing and turn the socket clock wise.

6. Connect the power connector to OPS073035 the socket. If the Side repeater lamp (LED type) 7. Reinstall the front bumper under does not operate, we recommend cover. that you have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

885 Maintenance

Rear turn signal lamp bulb ■ Type A 5. Remove the bulb from the socket replacement by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. 6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 7. Install the socket in the assembly OPS076032L by aligning the tabs on the socket ■ Type B with the slots in the assembly and turning the socket clockwise. 8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the OPS073031 body of the vehicle. 1. Open the liftgate. 2. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining screws with a screwdriver. 3. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle. OPS073034 4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.

8 86 Maintenance

Stop and tail lamp bulb 7. Install the socket in the assembly replacement by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly and turning the socket clockwise. 8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.

OPS076128L 4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket OPS073031 counterclockwise until the tabs on 1. Open the liftgate. the socket align with the slots on 2. Loosen the lamp assembly retain- the assembly. ing screws with a screwdriver. 5. Remove the bulb from the socket 3. Remove the rear combination by pressing it in and rotating it lamp assembly from the body of counterclockwise until the tabs on the vehicle. the bulb align with the slots in the socket. 6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

887 Maintenance

Back-up lamp bulb replace- ■ Type A 6. Insert a new bulb into the socket. ment 7. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots on the assembly and turning the socket clockwise. 8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.

OPS073032L ■ Type B

OPS073031 1. Open the liftgate. 2. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining screws with a screwdriver. 3. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle. OPS073045 4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 5. Pull the bulb out of the socket.

8 88 Maintenance

Stop and tail lamp (LED type) High mounted stop lamp bulb bulb replacement replacement

OPS073037

OPS073036

OPS076129L If the Stop and tail lamp (LED type) (1) does not operate, we recommend that you have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OPS073038 4. Pull out the module from the high mounted stop lamp assembly by OPS076052L pulling both clips. 1. Open the liftgate. 5. Replace the bulbs by pulling it out. 2. Remove the cover. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order. 3. Loosen the retaining bolts and remove the hose (1).

889 Maintenance

High mounted stop lamp (LED License plate lamp bulb Map lamp bulb replacement type) bulb replacement replacement

OPS073041 OPS076130L OPS073050 If the High mounted stop lamp (LED 1. Remove the lens by pressing the WARNING - Interior lamps type) (1) does not operate, we rec- tabs. Prior to working on the Interior ommend that you have your vehicle 2. Remove the socket from the lens. checked by an authorized Kia dealer. lamps, ensure that the “OFF” 3. Remove the bulb by turning it button is depressed to avoid counter clockwise. burning your fingers or receiv- 4. Install a new bulb in the socket ing an electric shock. and install the socket to the lens. 5. Reinstall the lens securely.

8 90 Maintenance

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Room lamp bulb replacement 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing. lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place. the lens into place.

CAUTION CAUTION

Be careful not to dirty or dam- OPS073042 Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plas- age the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings. tic housings. WARNING - Interior lamps Prior to working on the Interior lamps, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.

891 Maintenance

Glove box lamp bulb replace- Luggage lamp bulb replacement CAUTION ment Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

OPS073043 OPS073044 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lamp assembly from gently pry the lamp assembly from interior. interior. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Install the lamp assembly to interior. 4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.

8 92 Maintenance

Vanity mirror lamp bulb 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, CAUTION replacement gently pry the lamp assembly from Be careful not to dirty or dam- interior. age the lens, lens tab, and plas- 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it tic housings. straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.

CAUTION Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings. OXM079041

WARNING - Interior lamps Prior to working on the Interior lamps, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.

893 Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Finish maintenance After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if Exterior general caution Washing they have been affected by water. If It is very important to follow the label To help protect your vehicle’s finish braking performance is impaired, dry directions when using any chemical from rust and deterioration, wash it the brakes by applying them lightly cleaner or polish. Read all warning thoroughly and frequently at least once while maintaining a slow forward and caution statements that appear a month with lukewarm or cold water. speed. on the label. If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to CAUTION the removal of any accumulation of • Do not use strong soap, chem- salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate- ical detergents or hot water, rials. Make sure the drain holes in the and do not wash the vehicle in lower edges of the doors and rocker direct sunlight or when the panels are kept clear and clean. body of the vehicle is warm. Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, • Be careful when washing the industrial pollution and similar side windows of your vehicle. deposits can damage your vehicle’s Especially, with high-pressure finish if not removed immediately. water. Water may leak through Even prompt washing with plain water the windows and wet the inte- may not completely remove all these rior. deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on • To prevent damage to the painted surfaces, may be used. plastic parts and lamps, do After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- not clean with chemical sol- oughly with lukewarm or cold water. vents or strong detergents. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.

8 94 Maintenance

High-pressure washing Waxing • When using high-pressure wash- Wax the vehicle when water will no ers, make sure to maintain suffi- longer bead on the paint. cient distance from the vehicle. Always wash and dry the vehicle Insufficient clearance or excessive before waxing. Use a good quality pressure can lead to component liquid or paste wax, and follow the damage or water penetration. manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all • Do not spray the camera, sensors metal trim to protect it and to main- or its surrounding area directly with tain its luster. a high pressure washer. Shock Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- applied from high pressure water als with a spot remover will usually may cause the device to not oper- OJB037800 strip the wax from the finish. Be sure ate normally. to re-wax these areas even if the rest • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to CAUTION - Wetting engine of the vehicle does not yet need waxing. boots (rubber or plastic covers) or • Water washing in the engine connectors as they may be dam- compartment including high aged if they come into contact with pressure water washing may ✽ high pressure water. NOTICE cause the failure of electrical Do not apply wax on embossed circuits located in the engine unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the compartment. unit. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

895 Maintenance

Finish damage repair Bright-metal maintenance CAUTION - Drying vehicle Deep scratches or stone chips in the • To remove road tar and insects, • Wiping dust or dirt off the painted surface must be repaired use a tar remover, not a scraper or body with a dry cloth will promptly. Exposed metal will quickly other sharp object. scratch the finish. rust and may develop into a major • To protect the surfaces of bright- • Do not use steel wool, abra- repair expense. metal parts from corrosion, apply a sive cleaners, acid detergents coating of wax or chrome preser- or strong detergents contain- ✽ vative and rub to a high luster. ing high alkaline or caustic NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and • During winter weather or in coastal agents on chrome-plated or areas, cover the bright metal parts anodized aluminum parts. requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop with a heavier coating of wax or This may result in damage to preservative. If necessary, coat the the protective coating and applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced. parts with non-corrosive petroleum cause discoloration or paint jelly or other protective compound. deterioration.

8 96 Maintenance

Underbody maintenance • Immediately seek an inspection of Aluminum wheel maintenance Road salt and other corrosive chemi- your vehicle if you become visually The aluminum wheels are coated cals are used in cold weather states to aware of corrosion flaking or scal- with a clear protective finish. melt snow and prevent ice accumula- ing or if you become aware of a change in vehicle performance, • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, tion. If these chemicals are not regu- polishing compound, solvent, or larly removed, they will corrode the such as soft or spongey brakes, fluids leaking, impairment of direc- wire brushes on aluminum wheels. vehicle underbody and over time dam- They may scratch the finish. age fuel lines, the fuel tank retention tional control, suspension noises system, the vehicle suspension, the or rattling metal straps. • Clean the wheel when it has exhaust system, and even the body cooled. frame. The National Highway Traffic • Use only a mild soap or neutral Safety Administration has warned all detergent, and rinse thoroughly with vehicle owners of all brands of the water. Also, be sure to clean the need to take the following steps: wheels after driving on salted roads. • Wash the undercarriage of your This helps prevent corrosion. vehicle regularly during the winter • Avoid washing the wheels with and whenever your vehicle has highspeed vehicle wash brushes. been exposed to salts or chemi- • Do not use any alkaline or acid cals. detergents It may damage and cor- • Do a thorough washing of the rode the aluminum wheels coated undercarriage at the end of the with a clear protective finish. winter. • Use professional service technicians or governmental inspection stations to annually inspect for corrosion.

897 Maintenance

Corrosion protection High-corrosion areas WARNING Protecting your vehicle from corro- If you live in an area where your vehi- After washing the vehicle, test sion cle is regularly exposed to corrosive the brakes while driving slowly By using the most advanced design materials, corrosion protection is to see if they have been affected and construction practices to combat particularly important. Some of the by water. If braking performance corrosion, we produce vehicles of common causes of accelerated cor- is impaired, dry the brakes by the highest quality. However, this is rosion are road salts, dust control applying them lightly while main- only part of the job. To achieve the chemicals, ocean air and industrial taining a slow forward speed. long-term corrosion resistance your pollution. vehicle can deliver, the owner's cooperation and assistance is also Moisture breeds corrosion required. Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to Common causes of corrosion occur. For example, corrosion is The most common causes of corro- accelerated by high humidity, partic- sion on your vehicle are: ularly when temperatures are just • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is above freezing. In such conditions, allowed to accumulate underneath the corrosive material is kept in con- the vehicle. tact with the vehicle’s surface by moisture that evaporates slowly. • Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abra- Mud is particularly corrosive sion or minor scrapes and dents because it dries slowly and holds which leave unprotected metal moisture in contact with the vehicle. exposed to corrosion. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion.

8 98 Maintenance

High temperatures can also acceler- Keep your vehicle clean • When cleaning lower door panels, ate corrosion of parts that are not The best way to prevent corrosion is rocker panels and frame members, properly ventilated so the moisture to keep your vehicle clean and free be sure that drain holes are kept can be dispersed. For all these rea- of corrosive materials. Attention to open so that moisture can escape sons, it is particularly important to the underside of the vehicle is partic- and not be trapped inside to accel- keep your vehicle clean and free of ularly important. erate corrosion. mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the • If you live in a high-corrosion area Keep your garage dry underside of the vehicle. — where road salts are used, near Don't park your vehicle in a damp, the ocean, areas with industrial poorly ventilated garage. This cre- pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you ates a favorable environment for cor- To help prevent corrosion should take extra care to prevent rosion. This is particularly true if you You can help prevent corrosion from corrosion. In winter, hose off the wash your vehicle in the garage or beginning by observing the following: underside of your vehicle at least drive it into the garage when it is still once a month and be sure to clean wet or covered with snow, ice or the underside thoroughly when mud. Even a heated garage can con- winter is over. tribute to corrosion unless it is well • When cleaning underneath the ventilated so moisture is dispersed. vehicle, give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.

899 Maintenance

Keep paint and trim in good con- Interior care dition CAUTION - Electrical Interior general precautions Scratches or chips in the finish components Prevent chemicals such as perfume, should be covered with "touch-up" Never allow water or other liq- cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean- paint as soon as possible to reduce uids to come in contact with er, and air freshener from contacting the possibility of corrosion. If bare electrical/electronic compo- the interior parts because they may metal is showing through, the atten- nents inside the vehicle as this cause damage or discoloration. If tion of a qualified body and paint may damage them. they do contact the interior parts, shop is recommended. wipe them off immediately. If necessary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product CAUTION - Leather Bird droppings : Bird droppings are instructions for correct usage. highly corrosive and may damage When cleaning leather products painted surfaces in just a few hours. (steering wheel, seats etc.), use Always remove bird droppings as neutral detergents or low alco- soon as possible. hol content solutions. If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid/alkaline detergents, the Don't neglect the interior color of the leather may fade or Moisture can collect under the floor the surface may get stripped off. mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if you carry fertil- izers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle. These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up, flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried.

8 100 Maintenance

Taking care of leather seats Cleaning the leather seats Fabric seat cover (If equipped) • Vacuum the seat periodically to • Remove all contaminations instant- Please clean the fabric seats regu- remove dust and sand on the seat. ly. Refer to instructions below for larly with a vacuum cleaner in con- It will prevent abrasion or damage of removal of each contaminant. sideration of fabric material charac- the leather and maintain its quality. • Cosmetic products(sunscreen, teristics. If they are heavily soiled • Wipe the natural leather seat cover foundation, etc.) with beverage stains, etc., use a suit- often with dry or soft cloth. able interior cleaner. To prevent dam- - Apply cleansing cream on a cloth age to seat covers, wipe off the seat • Sufficient use of a leather protec- and wipe the contaminated point. covers down to the seams with a tive may prevent abrasion of the Wipe off the cream with a wet large wiping motion and moderate cover and helps maintain the color. cloth and remove water with a dry pressure using a soft sponge or Be sure to read the instructions cloth. microfiber cloth. and consult a specialist when • Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.) Velcro closures on clothing or sharp using leather coating or protective - Apply a small amount of neutral objects may cause snagging or agents. detergent and wipe until contami- scratches on the surface of the • Leather with bright colors(beige, nations do not smear. seats. Make sure not to rub such cream beige) is easily contaminat- • Oil objects against the surface. ed and clear in appearance. Clean the seats frequently. - Remove oil immediately with absorbable cloth and wipe with • Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may stain remover for natural leather cause the surface to crack. only. • Chewing gum - Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.

8101 Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and inte- Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt rior trim webbing Vinyl Clean the belt webbing with any mild Remove dust and loose dirt from soap solution recommended for vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a the instructions provided with the vinyl cleaner. soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken it. Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- Cleaning the interior window glass ric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- If the interior glass surfaces of the tion recommended for upholstery or vehicle become fogged (that is, cov- carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- ered with an oily, greasy or waxy diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If film), they should be cleaned with a fresh spots do not receive immediate glass cleaner. Follow the directions attention, the fabric can be stained on the glass cleaner container. and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be CAUTION - Rear window reduced if the material is not properly maintained. Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This Using anything but recommended may result in damage of the rear cleaners and procedures may affect window defroster grid. the fabric’s appearance and fire- resistant properties.

8 102 Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system) The positive crankcase ventilation information contained in the • To prevent the vehicle from mis- system is employed to prevent air Warranty & Maintenance booklet in firing during dynamometer test- pollution caused by blow-by gases your vehicle. ing, turn the Electronic Stability being emitted from the crankcase. Your vehicle is equipped with an Control (ESC) system off by This system supplies fresh filtered air emission control system to meet all pressing the ESC switch. to the crankcase through the air applicable emission regulations. • After dynamometer testing is intake hose. Inside the crankcase, There are three emission control completed, turn the ESC system the fresh air mixes with blow-by systems, as follows. back on by pressing the ESC gases, which then pass through the switch again. PCV valve into the induction system. (1) Crankcase emission control system 2. Evaporative emission con- (2) Evaporative emission control sys- trol (including ORVR: tem Onboard Refueling Vapor (3) Exhaust emission control system Recovery) system The Evaporative Emission Control In order to assure the proper function System is designed to prevent fuel of the emission control systems, it is vapors from escaping into the atmos- recommended that you have your phere. vehicle inspected and maintained by (The ORVR system is designed to an authorized Kia dealer in accor- allow the vapors from the fuel tank to dance with the maintenance sched- be loaded into a canister while refu- ule in this manual. eling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

8103 Maintenance

Canister 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel system (carbon monoxide) tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present onboard canister. When the engine is System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes. running, the fuel vapors absorbed in Therefore, if you smell exhaust the canister are drawn into the surge which controls exhaust emissions tank through the purge control sole- while maintaining good vehicle per- fumes of any kind inside your vehi- noid valve. formance. cle, have it inspected and repaired immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into Vehicle modifications Purge Control Solenoid Valve your vehicle, drive it only with all (PCSV) This vehicle should not be modified. the windows fully open. Have your The purge control solenoid valve is Modification of your vehicle could vehicle checked and repaired controlled by the Engine Control affect its performance, safety or immediately. Module (ECM); when the engine durability and may even violate gov- coolant temperature is low during ernmental safety and emissions reg- idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- ulations. WARNING - Exhaust orated fuel is not taken into the In addition, damage or performance Engine exhaust gases contain engine. After the engine warms up carbon monoxide (CO). Though during ordinary driving, the PCSV problems resulting from any modifi- opens to introduce evaporated fuel to cation may not be covered under colorless and odorless, it is the engine. warranty. dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions • If you use unauthorized electronic on this page to avoid CO poi- devices, it may cause the vehicle to soning. operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

8 104 Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt- fined or closed areas (such as ic converters WARNING - Fire garages) any more than what is • Do not park, idle or drive the necessary to move the vehicle in or WARNING - Catalytic vehicle over or near flamma- out of the area. ble objects, such as grass, converter • When the vehicle is stopped in an vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. open area for more than a short Keep away from the catalytic A hot exhaust system can time with the engine running, converter and exhaust system ignite flammable items under adjust the ventilation system (as while the vehicle is running or your vehicle. immediately thereafter. The needed) to draw outside air into the • Also, do not remove the heat exhaust and catalytic systems vehicle. sink around the exhaust sys- are very hot and may burn you. • Never sit in a parked or stopped tem, do not seal the bottom of vehicle for any extended time with the vehicle or do not coat the the engine running. vehicle for corrosion control. • When the engine stalls or fails to It may present a fire risk under start, excessive attempts to restart certain conditions. the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.

8105 Maintenance

CALIFORNIA Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- Failure to observe these precautions PERCHLORATE NOTICE alytic converter emission control could result in damage to the catalyt- Perchlorate Material-special handling device. ic converter and to your vehicle. may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz- Therefore, the following precautions Additionally, such actions could void ardouswaste/ perchlorate. must be observed: your warranties. • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: gasoline engines. Perchlorate containing materials, • Do not operate the vehicle when such as air bag inflators, seatbelt there are signs of engine malfunc- pretensioners and keyless remote tion, such as misfire or a noticeable entry batteries, must be disposed of loss of performance. according to Title 22 California Code • Do not misuse or abuse the of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a). engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off. • Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more). • Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer. • Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

8 106 Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Dimensions ...... 9-2 Engine ...... 9-3 Bulb wattage ...... 9-4 Tires and wheels ...... 9-5 Capacity/weight ...... 9-6 Air conditioning system...... 9-6 Recommended lubricants and capacities...... 9-7 • Recommended sae viscosity number...... 9-9 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 9-10 Vehicle certification label...... 9-10 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 9-11 Engine number ...... 9-11 Refrigerant label...... 9-11 Consumer assistance (U.S. Only) ...... 9-12 Electrical equipment (U.S. Only) ...... 9-15 Reporting safety defects (U.S. Only) ...... 9-16 Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. Only) ...... 9-16

9 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

DIMENSIONS Item in (mm) Overall length 162.9 (4,140) Overall width 70.9 (1,800) 205/60R16 63.0 (1,600) Without Roof rack 215/55R17 63.3 (1,607) 235/45R18 63.5 (1,613) Overall height 205/60R16 63.4 (1,612) With Roof rack 215/55R17 63.7 (1,619) 235/45R18 64.0 (1,625) 205/60R16 62.1 (1,576) Front 215/55R17 61.7 (1,568) 235/45R18 61.4 (1,560) Tread 205/60R16 62.5 (1,588) Rear 215/55R17 62.2 (1,580) 235/45R18 61.9 (1,573) Wheelbase 101.2 (2,570)

29 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

ENGINE Item 1.6L GDI/T-GDI 2.0L GDI

Displacement 97.1 (1,591) 121.9 (1,999) cu. in (cc)

Bore x Stroke 3.03x3.36 (77x85.44) 3.19x3.81 (81x97) in. (mm) Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 No. of cylinders 4. In-line 4. In-line

93 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Headlamps (Low/High) 55/60 H13 Headlamps (Low) 55 H7SLL Headlamps (Low)-HID type* 35 D3S Headlamps (High) 55 H7LL Front Front turn signal lamps 28 PY28/8W Front position lamps 8 (Opt : LED) PY28/8W (Opt : LED) Front fog lamps* 35 H8L Front side marker 5 W5W Side Repeater lamps (Outside Mirror)* LED LED Rear Stop/Tail lamps (Bottom) 28/8 P28/8W Bulb Type Rear tail lamps (Mid) 5 W5W Rear tail lamps & side marker (Top) 5 W5W Rear Stop lamps LED LED LED Type Rear Rear Tail lamps & side marker LED LED Rear turn signal lamps 27 PY27W Back-up lamps 16 W16W High mounted stop lamps 5 (Opt :LED*) W5W (Opt : LED*) License plate lamps 5 W5W Map lamps 8 FESTOON Room lamps 8 FESTOON Personal lamps LED LED Interior Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTOON Glove box lamps 5 FESTOON Luggage lamp 8 FESTOON

* If equipped

49 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure bar psi (kPa) Normal load Maximum load Wheel lug nut torque Item Tire size Wheel sizee () ()lbf•ft, N•mk (g•m) Front Rear Front Rear 205/60R16 6.5JX16 Full size tire 215/55R17 6.5JX17 35 (240) 35 (240) 35 (240) 35 (240) 235/45R18 7.5JX18 79~94 (11~13, 107~127) Compact spare tire T125/80D16 4.0TX16 60 (420) 60 (420) 60 (420) 60 (420) (if equipped)

CAUTION When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make them work irregularly.

✽ NOTICE • We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects driving performance. • When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary. Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5psi/km

95 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

CAPACITY/WEIGHT 1.6 GDI 1.6 T-GDI 2.0 GDI Item M/T A/T DCT A/T Gross vehicle weight 3,836 (1,740) 3,902 (1,770) 4,167 (1,890) 4,100 (1,860) lbs. (kg) Luggage volume (SAE) Min : 24.2 (686) cu ft (l) Max : 61.3 (1,735)

Min : Back seat upright without luggage under tray Max : Back seat folded without luggage under tray

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Item Weight of volume Classification Refrigerant 550g R-1234yf Compressor lubricant 110g FD46XG (IDEMITSU) We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.

69 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Volume Classification

1 2 Engine oil * * 1.6 L T-GDI 4.75 US qt. (4.5 l) (drain and refill) recommended (or equivalent) 1.6 L GDI 3.80 US qt. (3.6 l) API SM & ILSAC GF-4 or Above ACEA A5/B5

2.0 L GDI 4.23 US qt. (4.0 l)

SAE 70W API-GL 4 1.7 ~ 1.8 US qt. HK MTF 70W Manual transaxle fluid 1.6 L GDI/T-GDI (1.6 l ~1.7 l) SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W GS MTF HD 70W

1.6 L GDI/T-GDI ATF SP-IV (Recommended Kia genuine, Michang, SK, NOCA, S-OIL) Automatic transaxle fluid 7.08 US qt. (6.7 l) or other brands meeting the 2.0 L GDI above specification approved by Kia motors corp.

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in over time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.

97 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Lubricant Volume Classification SAE 70W API GL-4, Dual clutch transmission 2.0 ~ 2.1 US qt. HK SYN DCTF 70W, 1.6 L T-GDI fluid (1.9 l ~ 2.0 l) SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W ECTF, GS DCTF HD 70W M/T 5.39 US qt. (5.1 l) 1.6 L GDI A/T 5.29 US qt. (5.0 l) Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water Coolant (Ethylene-glycol with phosphate based 1.6 L T-GDI DCT 6.34 US qt.(6.0 l) coolant for cooling device) 2.0 L GDI A/T 5.29 US qt. (5.0 l) 0.7 ~ 0.8 US qt. Brake/Clutch fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4 (0.7~0.8 l) Fuel 14.26 US gal. (54 l) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in chapter 1

89 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE viscosity Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers number °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 an effect on fuel economy and cold for weather operating (engine start and 1.6L, engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi- 2.0L 10W-30 ty engine oils can provide better fuel GDI 5W-20, 5W-30 economy and cold weather perform- Gasoline ance, however, higher viscosity Engine Oil *1 20W-50 for engine oils are required for satisfac- 15W-40 1.6L 10W-30 tory lubrication in hot weather. T-GDI Using oils of any viscosity other than 5W-30, 5W-40 those recommended could result in 1 engine damage. * : An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to the international Lubricant Specification Advisory When choosing an oil, consider the Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine range of temperature your vehicle oils that uphold this API Certification Mark. will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

99 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL

OUN088001 OVQ076002N The vehicle identification number The VIN is also on a plate attached OPS086009L (VIN) is the number used in register- to the top of the dashboard. The ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- number on the plate can easily be The vehicle certification label ters pertaining to its ownership, etc. seen through the windshield from attached on the driver’s side center outside. pillar gives the vehicle identification The number is punched on the floor number (VIN). under the front passenger seat. To check the number, remove the cover (1).

9 10 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL PRESSURE LABEL ■ Engine 1.6 (IF EQUIPPED)

ORB080005 ■ Engine 2.0 OUN086005 OPS086006L The tires supplied on your new vehi- The refrigerant label is located on cle are chosen to provide the best the underside of the hood. performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.

OAM082007L The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

911 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

CONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY) Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current Emergency roadside assistance model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv- Kia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24 ered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (in- hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing service date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60 1-800-333-4Kia (4542). months or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to Please note that you must provide your Vehicle the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable of your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your to your model year vehicle. vehicle on the driver’s side, on the door jamb of the dri- KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other ver’s door, your vehicle’s registration or proof of insur- benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment, ance card. the claims and/or service requests are excessive in fre- Kia utilizes a network of over 17,000 roadside assistance quency or type of occurrence. providers. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require a battery jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia Toll free consumer assistance Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some- Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed one to deliver a small quantity of gas, change a flat tire from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday with your inflated spare, or arrange a battery jump to and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542). allow you to proceed to your destination. We have access For more information regarding assistance available, to a network of over 10,000 locksmiths to help you should please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer you become locked out of your Kia. Information Manual. In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehicle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’s Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an alternative service location.

9 12 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport Trip interruption vehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this serv- Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the ice. In the event that Kia does not have a dealer or an event that a warranty-related disablement occurs more alternative service location available in a particular loca- than 150 miles from your home, and the repairs require tion, Kia will work with a reputable local service facility to more than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimburse- ensure that you receive prompt service. Warranty repairs ment is included for meals, lodging, or rental vehicle are performed at no cost. expenses. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100 per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident. ✽ NOTICE You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any obtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the Kia Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “sal- Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip vage” title or similar “branded” title under any state’s interruption benefits, they will assist you in making the law or has been declared a “total loss” or equivalent by necessary arrangements. Insurance deductibles, a financial institution or insurance company. expenses, and claims paid by your insurance company or other providers are not eligible for reimbursement. Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under Kia’s Trip Interruption Policy.

913 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

Registering your vehicle in a foreign country 3. There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country, in which you plan to register your vehicle. You may you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services that country. Even if you successfully register the vehicle in a foreign country for any number of reasons. in a foreign country, you may experience the following Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for prob- problems and should therefore consider the possibility of lems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of having to deal with them: service outside of the United States. 1. The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable. If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and other fuel-related parts which may not be covered under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty. 2. We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave the country in which you purchased your Kia new and register it in another country, problems arising from the use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject to manufacturer’s warranty. Because vehicles like yours may not be marketed in the new country of registration, parts, servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable. Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical specifications required by the government may vary enough from the country of purchase to cause additional problems.

9 14 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY) The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per- Installation of a mobile two-way radio system form under all reasonably expected operating conditions. If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly, However, before any additional electrical equipment is or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your war- damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer ranty. concerning the proper equipment and installation. Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to installed, may adversely affect the operation of your vehi- meet or exceed all applicable safety standards. cle, including such systems as the engine control system, the audio system and the electrical charging system and thus potentially void all or part of your warranty. For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read We assume no responsibility for any expense you may and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particu- incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its larly the information under the headings “NOTICE”, components or systems that may result from the installa- “CAUTION” and “WARNING”. tion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied, or recommended for installation by, Kia. If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and defects please contact your Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line as below:

National Consumer Affairs Manager Kia Motors America, Inc. P.O. Box 52410 Irvine, CA 92619-2410 1-800-333-4Kia (4542)

915 Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS (U.S. ONLY) (U.S. ONLY) If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could The following publications are available on cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should www.KiaTechinfo.com. immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kia Motors America, Inc. Service manual: This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro- If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an cedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy cam- enough for most mechanically inclined owners to under- paign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in indi- stand. vidual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia Motors America, Inc. Electrical troubleshooting manual: This manual complements the Service Manual by provid- To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- circuit in your vehicle. 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC Owner's manual: 20590. You can also obtain other information about This manual describes the overall features and operating motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. procedures for the vehicle.

916 Index

I Index

A SiriusXM ...... 5-19 Voice Recognition ...... 5-43 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system. . . . 3-42 Audio System ...... 5-2 Adding equipment to or modifying your Antenna ...... 5-2 air bag-equipped vehicle ...... 3-68 Audio remote control ...... 5-3 Air bag warning label...... 3-68 AUX and USB port ...... 5-4 Air bag warning light ...... 3-45 How vehicle audio works...... 5-6 Curtain air bag ...... 3-61 Speaker lights ...... 5-4 Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-56 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-114 How does the air bag system operate...... 3-43 Air Conditioning refrigerant label ...... 4-126 Occupant Detection System (ODS) ...... 3-49 Automatic heating and air conditioning...... 4-115 Side air bag...... 3-59 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and SRS Care ...... 3-67 compressor lubricant ...... 4-127 SRS components and functions ...... 3-46 Climate control air filter...... 4-125 Air cleaner ...... 8-36 Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-116 Filter replacement...... 8-36 System operation ...... 4-123 Air conditioning system ...... 9-6 Automatic transaxle ...... 6-19 Appearance care ...... 8-94 Automatic transaxle operation ...... 6-19 Exterior care...... 8-94 Good driving practices ...... 6-24 Interior care ...... 8-100 Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)...... 6-50 Audio (With Touch Screen) ...... 5-10 AEB warning message and system control ...... 6-52 Feature of Your Audio ...... 5-11 Brake operation ...... 6-54 Media ...... 5-21 Limitations of the system...... 6-58 Phone ...... 5-34 Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle in front Radio ...... 5-17 (front radar) ...... 6-55 Setup...... 5-53 System malfunction ...... 6-56 Siri ...... 5-52 System setting and activation...... 6-50

I 2 Index

B C Battery...... 8-44 California perchlorate notice ...... 8-106 Battery recharging ...... 8-45 Capacity/weight ...... 9-6 For best battery service ...... 8-44 Checking fluid levels ...... 8-27 Reset items ...... 8-46 Child restraint system (CRS) ...... 3-31 Before driving...... 6-4 Children always in the rear ...... 3-31 Before entering vehicle ...... 6-4 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-35 Before starting ...... 6-4 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-32 Necessary inspections ...... 6-4 Clean air ...... 4-132 Blind Spot Detection system (BSD)...... 6-93 Climate control air filter ...... 8-38 BSD (Blind Spot Detection) / LCA Filter inspection ...... 8-38 (Lane Change Assist) ...... 6-94 Filter replacement...... 8-38 Driver's Attention ...... 6-99 Consumer assistance (U.S. Only)...... 9-12 RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert) ...... 6-97 Cruise control system ...... 6-64 Brake system...... 6-37 Cruise control switch ...... 6-65 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...... 6-41 To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . 6-67 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 6-43 To decrease the cruising speed...... 6-66 Good braking practices ...... 6-48 To increase cruise control set speed...... 6-66 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ...... 6-48 To resume cruising speed at more than approximately Parking brake - Hand type ...... 6-39 20 mph (30 km/h) ...... 6-67 Power brakes ...... 6-37 To set cruise control speed...... 6-65 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)...... 6-47 To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on . 6-66 Brake/clutch fluid ...... 8-33 To turn cruise control off, do one of the following . 6-68 Checking the brake/clutch* fluid level ...... 8-33 Bulb wattage ...... 9-4

I 3 Index

D Emission control system...... 8-103 Crankcase emission control system ...... 8-103 Declaration of Conformity ...... 5-55 Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: FCC ...... 5-55 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system. . . . 8-103 Defroster ...... 4-101 Exhaust emission control system ...... 8-104 Rear window defroster ...... 4-101 Engine ...... 9-3 Dimensions ...... 9-2 Engine compartment...... 2-6 Door locks...... 4-16 Engine compartment...... 8-3 Auto door lock/unlock feature ...... 4-19 Engine coolant ...... 8-30 Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-20 Changing the coolant ...... 8-32 Impact sensing door unlock system ...... 4-19 Checking the coolant level...... 8-30 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle . . . . . 4-17 Engine number ...... 9-11 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-16 Engine oil ...... 8-28 Speed sensing door lock system ...... 4-19 Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 8-29 Drive mode integrated control system ...... 6-86 Checking the engine oil level...... 8-28 Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT)...... 6-26 Engine start/stop button ...... 6-9 Dual clutch transmission operation ...... 6-26 Engine start/stop button position ...... 6-9 Good driving practices ...... 6-35 Illuminated engine start/stop button...... 6-9 Starting the engine with a smart key ...... 6-11 E Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 8-22 Exterior features ...... 4-147 Economical operation ...... 6-101 Mounting bracket for roof carrier ...... 4-148 Electrical equipment (U.S. Only) ...... 9-15 Roof rack ...... 4-147 Emergency starting ...... 7-5 Exterior overview ...... 2-2 Jump starting ...... 7-5 Push-starting...... 7-7

I 4 Index

F If you have a flat tire (with Spare Tire) ...... 7-15 Changing tires ...... 7-16 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-31 Jack and tools...... 7-15 Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-31 Jack label ...... 7-23 Opening the fuel filler lid...... 4-31 Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 7-16 Fuel requirements ...... 1-3 If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mo bility Kit) ...... 7-24 Do not use methanol ...... 1-5 Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 7-26 Fuel Additives ...... 1-5 Distributing the sealant ...... 7-29 Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol ...... 1-3 Introduction ...... 7-24 Fuses ...... 8-62 Notes on the suggested use of the Tire Mobility Kit . 7-25 Engine compartment fuse replacement ...... 8-65 Using the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 7-27 Fuse/relay panel description...... 8-67 Important safety precautions ...... 3-2 Inner panel fuse replacement ...... 8-64 Air bag hazards ...... 3-2 Always wear your seat belt ...... 3-2 H Control your speed...... 3-3 Driver distraction ...... 3-2 Hood ...... 4-29 Keep your vehicle in safe condition...... 3-3 Closing the hood ...... 4-29 Restrain all children ...... 3-2 Opening the hood...... 4-29 In case of an emergency while driving...... 7-3 How to use this manual ...... 1-2 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ...... 7-3 If the engine stalls while driving ...... 7-3 I If you have a flat tire while driving ...... 7-3 Instrument cluster ...... 4-48 If the engine overheats ...... 7-8 Gauges ...... 4-50 If the engine will not start ...... 7-4 Instrument cluster control ...... 4-49 If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 7-4 LCD display control...... 4-49 If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 7-4 Transaxle Shift Indicator ...... 4-54 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5

I 5 Index

Interior features...... 4-136 Record your key number ...... 4-4 Cargo area cover...... 4-144 Transmitter precautions ...... 4-6 Clothes hanger ...... 4-142 Key positions ...... 6-6 Cup holder ...... 4-136 Ignition switch position ...... 6-6 Floor mat anchor(s) ...... 4-143 Illuminated ignition switch ...... 6-6 Luggage net holder...... 4-144 Starting the engine ...... 6-7 Power outlet ...... 4-141 Rear seat warmer ...... 4-140 L Seat air ventilation ...... 4-139 Seat warmer ...... 4-137 Lane departure warning system (LDWS)...... 6-88 Sunvisor ...... 4-137 The LDWS does not operate when ...... 6-91 Interior light ...... 4-96 The LDWS may not warn you even if the vehicle Glove box lamp ...... 4-100 leaves the lane, or may warn you even if the vehicle Interior lamp AUTO cut ...... 4-96 does not leave the lane when ...... 6-91 Luggage room lamp ...... 4-98 Warning indicator...... 6-90 Map lamp ...... 4-96 LCD display ...... 4-56 Portable lamp usage ...... 4-98 LCD modes (for Type B cluster) ...... 4-56 Room lamp...... 4-97 Service mode ...... 4-57 Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-100 Turn by turn mode ...... 4-64 Interior overview...... 2-4 User settings mode ...... 4-58 Warning messages ...... 4-64 K Liftgate ...... 4-21 Closing the liftgate ...... 4-21 Key ...... 4-4 Emergency liftgate safety release...... 4-22 Battery replacement ...... 4-7 Opening the liftgate ...... 4-21 Immobilizer system ...... 4-8 Light bulbs ...... 8-76 Key operations ...... 4-4 Back-up lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-88 Bulb replacement precaution ...... 8-76

I 6 Index

Front fog lamp bulb replacement...... 8-84 Lighting control ...... 4-89 Front side marker bulb replacement...... 8-83 Turn signals and lane change signals...... 4-91 Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-81 Glove box lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-92 M Headlamp (HID type) bulb replacement ...... 8-78 Headlamp (Low/High beam) bulb replacement. . . . 8-79 Maintenance services ...... 8-5 High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb Owner maintenance precautions ...... 8-6 replacement ...... 8-90 Owner’s responsibility ...... 8-5 High mounted stop lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-89 Manual climate control system...... 4-103 License plate lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-90 Air conditioning refrigerant label ...... 4-112 Light bulb position (Front)...... 8-77 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and Light bulb position (Rear) ...... 8-78 compressor lubricant ...... 4-113 Luggage lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-92 Climate control air filter...... 4-111 Map lamp bulb replacement...... 8-90 Heating and air conditioning ...... 4-104 Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb replacement . 8-84 System operation ...... 4-109 Rear turn signal lamp bulb Replacement...... 8-86 Manual transaxle...... 6-14 Room lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-91 Good driving practices ...... 6-17 Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 8-85 Manual transaxle operation ...... 6-14 Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 8-89 Mirrors ...... 4-43 Stop and tail lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-87 Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-43 Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement ...... 8-93 Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-45 Lighting...... 4-88 Battery saver function ...... 4-88 O Daytime running light ...... 4-88 Front fog light ...... 4-92 Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. Only)...... 9-16 Headlamp escort...... 4-88 Owner maintenance ...... 8-8 High beam operation ...... 4-90 Owner maintenance schedule...... 8-8

I 7 Index

P Normal maintenance schedule - Non turbo models. 8-12 Normal maintenance schedule - Turbo models . . . . 8-17 Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-34 Seat belts...... 3-18 Closing the sunroof ...... 4-37 Care of seat belts ...... 3-30 Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-38 Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 3-26 Sliding the sunroof...... 4-35 Seat belt precautions ...... 3-28 Sunroof open warning ...... 4-35 Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-18 Sunshade...... 4-37 Seats ...... 3-4 Tilting the sunroof ...... 4-36 Front seat adjustment - manual ...... 3-7 Parking brake ...... 8-36 Front seat adjustment - power ...... 3-8 Checking the parking brake ...... 8-36 Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-13 Seatback pocket ...... 3-13 R Smart Cruise Control system (SCC) ...... 6-69 Limitations of the system...... 6-80 Rear camera display ...... 4-87 Speed setting (SCC)...... 6-71 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 9-7 To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise control . . . 6-79 Recommended sae viscosity number ...... 9-9 To convert to cruise control mode ...... 6-79 Refrigerant label ...... 9-11 Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (SCC) ...... 6-75 Reporting safety defects (U.S. Only) ...... 9-16 Smart key ...... 4-10 Road warning ...... 7-2 Battery replacement ...... 4-15 Hazard warning flasher ...... 7-2 Loss of the smart key ...... 4-13 Record your key number ...... 4-10 S Smart key function ...... 4-10 Smart key immobilizer system...... 4-14 Scheduled maintenance service ...... 8-10 Smart key precautions ...... 4-13 Maintenance under severe usage conditions ...... 8-15 Special driving conditions ...... 6-103 Maintenance under severe usage conditions ...... 8-20 Driving at night ...... 6-105 Normal maintenance schedule ...... 8-11 Driving in flooded areas...... 6-107

I 8 Index

Driving in the rain ...... 6-106 Tires and wheels ...... 8-47 Driving off-road ...... 6-107 All season tires ...... 8-59 Hazardous driving conditions ...... 6-103 Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 8-48 Highway driving...... 6-107 Low aspect ratio tire...... 8-61 Reducing the risk of a rollover...... 6-103 Radial-ply tires...... 8-60 Rocking the vehicle ...... 6-104 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures...... 8-47 Smooth cornering...... 6-105 Snow tires...... 8-59 Steering wheel ...... 4-39 Summer tires ...... 8-59 Electric power steering (EPS) ...... 4-39 Tire care ...... 8-47 Flex steer ...... 4-42 Tire chains ...... 8-59 Heated steering wheel ...... 4-41 Tire maintenance ...... 8-52 Horn ...... 4-41 Tire replacement...... 8-51 Tilt and telescopic steering...... 4-40 Tire rotation ...... 8-49 Storage compartment ...... 4-133 Tire sidewall labeling ...... 8-52 Center console storage ...... 4-133 Tire traction ...... 8-52 Cool box...... 4-134 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 8-50 Glove box ...... 4-133 Wheel replacement...... 8-52 Luggage box...... 4-135 Tires and wheels ...... 9-5 Sunglass holder ...... 4-134 Towing ...... 7-32 Emergency towing ...... 7-34 T Removable towing hook (front) ...... 7-33 Towing service ...... 7-32 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)...... 7-9 Trailer towing ...... 6-112 Changing a tire with TPMS ...... 7-12 Trip computer ...... 4-68 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. . 7-14 Accumulated info display (for Type B cluster) . . . . 4-71 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 9-11 Drive info display (for Type B cluster) ...... 4-72 Fuel economy...... 4-70

I 9 Index

Overview ...... 4-68 Washer fluid ...... 8-35 Trip A/B (for Type A cluster)...... 4-69 Checking the washer fluid level...... 8-35 Windows ...... 4-24 V Power windows ...... 4-25 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-128 Vehicle Break-In Process ...... 1-6 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-129 Vehicle certification label ...... 9-10 Defogging logic ...... 4-130 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ...... 1-7 Manual climate control system ...... 4-128 Vehicle handling instructions ...... 1-6 Winter driving...... 6-109 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 9-10 Carry emergency equipment ...... 6-112 Vehicle load limit ...... 6-113 Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ...... 6-111 Certification label...... 6-117 Check battery and cables ...... 6-111 Tire and loading information label...... 6-113 Check spark plugs and ignition system ...... 6-111 Vehicle weight glossary ...... 6-119 Don’t let your parking brake freeze...... 6-112 Base curb weight ...... 6-119 Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 6-112 Cargo weight ...... 6-119 Snowy or icy conditions...... 6-109 GAW (Gross Axle Weight)...... 6-119 To keep locks from freezing...... 6-111 GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) ...... 6-119 Use approved window washer anti-freeze in GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) ...... 6-119 system...... 6-111 GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) ...... 6-119 Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant...... 6-111 Vehicle curb weight ...... 6-119 Wiper blades ...... 8-40 Blade inspection...... 8-40 W Blade replacement ...... 8-40 Wipers and washers ...... 4-93 Warning and indicator lights...... 4-74 Rear window wiper and washer switch ...... 4-95 Indicator lights ...... 4-82 Rear window wiper/washer ...... 4-93 Warning lights ...... 4-74 Windshield washers ...... 4-94

I 10 Index

Windshield wiper/washer...... 4-93 Windshield wipers ...... 4-93

I 11